concerning that which happened to the Fleet in India whereof PAMPHILO NARVAEZ was Gouernour from the yeere 1527. vntill the yeere 1536. who returned vnto Siuill with three of his companions only translated out of RAMVSIO and abbreuiated §. I. Their Fleet and admirable and vnheard of tempest their entrance into Florida the Lakes troublesome passages incounters disastrous successe building Boats for returne THE sixteenth day of Iune in the yeare 1527. the Gouernour Pamphilo di Naruaez departed from the hauen of Saint Lucar of Barrameda with power and commandement from your Maiestie to conquer and gouerne the Prouinces which lye from the Riuer of Palmes vnto the Cape of Florida all in the firme land And the Fleete which the Gouernour brought with him were fiue Ships wherein six hundred men went The Officers because I am to make particular mention of them in this Booke were these Capo di Vaua Treasurer Agozino Prouost Martiall Alonso Eurriquez Auditor and Alonso de Solis Factor and ouerseer for his Maiestie And besides there was for Commissary a Frier of the order of Saint Francis called Frier Giouanni Iohn Gottierrez and with him foure other Friers of the same Order We arriued first at the Iland of San Dominica where we stayed but fortie fiue dayes to prouide our selues of certaine necessary things and principally of Horses There we left more then an hundred and forty of our men which would stay by promise and agreement which they of the Village made with them Departing thence we arriued at Saint Iago or Giacomo which is an hauen in the Iland of Cuba and reposing our selues there certaine dayes the Captaine furnished himselfe with men munition and horses It hapned in that place that a Gentleman called Uasques Parcalle neete vnto the towne of the Trinitie which is in the same Iland offered the Gouernour to giue him certaine victuall which he had in the said towne of the Trinitie which is an hundred leagues off from the said port of Saint Iago Whereupon the Gouernour departed with all the Fleete towards that towne But arriuing halfe the way at an hauen which they call the Cape of Santa Cruz it seemed good vnto the Gouernor to abide there and send one Ship onely to receiue those victuals and so he appointed one Captaine Pantoxa to goe thither with his Ship and that for the greater security I also should goe with him and he remained still there with the foure Ships we hauing now gotten another in the Iland of Saint Domenica Being arriued with our fiue Ships at the hauen of the Trinitie the Captaine Pantoxa went with Vasquez Porcalle to receiue the victuals at the towne which was one league distant from the hauen One houre after I was landed the Sea began to be outragious and the Northwinde was so strong that the Boates durst not goe aland nor could they with the Shippes in any sort put to the contrary side the winde being in the prowe whereupon with very great trauaile with two contrary seasons and with much raine they continued all that day and the Sunday The night approaching the Sea and tempest began so much to increase that it no lesse tormented those on the land then them at Sea for all the houses fell downe and all the Churches and wee were enforced to goe seuen or eight men embracing one another arme in arme together to be able to resist the winde that it might not carry vs away and to auoide the ruine of the houses flying vnto the Forrest the trees gaue vs no lesse cause of feare then the houses had giuen vs because they falling held vs in continuall feare that they would kill vs. In this tempest and danger wee passed all the night without finding any part or place where for one halfe houre onely wee might stand secure but principally the midnight before wee heard noyses and great crying and the sound of Belles Flutes and Drummes and other instruments which continued vntill the morning that the tempest ceased In those Countries so fearefull a thing had neuer beene seene whereof I caused a testimoniall and true certificate to be made which I haue sent vnto your Maiestie On Munday morning we went downe to the hauen and found not the Ships there but saw some of their furniture in the water whereby we knew that they were cast away And so we purposed to goe along the coast searching if we might finde any thing but finding nothing we determined to search by the Mountaines and hauing gone about a quarter of a league of from the water side wee found the Boate of a Ship set vpon certaine trees and further beyond ten leagues along the coast they found two persons of my Ship and certaine couerings and roofes of houses And those two men were so actually transfigured and changed with weatherbeating both of the shore and of the Sea that they could not know who they were we found also a Friers habit and a Couerlet torne in peeces and found no other person or thing any more Threescore men were lost in those two Ships and twenty horses and those that remained aliue were thirty persons onely who the same day we arriued in that hauen went aland together with the Captaine Pantoxa Wee remained in such manner for certaine dayes with much trouble and great necessitie because the sustenance and prouision of that people was all lost and destroyed with certaine wilde Beasts and the Countrey remained in such sort that it moued great compassion in the beholders the trees being falne the mountaines burned and remaining without leaues or grasse and so we passed vntill the fift day of Nouember that the Gouernour of our Fleete came thither to vs with his other foure Ships who also themselues had passed great dangers and torments and were escaped because in good time they had retired themselues vnto some place of safety The men which he had brought with him and those that he found there were so much affrighted and terrified with the losses and dangers past that they resolued to imbarke themselues no more in the winter and besought the Gouernour that he would suffer them to repose and rest themselues in those places he perceiuing their mindes and the desire of the inhabitants did so and gaue me the charge of the Ships and the men which should goe with me to winter at the hauen of Xaqua which is twelue leagues distant from that place and so going thither we staied vntill the twentieth of February following At this time the Gouernour came thither vnto vs with a Brigantine which he had gotten at the Trinitie and brought with him a Pilot called Miruelo who as they said was a man very well practised and an excellent Pilot for all the coast of the North. Besides that the Gouernour left on the coast of the Lissart Captaine Aluaro della Querda with a Ship which the Gouernour had procured there and left forty men with
the Forefight without entring any one man tooke opportunitie to free her selfe And now both ships companies beeing entred into the Fore-cheynes the Fore-castle was so high that without any resistance the getting vp bad âââne difficult But heere was strong resistance some irrecouerably falling by the boârd aââ ãâ¦ã ssault continued an houre and an halfe so braue a bootie making the men fight like Dragons till the Fore-castle being gained the Portugals stowed themselues in holds The English now hunted after nothing but pillage and were readie to goe to the eares about it each man lighting a Candle the negligence of which fired a Cabbin in which were sixe hundred Cartrages of Powder The rumour hereof made them all readie to forsake the Carrike when Captayne Norton with some others with buckets of water aduentured the quenching of that fire Feare of leake by the fight and neernesse of the shoare were great parts of his care All these dangârs freed contention about so rich a pillage was welnigh kindling in the Commanders beeing so diuersly commanded and employed but Sir Iohn Burroughes pretending the Queenes name Captayne Norton yeelded that hee should take care of the Carricke which he accordingly repayred lands about eight hundred Negros on Coruo detaynes the ordinary Saylers commits the Gentlemen to a ship of the Eaâle of Cumberlands to goe whether they would who escaped not a second rifling by other Englishmen of warre which tooke from them thus negligently dismissed nine hundred Diamonds besides other odde ends The Earle of Cumberland had notice by a Pinnasse sent from Captayne Norton twentie dayes before the Carricke came into England and had Commission from the Queene for her safe harbouring Hardly she escaped the Rockes of Silly the Tigre also participating in that danger and came to Dartmouth being so huge and vnweldie a ship as shee was neuer remooued out of that Harbour but there laid vp her bones His Lordships share would haue amounted according to his employment of ships and men to two or three Millions but because his Commission large enough otherwise had not prouided for the case of his returne and substituting another in his place some adjudged it to depend on the Queenes mercie and bountie Neyther yet by reason of some mens imbezelling had her Majestie the account of the fifth part of her value and the Earle was faine to accept of sixe and thirtie thousand pounds for him and his as out of gift THe next yeere 1593. his Lorship procured two ships Royall the Golden Lion Admirall commanded by himselfe the Bonaduenture Vice-admirall and therewith employed the Backe Chaldon the Pilgrime the Anthonie and the Disconerie which three last when hee came to the Coast of Spaine hee sent for the West Indies Hee tooke from the protection of fourteene great Hulkes two French ships of Saint Malowes which then held for the league and vââre therefore reputed in state of Spaniards of great value one of which he carried with him and sent the other into England The Spaniards hauing intelligence set forth an Armada against him which waited for him at the Ilands and the Earle hearing of their beeing at Flores and within fiue leagues of them lighted on a ship which they had sent to descry which before shee could recouer her fleet he tooke He learning by these that the Spanish fleet trebled the force of his hauing kept company with them one day quitted them and kept tenne or twelue leagues distant from them three weekes In which space he fell sicke beyond hope of life without returne or refreshing from the shoare Captayne Monson with much hazard procured him some refreshing from Coruo and leauing the rest of the ships which tooke one Prize after hee returned for England this proouing the most gainfull Voyage which he made before or after THe Anthonie of one hundred and twentie tunnes commanded by Captayne Iames Langton Pilot Antonio Martino a Spaniard which had long liued in those Indies and wel acquainted with those Ports the Pilgrime of one hundred tunnes commanded by Captayne Francis Slingsbie Diego Petrus a Spanish Pilot and the Discouerie these three after fare well solemnely taken and giuen by shot on all hands shaped their Course for the Antillas and fell with the Iland of Saint Lucia there and at Matinnio refreshing themselues three dayes they concluded to attempt the taking of the Rancherias which are the Pearle-fishings of Margarita contayning sixe or seuen seuerall small Villages which for that purpose they inhabit but not aboue one of them at once when their fishing failes there remouing to another and so by course hauing emptie houses standing alway readie for that purpose The Pearles for more safetie are monethly carried to the Towne of Margarita three leagues from the waters side They kept out of sight all day for feare of discouerie and at night landed and visited two emptie Rancherias but taking a Spaniard which then came thither in a Boate with two Indians they made him their guide to the inhabited Rancheria fiue leagues off commanding the Boates to row along the shoare and not to double the point till euening The two Captaynes with eight and twentie men marched by land in the heat which with want of water much annoyed them They came thither in the beginning of the night and agreed to assault the place in three places at once notwithstanding their small numbers lest they should gather head any where The Spaniards at first thought it had beene some false alarme of the Gouernour and bid away with this iesting but finding it earnest hastily fled to the woods Thus did they take the Towne with some two thousand pounds value in Pearle besides what other pillage the Souldiers gate Their weapons they brake for feare of pursuite In the morning they went aboord the fishing Boats and tooke their Oysters gotten the night before and gate aboord their ships much in suspense for them not knowing of this sudden enterprize the fifth day after they had gone from them The shippes now comming before the Towne demanded ransome for their houses and Canoas to redeeme which from destruction they gaue two thousand Duckets in Pearle But Caruels of aduice hauing euery-where giuen intelligence of them at Cumana they found them on their guard and returned not without losse Thence they coasted Terra F ãâ¦ã ma till they came to the Ilands of Aruba and Corresao where they landed and refreshed themselues Thence to Rio de Hache which they thought to haue taken but found the enemy ready for them with other intelligence that they had carried their goods into the Mountaynes They therefore set saile for Hispaniola came to Cape Tuberone and thence to the Bay of Saint Nicholas and thence to Fort Plat and others on the North side thence to Mona and so Sauona where they watered againe in this manner The Iland is low destitute of any Spring and to the Sea a small
farre as the Riuer Saint Francis which are alwayes seene the Seas when there are any Spring tides doe ouerflow the land behinde moreouer if any winde blow from the East it beateth the Sea into hils of the Clifts that it maketh a great noise Wherefore the Indians call it the Land of the Bell. Here are reasonable store of Sugars and great store of Coco Nuts On the North side of Fernambuquo you shall see white Downes and when you are past all the Downes on the South you are by Capignramirinij which is a place where alwaies you shall see Fisher-men in small Boates or Iangades and from thence to Fernambuquo are fiue or six miles and so if you be vnder 8. degrees you shall see a flat land euen and bare called Capituya then you must take heede you runne not Southward for then you runne vpon a point of the land called by the Portugals Punto de Olynda which is foure leagues from the Cape and stretcheth into the Sea as farre as Cape Augustin As soone as you haue doubled this point you must take heede you put not in with the Towne of Olynda which you shall see for if you doe you will runne vpon the Sands called by the Portugals Bayhos de S. Antonio which lye at least foure or fiue miles into the Sea being neere the shoare you shall see the Shippes that lye at anker ouer the Clifts called by the Portugals Arecias this place is a league from Fernambuquo being the harbour where all the Shipping that goes from Fernambuquo doe arriue from this place to the Cape you shall see the Clifts as if it were a wall made by Bricklayers no higher in one place then in another but all euen The Towne of Fernambuquo is scituated vpon a hill and very strongly entrenched round about on the Sea side euery twelue score standeth a small Fort or defence for Soldiers with foure cast Peeces and so they scowre all the shoare from the Arecias where the Shippes lye to the point of Olynda which is the farthest part of the Towne Northwards from the Arecias where the Ships lye commeth a Riuer through the land a Harquebusse shot from the Sea coast and runneth right behinde the Towne from the South to the West and East which maketh the Towne almost an Iland all but a little part of the North side The Cape of Saint Augustin is a Point of land that runneth into the Sea two or three miles from the Sea you shall see three hils called by the Petiwares Aquare Wason Remitum they will seeme vnto you like the backe of a Camell and now you may easily know it for you may see a Church that the Portugals haue built and halfe a league towards the South you shall see the Iland of Saint Aleyxo The Iland of Saint Aleyxo is long and narrow it lieth within a league of the shore and stretcheth North-east and South-west you may anker betweene the shoare and it all weathers for the Iland hath very faire Baies where you may lye in ten or twelue fadome water Vpon this Iland you may take wood or fresh water Porto Docalno lyeth Southward of the Iland of Saint Alyyxo it is a flat land you neede not feare the comming in by the rockes for hard by them you shall haue foureteene fathome weater Here you shall haue great store of Cattell and Sugars This Countrie is plaine low land and all planted with Sugar Canes you shall know this harbor very easily from the Southerne point of the Iland Saint Aleyxo for when it ebbeth you shall see a faire Bay and all the shore bare almost to the Cape being blacke ground Eight leagues Southward from the Porto de calno is the Riuer of stones Southward of it you shall see three great red Hills which stand ouer the Riuer of Camarysuâa which is a league from this Riuer you shall see from Sea a great Bay run within the Land and before the mouth of it many great Rocks to come to this Bay you must come close to the shoare on the South-west side and after you bee in the Bay keepe full West and it will bring you to a Riuer that runneth into the Land at the least twentie leagues In the mouth of this Riuer dwell sixe or seuen Portugals that keepe Cattell for Iohn Pays but they are of no strength Here you may take water at pleasure and alwayes in those houses that stand in the mouth of the Riuer you shall haue good store of Cassaui meale If you be of any strength that you dare goe ten or twelue miles vp the Riuer you shall take good store of Sugars for there standeth three or foure Sugar mills onely an other on the Riuer side likewise here is good store of Brasill and Pepper Cotton and many other merchandise Camaryiâââ as I haue said lyeth a league Southward from the Riuer of stones to know it you shall see three Hills of red ground called by the Portugals Bareâs Vernellios this place is not inhabited the mouth of this place is narrow and hath not aboue fiue foot water but you may anchor in the Bay hard by the Riuer and send your Boat safely for fresh water without danger or to fish with your Net for there is great store of fresh fish of all kindes The Riuer of Saint Antonio lyeth seuen leagues from Camaryiââa it is a faire great Riuer lyeth some fiftie leagues within the Land hath foure fathom water at the comming in but is so narrow that no ship can come in It is a very good place for you if you stand in neede hauing salt to make your prouision for there you shall haue great store of all kinde of fish especially of a kinde of fish called by the Indians Varaââ which is as bigge as an Oxe After you are within this Riuer you shall haue high land on both sides and you must be carefull and keep good watch for vp this Riuer dwelleth a kinde of people called Carayââ these people if they see you vnprouided will fight with you but if they see you able to defend your selues then will they bring such things as they haue to traffick The Harbour of French-men called by the Indians A ãâ¦ã piâsââe lyeth two leagues Southward from the Riuer of Saint Antonio It is a small Bay that may be knowne by a high Hill that standeth ouer it which is all full of Brasill trees To enter into this Harbour you must marke the Cliffes and when you are to the North of them all but one you may safely come within a stones cast to the shoare When you haue landed if you want fresh water you must seeke on the South side of the Hill and you shall finde a streame that runneth out of the Hill into a great Cisterne of stone which is made out of a Rocke you cannot misse of this place if you seeke for it for all the way you shall see small Rocks
Forts on the Townes sides besides the great Fort of Saint Philip on the other when I might haue speedily haue consumed it all with fire I willingly abstained from the same knowing that though I could haue done the King of Spaine exceeding great hurt and haue vndone a number of the Inhabitants yet the good that I should haue done my selfe and mine thereby should haue beene very small in comparison of their damage Only certaine out houses wherein their Negros dwelt I caused to be burned to amaze and put them in feare I also tooke two Frigats of theirs which roade far vp within the Riuer the one of them hauing in her three pieces of Ordnance the which I likewise tooke and brought away from thence with mee with the which Ordnance we beate vpon the enemy marching vnto vs from the Wester Fort. The day being spent at the beginning of the night I embarked my men enriched with the chiefe spoile of the Towne and set saile to depart with my owne two Pinnasses and two shallops and the foresaid two Spanish Frigats which I had wonne but in going out I was shot in at the elbow and out at the wrist with a Musket shot which came from the Wester shoare whereof there were many shot ouer vs besides eight and twentie great shot from the chiefe and Easter Fort which did endanger vs often But God so wrought for vs that we safely got forth againe contrarie to all our enemies expectation who made full account to sinke vs in going forth Being safely come forth wee rode with our Pinnasses and shallops behind a small Iland which lay betwixt vs and the Wester most Fort of Saint Iago vntill my Vice-admirall Captaine Rawlins brought two ships thither which rode somewhat to the Eastward of the Castile of Saint Philip vnder the Rocke where Sir Francis Drake his Coffin was throwne ouer-boord all the while that we were busied in gaining sacking and possessing the Towne Our whole fleet beeing assembled together in the place aforesaid I set the Kings Scriuanâ and the rest of my prisoners on shore suffering them to depart without paying any kind of ransome And the next day being the ninth of February I set saile and stood off to Sea leauing the goodly Hauen and beautifull Towne of Porto bello which standeth in ten degrees of Northerly latitude and directed my course backe againe toward Cartagena and about twelue leagues to the Eastward thereof I came into a good Bay called Sambo where I watered and staied some twelue or thirteene daies and riding there tooke certaine Frigats which were bound for Cartagena Whereupon the Gouernour Don Pedro de Coronna armed out two Gallies and a Brigandine with some two or three Frigats with a purpose to assault vs but beeing better aduised they would neuer come neere vs. When he heard that I had taken Porto bello one of the chiefest places of the West Indies with so small forces he pulled his beard and sware that he would giue his Mules lade of siluer but to haue a sight of mee and my companie From this Bay of Sambo wee stood ouer for the Iland of Iamaica and so doubled the Cape of Saint Antonio beeing the most Westerly part of Cuba and disimboked through the Gulfe of Bahama the last of March 1602 and came with good weather to the Iles of the Açores where victualling my Vice-admirall and two Pinnasses ouâ of mine owne ship for two moneths and leauing them at Sea to take some farther purchase with mine owne ship I tooke my course for âlimmouth and arriued there in safetie the sixt of May 1602. CHAP. X. Certaine Notes of a Voyage made by mee DAVID MIDDLETON into the West Indies with Captaine MICHAEL GEARE An. Dom. 1601. THe fiue and twentieth day of May wee set saile from the Lyzard and the tenth day of Iune we fell with the Grand Canarie the Towne standeth on the North-east point of the Iland and the Road is one league to the Northward of it That night we stood of South South-west And the fiue and twentieth day of Iune we were in the latitude of twentie two degrees thirtie minutes The sixe and twentieth day of Iune wee came in companie of seuen saile of Hollanders that were bound for the West Indies to Punta delaraya to lode Salt and the seuen and twentieth day we lost sight of them The second day of Iulie we fell with Saint Vincent When you came from Saint Uincent to the Testogos you must make the way South-west by West or else you shall not fetch it for the Current sets North and by West from them Being to leeward from Caracus two leagues we stood ouer North North-west the wind being at East North-east we fell twelue leagues to the Eastward of Boinara beeing the twelfth of Iulie If you stand ouer from Boinara to Qurasao minded to goe to the South ward of the Iland you must stand South and by West or else you cannot get about because there is a Current that sets North-west and may set you vpon the Iland The three and twentieth day of Iulie wee anchored to the Westward of Qurasao and there the Land lies North and South The nine and twentieth of Iulie we landed vpon Aruba for to get fresh water and there we had seuen men slaine by the Indians of the Iland and we rid with our ship in fiue fathomes water halfe a mile from the shoare One point of the Land bare North the other South-east and by South and there is an high Hill in the midâle of the Iland and that bare East and by South Betwixt Coque and the Maine the course is East and West The shoale of Puntall lieth two leagues off the best of the Channell betwixt that Point and Coque is in eight nine and ten fathomes From Bracheo to the Parretaes is fiue leagues course West and by South From the Parretaes to Cape Caldera is twentie fiue leagues course North-west and by West and betwixt the Parretaes and the Maine you shall haue foure fiue six and seuen fathoms water The Road of Morecapana lieth betwixt the Maine and Boracheo within the Ilands The eight day of August we set saile from Aruba and we stood ouer South for the Maine the wind being at East and by South wee fell with Mecola being nine leagues from Aruba Saine Ann is an high Hill vpon the Maine neere vnto Mecola The seuen and twentieth day of August we came to anchor at Portete that is to the Eastward of Cape La uela foure leagues The Cape bare West a little to the Southwards at the going to Portete And on your Larboord side going into Portete there is a round Hill being in the offing it sheweth verie blacke The going into this Harbour is verie narrow but within it is a verie broad Sound and two thousand saile of ships may ride there in verie good ground
when the Christians began to fall to their meate their friends and consorts and other Tiembus gathered together amongst them with those also who hide themselues in the field and houses fall vpon these fiftie men and so consecate the Banquet with them that no man escaped aliue except one Boy only called Caldero who got out of their hands Afterwards they set vpon vs with 10000. strong and besieged the Village which we held continually for fourteene daies intending wholly this that being brought vnder they might vtterly destroy vs but God in mercie defeated their purposes and ouerthrew their enterprizes They had made themselues long Speares or Iauelings of the Swords which they had gotten from the slaine Christians wherewith they fought against ãâã ãâ¦ã th with the edge and point ãâ¦ã ting our Village day and night Our Captaine Anthony Mendoza armed with a two hand Sword went out of the Port neere which some Indians lay in ambush so that they could not bee seene Being gone therefore out of the Port the Indians thrust him through with their Iauelings so that hee presently fell downe dead vpon the ground But because the Indians wanted victuals they could sustaine themselues no longer heere but were compelled to leaue the siege and bee gone After this two Brigantines laden with prouision of victuall and other necessaries arriued at our Port which our Generall sent vnto vs from the Towne of Buenas Aeres to maintaine our selues therewith till his comming As therefore wee were cheered at the comming of them so they who arriued with the Brigantines incredibly sorrowed and lamented for the slaughter of the Christians Wee therefore determined by a common Councell which thing also seemed to bee best for vs to stay no longer in this Village of Corpus Christi abiding with these Tiembus but that being carried downe the Riuer gathering all our forces together we returne to Buenas Acres to our Generall Martin Dominicke Eyollas Who beeing frighted at our comming was vehemently grieued for the slaughter of the people doubtfull how to consult what he should first doe seeing also victuall and other necessarie things failed vs. 29. While therefore we continued fiue dayes at Buenas Aeres a Carauell came to vs out of Spaine and brought vs newes that a ship was arriued at Saint Katharine whose Captaine Allunzo Gabrero brought with him 200. Souldiers out of Spaine which when our Captaine certainly knew he commanded one of the lesser ships which they call a Galley to bee made readie that he might send her as soone as possibly he could to Saint Katharines into Brasill which was 300. leagues distant from Buenas Aeres making Gonzallo Mendoza Captaine thereof to gouerne the ship giuing him charge also that if arriuing at Saint Katharines he found the ship there they should lade one of the ships with Rice Mandeoch and other victuals as seemed good vnto him Gonzallus Mendoza therefore receiuing this commandement requested the Generall Martin D. Eyollas to giue him seuen of the Souldiers whom hee might trust for this Voyage which hee promised Hee therefore chose mee and sixe Spaniards to himselfe with twentie other Souldiers Setting saile from Buenas Aeres in the space of a moneth we arriued at Saint Katharines and finding the ship there which came out of Spaine together with Captaine Allunzo Gabrero and all the Souldiers wee greatly reioyced Abiding with them two moneths wee laded our ship with Rice Mandeoch and Turkish Corne as full as it could hold so that no more could bee put in both the ships to carrie with vs. And the day before All Saints wee arriued at the Riuer Parana twentie leagues yet distant from Buenas Aeres Both the ships met together that night whose Pilots asked one another whether wee were now in the Riuer of Parana when our Pilot affirmed we were the other said the contrarie that we were yet almost twentie leagues of For when twentie or more ships saile together in the Euening at the going downe of the Sunne they meete together and one of the Masters asketh the other what way he had made that day and with what wind hee would saile by night lest they should bee diuided one from the other The Riuer of Parana Vuassu at the Bay or mouth thereof is thirtie leagues broad which breadth continueth for fiftie whole leagues together vnto the Port of Saint Gabriell where the Riuer Parana is eighteene leagues broad After this our Pilot asketh the Master of the other ship whether hee would saile after to him the other made answere that night was now at hand and therefore he would continue still at Sea till the rising of the Sunne and that he would not make to the Land in the vnseasonable night And this Pilot in guiding his ship was more circumspect then ours was as the euent afterward declared Therefore our Master held on his intended course leauing the other 30. Sayling by night a mighty storme troubled the Sea so that about twelue or one of the clocke before Sunne rising before we had cast our Anchors in the Sea we descried Land and our ship was much bruised when wee were yet a league or more from the Land Wee could finde no other remedie for this mischiefe then making our Prayers vnto God to intreate him to be mercifull vnto vs. The same houre our ship being split was broken in more then a thousand pieces and fifteene of our men and sixe of the Indians perished being drowned in the waters Some taking hold of great pieces of Timber swamme out I with fiue of my companions escaped by the helpe of a Mast. But of fifteene persons we found not so much as one carkasse Afterward we were to trauell fiftie leagues on foot when we had lost all our clothes with all the victuals in the ship so that we were constrained to sustaine our selues only with Rootes and other Fruites which we could find heere and there in the fields while wee came to the Port of Saint Gabriell where we found the foresaid ship with her Captaine who arriued there thirtie dayes before vs. But our Generall Martin D. Eyollas had heard before by intelligence of this our mishap and thinking that we were all dead commanded some Masses to be read for our soules health When we were brought to Buenas Acres our Generall commandeth the Captaine of our ship and the Master thereof to be cited anâ stand to their triall who without doubt had hanged the Pilot if so great and earnest intreaties had not beene vsed yet hee was condemned for foure yeeres to the Gally Gathering together all our companies to Buenas Aeres our Generall commandeth the Brigantines to be made ready and all the Souldiers to bee shipped therein and commandeth the rest of the shippes to be burned yet preseruing the Iron Vessels and Instruments Wee therefore once more saile vp the Riuer of Parana againe and arriuing at our foresaid Citie of the Assumption of Marie
the King of Portugall sent his ships for the East Indies and so tooke possession of this Land for the King of Portugall The King Don Emanuel hauing newes hereof sent ships for to discouer the whole Countrie and found it to be the Land of America which ioyneth to the West Indies wherefore there was some controuersie betweene him and the King of Spaine but in the end being both kinsmen and great friends they agreed that the King of Portugall should hold all the Countrie that he had discouered the which was as I haue said from the Riuer of Marannon to the Riuer of Plate although the Spaniards say that it is no further then the Iland of Santa Catalina and hereupon there haue beene many controuersies betweene the Portugals and Spaniards and many men slaine There came in the yeere 1587. into this Riuer of Plate two English Ships and a Pinnace of the honorable the Earle of Comberland being bound for the straights of Magelanos and anchored ten leagues within this Riuer at a little Iland hard by the Iland called Seall Iland c. There is a port called la Para Iua which few yeares past the Frenchmen hearing of the troubles that were in Portugall came to this place and made there a Fort and so the French Ships came euery yeare thither to lade Brasill wood But they of Fernambocke with the helpe of the Spaniards went and burnt fiue ships within the Port and tooke the Fort but some of the Frenchmen ranne into the Mountaines and others slaine so that the Spaniards doe there inhabit to this day Now to returne vnto Fernambocke inhabited by a Portugall Captaine called Eduarte Coelio this is the greatest Towne in all that Coast and hath aboue three thousand houses in it with seuentie Ingenios of Sugar and great store of Brasill wood and good store of Cotton yet are they in great want of victuals for that all that they haue commeth out of Portugall and from other places there on the Coast. It is a barred Harbour and for small Barkes this place belongeth yet to the Sonne of Eduarte Coelio Passing hence is the Cape of Saint Augustine and next to that is the Riuer of Saint Francisco which is also a great Riuer Betweene this and the Bayha it is all a Wildernesse inhabited with cruell Sauage people for whom soeuer they take they kill to eate The Towne of Baya belongeth to the King and therefore the Gouernour that gouerneth all the Coast along is in this Towne of Baya and also the Bishop it is a Towne of a thousand houses and hath fortie Ingenios of Sugar and much Cotton but no Brasill wood The Sea runneth vp fourteene or fifteene leagues where they get some yeâres good store of Ambergreece here there is plentie of victuals and although it be hot it is a healthfull Countrey and holesome aires The next Coast is called Las Ilhas it is a small Towne not aboue one hundred and fiftie houses there are but three Ingenios of Sugar the most part of these people are labouring men and carry victuals to Fernambock in three small Barkes this people belong vnto a Gentleman called Leucas Geralds From hence the next to this Towne is called Porto Sequero this hath foure smal Townes and are in all about three hundred houses it belongeth to a Gentleman called Vasco Fernandes Coytenio from hence they goe to the Riuer of Ienero which hath about three hundred houses In this place also the Frenchmen inhabited first whóse Captaine was called Monsieur de Villegagnon hee made here a Fort and planted good Ordnance thereon and lades euery yeere great store of Brasill from thence and had great friendship with the Sauage people which serued him very well But the King of Portugall sent a power of men aganst the Frenchmen and first tooke the French ships by Sea and then landed and besieged the Fort and in time tooke them with the Captaine and because the French Captaine was a Gentleman and neuer hurt the Portugals therefore they gaue thirtie thousand Duckets for his Ordnance with all things that they had in the Fort and so sent him for France and the Portugals inhabited the Riuer There is not at this present but two Ingenios and great store of Brasil-wood with plentie of victuals From this Riuer of Ienero they go along the Coast of Saint Vincent which hath foure Townes the greatest is called Santos and hath foure hundred houses there are here three Ingenios but a very poore Country About few yeeres past there came two English ships into this Harbor which were going for the Straits of Magellanes who being in this Port there came thither three of the King of Spaines ships and fought with the Englishmen but the Englishmen sunke one of them and therefore the King commanded a Fort to be made because that no English shippes that were bound to the Straits should not victuall there the which Fort standeth on the mouth of the Harbour this Countrey belongeth to a Gentleman called Martin Alonso de Sousa this is the last inhabitance in all the Coast of Brasill this said Coast is very full of Mountaines and raineth much therefore they cannot goe from Towne to Towne by Land All the dwellings in this Countrey are by the Sea side yet the Portugals haue many times trauelled vp in the Countrie a hundred and fiftie leagues but finding no profit inhabited in no place The Coast from Saint Vincent is all full of Mountaines till you come to the Iland of Saint Catalina from this Iland till you come to the Straites of Magellanes is very plaine and without Woods The Riuer of Plate was discouered by Solis and after by Sebastian Cabot which went one hundred and fiftie leagues vp in it and built a Fort after by Don Pedro de Mendoza who hauing lost eight ships died in the way homewards the poore men which hee left behind him for very hunger died the most part of them for that there about were very few Indians and therefore small store of victuals but onely liued by hunting of Deere and fishing Of all the men that this Don Pedro left behind him there was liuing no more but two hundred men which in the ships Boats went vp the Riuer leauing in this place called bonas ayres three Mares and Horses But it is a wonder to see that of thirtie Mares and seuen Horses which the Spaniards left in this place that in fortie yeeres these beasts haue so increased that the Countrey is twentie leagues vp full of Horses whereby one may see the pasture and fruitfulnesse of the Countrey The Spaniards that went vp this Riuer were three hundred leagues vp and found the Countrey full of Indians where were great store of victuals and the Spaniards dwelt among them as their friends and the Indians did giue their Daughters to wise vnto the Spaniards and so they dwelt in one Towne together which the Spaniards called La Ascension
him and twelue other with the horse Two dayes after the Gouernour came vnto vs wee imbarked our selues and were in the whole foure hundred men and fourescore horses in foure Ships and one Brigantine The Pilot which we had newly taken brought the Ships through the quicke sands which they call Canerreo so that the day following we found our selues on dry land and so remained fiue dayes the keele of the Ships oftentimes striking vpon the ground At the end of those fiue dayes a storme from the South brought so much water vpon the sands that wee might come out although not without much danger Departing thence we arriued at Guanignanico where another tempest assailed vs so fiercely that we stood in great danger to be lost at the head of the currents we had another where we staid three dayes And these being ouerpassed we went about the Cape of Saint Anthony and with a contrary winde we went till wee came within twelue leagues of the Hauana and standing the day following to put in there a Southerne gale of winde tooke vs which droue vs farre from the land so that wee crossed ouer by the coast of Florida and arriued the twelfth of Aprill at the land of Martes so coasting the way of Florida vpon holy Thursday in the same coast we ancored in the mouth of an open roade at the head whereof we saw certaine houses and habitations of the Indians The same day Alonso Euriquez the Auditor went out of the Ship and landed vpon an Iland which is in the same open roade and called to those Indians who came and abode with vs a good space and by way of ransome gaue him fish and certaine peeces of Deeres flesh The day following which was good Friday the Gouernour imbarked himselfe with as many men as the Boates could carry and we went to the Villages or houses of the Indians which wee had seene which we found all emptie and desolate because that night the people were gone in their Canoes One of those houses was very great and able to containe more then three hundred persons the other were much lesser and there we found a little Bell of Gold within the Nets The next day the Gouernour aduanced the Ensigne for your Maiesty and tooke possession of the Village in your royall name and presented the Commissions and was receiued and obayed as Gouernour according to your Maiesties appointment And so in like manner we presented our other prouisoes vnto him which he accepted and obeyed according to the contents thereof and presently caused the rest of the men to be shipped and the horses which were not aboue two and fortie because the other through the many tempests and beating of the Sea and length of time were dead And these few that remained were so weake and wearied as at that time we could doe little seruice The day following the Indians of those places came vnto vs and although they spoke vnto vs yet notwithstanding we vnderstood them not The Gouernour commanded that the Brigantine should goe coasting the way of Florida and search for the hauen which the Pilot Miruelo said he knew but was now astonished and knew not in what part we were nor where the hauen was and the Brigantine was appointed that if they found not the hauen to crosse ouer to the Hauana and finde the Ship wherein Aluaro della Querda was and hauing taken in some victuall to returne to finde it The Brigantine being deing departed we returned to enter into the Village of the same people where we had bin before with some other more and we coasted the gulfe which wee had found and hauing gone about foure leagues we tooke foure Indians and shewed them Maiz because vntill that day wee had not yet seene any token thereof they said they would bring vs where it grew and so they brought vs to their Village which was not farre from thence at the head of the gulfe and there they shewed vs a little Maiz which was not yet ripe to be gathered There wee found many chests of the Merchants of Castile and in euery one of them was the body of a dead man all which were couered with Deeres skins painted The Commissary thought that it was a kinde of Idolatry so he burned the chests with all the bodies We also found peeces of webs of cloath and Pennacchi which they had gotten out of Noua Hispaniola and certaine mosters of Gold Whereupon we demanded of those Indians by signes from whence they had such things They by signes shewed vs that very farre from thence there was a Prouince called Apalachen wherein there was great quantity of Gold Departing from thence wee went further carrying for guides those foure Indians which we had first taken and so ten or twelue leagues off from that place wee found another people of fifteene houses where was a goodly Plaine sowed with Maiz which now was ready to be gathered and we found some also dry There we abode two dayes and after returned May the first the Gouernour caused two pound of Biscuit and halfe a pound of Porke to be giuen to euery one of them who were to goe with vs and so we departed to enter within the land The summe of all them who went was three hundred men in all among whom was the Commissary Frier Iohn Sciuarez and another Frier called Frier Iohn de Palis and three Clarkes and the Officers Forty of vs were on horsebacke and so with that prouision which wee had brought wee went fifteene dayes without finding any other things to eate except Dates like those of Andaluzia In all this time we found not any Indian nor saw any house nor place inhabited and in the end we found a Riuer which wee passed with much danger and trouble by swimming and vpon rafts and staied a day to passe ouer it because it ranne with much fury Hauing passed to the other side of the Riuer two hundred Indians came against vs and the Gouernour went before and after he had spoken to them by signes they made much signes againe vnto vs that we should ioyne our selues with them taking fiue or sixe who brought vs vnto their houses which were about halfe a league off and there wee found great quantity of Maiz which staod now ready to be gathered After some search of the Countrey to the Sea wee departed from that place alwayes as we went inquiring for that Prouince which the Indians said was called Apalachen and brought for guides them that we had taken and so went forward vntill the seuenteenth of Iune and found no Indians that durst abide our comming There a y Cacique came vnto vs whom an Indian carried vpon his necke and hee was couered with a Deeres skinne painted and brought with him many people who went before him playing vpon certaine Flutes made of canes and so came vnto the Gouernour and abode with him an houre and we gaue him to vnderstand by
fore-parts then behind which is like wooll a mane like a Horses on their backe bone and long haire from the knees downward with store of long haire at the chinne and throat a long flocke also at the end of the males tailes The Horses fled from them of which they slue some being enraged They are ãâ¦ã eat drinke shooes houses fire vessels and their Masters whole substance Other creatures as big as Horses the Spaniards for their fiue wooll called Sheepe one of their hornes ordinarily weighed fiftie pounds There are also great Dogs which will fight with a Bull able to carrie fiftie pounds weight in their huntings and remouals A N ãâ¦ã 1581. Frier Augustine Ruiz with two other Friers and eight Souldiers trauelled from the Mines of Saint Barbara to Los Tiguas two hundred and fifty leagues Northwards where vpon occasion of one of the Friers being slaine the Souldiers returned The two Friers and a Mestizo stayed Whereupon the Franciscans carefull of their two Brethren procured Antonio de Espeio a rich Mexican with Frier Bernardine Beltran and others licensed to follow him to set âorth on the said Discouerie in Nouember An. 1582. with an hundred and fifteene Horses and store of prouisions Hee passed the Conchos and the Passaguates and Tobâsos and Iumanos finding many Siluer Mines in the way and then came to people which for want of Language they could not name and heard by one of the Conchos of a great Lake and Townes neere it with houses of three or foure stories but went not thither Fifteene dayes they trauelled thorow Woods of Pine-trees and two thorow Woods of Poplars and Walâuts still keeping by the Riuer of the North as they called it till they came to a Countrie which they called New Mexico They came to ten Townes situate on both sides the Riuer which vsed them kindly Their houses are of foure stories well built with Stoues for Winter their apparel of Cotton and Deeres skinnes both men and women ware Boots and Shooes with soles of Neats leather Each house had an Oratorie for the Deuill where they set him meate for whose ease as they say they erect Chappels also in the high-way Thence they came to Tiguas in which were sixteene Townes in Poala they had slaine the two Friers and now therefore fled to the Mountaines They fouâd many Hennes in the Countrey and many metals Hearing that there were rich Townes Eastwards they trauelled two dayes and found eleuen Townes and as they thought fortie thousand people There are signes of rich Mines They heard of a Prouince Quires sixe leagues higher vp the Riuer which they visited and found fiue Townes They saw there a Pie in a Cage and certaine tirasols or shadowes such as they vse in China in which were painted the Sunne Moone and Starres They found themselues in 37. degrees and a halfe Fourteene leagues more to the North they came to the Cunames which had fiue Townes the greatest was Câa with eight Market places the houses plaistered and painted with diuers colours the people many and more ciuill then any they had seene They trauelled thence North-westward to a Countrie which had seuen great Townes and in them thirtie thousand soules Fifteene leagues further Westward they came to Acoma a Towne of sixe thousand persons seated on a Rocke fifty paces high without any passage to it but by staires hewen in the Rocke all their water was kept in Cisternes They trauelled hence foure and twentie leagues Westward to Zuny or Cibola where Vasquez had beene and erected Crosses still standing Three Indians of his Armie were still aliue here which told Espeio of a great Lake sixtie dayes iourney thence vpon the bankes whereof were many Townes which had store of Gold Whereupon the rest returning hee with nine companions determined to goe thither and came to a populous Prouince called Mohotze and being well entertained hee perswaded the Indians to build a Fort to secure them from the Horses which hee said would otherwise eate them which they did Here he left some of his companie and went to discouer certaine rich Mines whereof he had heard fiue and fortie leagues Westward which hee found rich of Siluer He had further intelligence also of that great Lake and hauing trauelled twelue leagues to the Hubates and Tamos populous Prouinces being so few they returned in Iuly 1583. by another way downe a Riuer called De las Vaccas or Of Kine an hundred and twenty leagues still meeting with store of those cattell and thence to Conchos and so to the Valley of Saint Bartholmew in New Biscay Bartholmew Canâ writ from Mexico in May 1590. that Rodrigo del Rio Gouernour of New Biscay was sent by the Vice-roy with fiue hundred Spansards to the conquest of Cibola NOw for Cortez his three ships they set forth from Acapulco the eighth of Iuly 1539. and sayled alongst the coast Northwards to Cape Roxo as they stiled it and so to the Riuer of Saint Crosses which coast some thought to bee part of the Continent others to bee but broken Lands or Ilands and sayled so farre in the same that I am loth to follow them the particulars being both in Ramusio and Master Hakluyt Fernando Alarchon Anno 1540. was sent by Mendoza the Vice-roy with two ships who sayth hee went to the bottome of the Bay of California and sayled vp the Riuer farre into the Countrie I remit the desirous Reader to the Authours aforesaid To mee Ullua the Marquesses Generall seemes to make California nothing but Ilands and to haue sayled within a great way and after out of them this other aemulous Discouerer would seeme to finde it a Bay and therefore goeth vp the Riuer later Maps make it an Iland as wee haue said a Letter 1595. from Los Angelos calleth them Ilands and sayth they are rich and that the Vice-roy sent to conquer them But I am Sea-sicke and therefore returne to our Land-discouerers In which wee haue a Iesuite first to entertaine you and after that a Letter of later Newes of Onnates Discoueries in those Northerne parts of America All which may be of vse one day when our Virginian Plantation which blusheth to see so little done after eighteene yeeres continued habitation with so much cost and so many liues and liuelihoods spent thereon shall lift vp her head with more viue alacritie and shake her glorious lockes and disparkle her triumphant lookes thorow the inland Countries to the Westerne Ocean And indeed for Uirginias sake wee haue so long held you in Spanish discourses of whose Acts this Chapter had beene the last but that the leauen which leaueneth in so great part the Spanish lumpe may be knowne to awaken English vigilance to preuent it in themselues they had a faire caueat 1588. and to auoide the like with others I shall adde to these their Discoueries a Spanish Traueller Frier Bishop to discouer their Discouerers which shall cast vp
but we could not descrie the same through the thicknesse of the fogge whereunto these coasts are subiect which was the cause that we put farther certaine leagues into the Sea vntill the next day in the morning when we descried land the weather being very cleere which was the Cape of Saint Marie The twelfth day following we were ouertaken with a great flaw of winde which lasted two dayes The fifteenth of the said moneth wee descried the Isles of Saint Peter The seuenteenth following we met with a banke of Ice neere Cape de Raie sixe leagues in length which caused vs to strike saile all the night to auoide the danger we might incurre The next day we set saile and descried Cape de Raie and the Isles of Saint Paul and Cape de Saint Laurence which is on the South side And from the said Cape of Saint Laurence vnto Cape de Raie is eighteene leagues which is the breadth of the entrance of the great Gulfe of Canada The same day about ten of the clocke in the morning we met with another Iland of Ice which was aboue eight leagues long The twentieth of the said moneth we discried an Isle which containeth some fiue and twenty or thirty leagues in length which is called the Isle of Assumption which is the entrance of the Riuer of Canada The next day we descried Gachepe which is a very high land and began to enter into the said Riuer of Canuda ranging the South coast vnto the Riuer of Mantanne which is from the said Gachepe sixtie fiue leagues from the said Riuer of Mantanne we sailed as farre as the Pike which is twenty leagues which is on the South side also from the said Pike we sailed ouer the Riuer vnto the port of Tadousac which is fifteene leagues All these Countries are very high and barren yeelding no commoditie The foure and twentieth of the said moneth we cast anker before Tadousac and the six and twentieth we entred into the said Port which is made like to a creeke in the entrance of the Riuer of Saguenay where there is a very strange currant and tide for the swiftnesse and depth thereof where sometimes strong windes do blow because of the cold which they bring with them it is thought that the said Riuer is fiue and forty or fiftie leagues vnto the first fall and it commeth from the North North-west The said Port of Tadousac is little wherein there cannot ride aboue ten or twelue Ships but there is water enough toward the East toward the opening of the said Riuer of Sagenay along by a little hill which is almost cut off from the maine by the Sea The rest of the Countrie are very high Mountaines whereon there is little mould but rockes and sands full of woods of Pines Cypresses Fir-trees Burch and some other sorts of trees of small price There is a little Poole neere vnto the said Port enclosed with Mountaines couered with woods At the entrance of the said Port there are two points the one on the West side running a league into the Sea which is called Saint Matthewes point and the other on the South-east side containing a quarter of a league which is called the point of all the Diuels The South and South South-east and South South-west windes doe strike into the said hauen But from Saint Matthewes Point to the said Point of all the Diuels is very neere a league Both these Points are dry at a low water THe seuen and twentieth day we sought the Sauages at the Point of Saint Matthew which is a league from Tadousac with the two Sauages whom Monsieur du Pout brought with him to make report of that which they had seene in France and of the good entertainement which the King had giuen them As soone as we were landed we went to the Caban of their great Sagamo which is called Anadabijou where we found him with some eightie or a hundred of his companions which were making Tabagie that is to say a Feast Hee receiued vs very well according to the custome of the Countrey and made vs sit downe by him and all the Sauages sat along one by another on both sides of the said Cabine One of the Sauages which we had brought with vs began to make his Oration of the good entertainement which the King had giuen them and of the good vsage that they had receiued in France and that they might assure themselues that his said Maiestie wished them well and desired to people their Countrey and to make peace with their enemies which are the Irocois or to send them forces to vanquish them He also reckoned vp the faire Castels Palaces Houses and people which they had seene and our manner of liuing He was heard with so great silence as more cannot be vttered Now when he had ended his Oration the said grand Sagamo Anadabijon hauing heard him attentiuely began to take Tobacco and gaue to the said Monsieur du Pont Grane of Saint Malo and to mee and to certaine other Sagamos which were by him after he had taken store of Tobacco he began to make his Oration to all speaking distinctly resting sometimes a little and then speaking againe saying that doubtlesse they ought to be very glad to haue his Maiestie for their great friend they answered all with one voyce ho ho ho which is to say yea yea yea He proceeding forward in his speech said That he was very well content that his said Maiestie should people their Countrey and make warre against their enemies and that there was no Nation in the world to which they wished more good then to the French In fine hee gaue them all to vnderstand what good and prefit they might receiue of his said Maiestie When hee had ended his speech we went out of his Cabine and they began to make their Tabagie or Feast which they make with the flesh of Orignac which is like an Oxe of Beares of Seales and Beuers which are the most ordinary victuals which they haue with great store of wilde Fowle They had eight or ten Kettels full of meate in the middest of the said Cabine and they were set one from another some six paces and each one vpon a seuerall fire The men sat on both sides the house as I said before with his dish made of the barke of a tree and when the meate is sodden there is one which deuideth to euery man his part in the same dishes wherein they feede very filthily for when their hands be fattie they rub them on their haire or else on the haire of their dogs whereof they haue store to hunt with Before their meate was sodden one of them rose vp and took a dog danced about the said Kettels from the one end of the Cabin to theother when he came before the great Sagamo he cast his dog perforce vpon the ground and then all of them with one voice cried ho ho ho
is within a league of the I le which is called the Ile du Coudre or the I le of Fâlberds which may be some two leagues in length And from the said I le to the Land on the North side is a league The said Ile is some what euen and groweth sharpe toward both the ends on the West end there are Medowes and Points of Rockes which stretch somewhat into the Riuer The said Ile is somewhat pleasant by reason of the Woods which enuiron the same There is store of Slate and the soyle is somewhat grauelly at the end whereof there is a Rocke which stretcheth into the Sea about halfe a league We passed to the North of the said I le which is distant from the I le of the Hare twelue leagues The Thursday following we departed from thence and anchored at a dangerous nooke on the Northside where there be certaine Medowes and a little Riuer where the Sauages lodge sometimes The said day wee still ranged the Coast on the North vnto a place where wee put backe by reasons of the winds which were contrary vnto vs where there were many Rockes and places very dangeous here we stayed three dayes wayting for faire weather All this Coast is nothing but Mountaynes as well on the South side as on the North the most part like the Coast of the Riuer of Saguenay On Sunday the two and twentieth of the said moneth wee departed to goe to the I le of Orleans in the way there are many Iles on the South shoare which are low and couered with trees shewing to be very pleasant contayning as I was able to iudge some two leagues and one league and another halfe a league About these Iles are nothing but Rocks and Flats very dangerous to passe and they are distant some two leagues from the mayne Land on the South And from thence wee ranged the I le of Orleans on the Southside It is a league from the North shoare very pleasant and leuell contayning eight leagues in length The Coast on the South shoare is low land some two leagues into the Countrey the said lands begin to below ouer against the said Ile which beginneth two leagues from the South Coast to passe by the North side is very dangerous for the bankes of Sand and Rockes which are betweene the said Ile and the mayne Land which is almost all dry at a low water At the end of the said Ile I saw a fall of water which fell from a great Mountaine of the said Riuer of Canada and on the top of the said Mountaine the ground is leuell and pleasant to behold although within the said Countries a man may see high Mountaynes which may bee some twenty or fiue and twenty leagues within the Lands which are neere the first Sault of Saguenay We anchored at Quebec which is a Strait of the said Riuer of Canada which is some three hundred pases broad there is at this Strait on the North side a very high Mountayne which falleth downe on both sides all the rest is a leuell and goodly Countrey where there are good grounds full of Trees as Okes Cypresses Birches Firre-trees and Aspes and other Trees bearing fruit and wild Vines So that in mine opinion if they were dressed they would be as good as ours There are along the Coast of the said Quebec Diamants in the Rockes of Slate which are better then those of Alonson From the said Quebec to the I le of Coudre or Filberds are nine and twenty leagues ON Munday the three and twentieth of the said moneth we departed from Quebec where the Riuer beginneth to grow broad sometimes one league then a league and an halfe or two leagues at most The Countrey groweth still fairer and fairer and are all low grounds without Rockes or very few The North Coast is full of Rockes and bankes of Sand you must take the South side about some halfe league from the shore There are certaine small Riuers which are not nauigable but only for the Canowes of the Sauages wherein there be many fals Wee anchored as high as Saint Croix which is distant from Quebec fifteene leagues This is a low point which riseth vp on both sides The Countrey is faire and leuell and the soyles better then in any place that I haue seene with plenty of wood but very few Firre-trees and Cypresses There are in these parts great store of Vines Peares small Nuts Cheries Goose-beries red and greene and certaine small Roots of the bignesse of a little Not resembling Musheroms in taste which are very good roasted and sod All this soyle is blacke without any Rockes saue that there is great store of Slate The soyle is very soft and if it were well manured it would yeeld great increase On the Northside there is a Riuer which is called Batiscan which goeth farre into the Countrey whereby sometimes the Algoumequins come downe and another on the same side three leagues from the said Saint Croix in the way from Quebec which is that where Iacques Quartier was in the beginning of the Discouery which he made hereof and hee passed no farther The said Riuer is pleasant and goeth farre vp into the Countries All this North Coast is very leuell and delectable On Tuesday the foure and twentieth of the said moneth wee departed from the said Saint Croix where we stayed a tyde and an halfe that we might passe the next day following by day light because of the great number of Rockes which are thwart the Riuer a strange thing to behold which is in a manner dry at a low water But at halfe flood a man may beginne to passe safely yet you must take good heed with the Lead alwayes in hand The tyde floweth heere almost three fathomes and an halfe the farther we went the fairer was the Countrey We went some fiue leagues and an halfe and anchored on the North side The Wednesday following wee departed from the said place which is a flatter Countrey then that which we passed before full of great store of Trees as that of Saint Croix We passed hard by a little I le which was full of Vines and came to an Anchor on the South side neere a little Hill but beeing on the top thereof all is euen ground There is at other little Ile three leagues from Saint Croix ioyning neere the South shore Wee departed from the said Hill the Thursday following and passed by a little I le which is neere the North shoare where I saw sixe small Riuers whereof two are able to beare Boats farre vp and another is three hundred pases broad there are certaine Ilands in the mouth of it it goeth farre vp into the Countrey it is the deepest of all the rest which are very pleasant to behold the soyle being full of Trees which are like to Walnut-trees and haue the same smell but I saw no Fruit which maketh me doubt the Sauages told
Salt Sea which may be the South Sea the Sunne setting where they say it doth On Friday the tenth of the said moneth we returned to Tadousac where our ship lay ASsoone as wee were come to Tadousac wee embarqued our selues againe to goe to Gachepay which is distant from the said Tadousac about some hundred leagues The thirteenth day of the said moneth we met with a companie of Sauages which were lodged on the South side almost in the mid-way betweene Tadousac and Gachepay Their Sagamo or Captaine which led them is called Armouchides which is held to be one of the wâsest and most hardy among all the Sauages Hee was going to Tadousac to exchange Arrowes and the flesh of Orignars which they haue for Beauers and Marterns of the other Sauages the Mountainers Estechemaâns and Algoumequins The fifteenth day of the said moneth we came to Gachepay which is in a Bay about a league and a halfe on the North side The said Bay containeth some seuen or eight leagues in length and at the mouth thereof foure leagues in breadth There is a Riuer which runneth some thirty leagues vp into the Countrie Then we saw another Bay which is called the Bay des Mollues or the Bay of Cods which may be some three leagues long and as much in bredth at the mouth From thence we come to the I le Percee which is like a Rocke very steepe rising on both sides wherein there is a hole through which Shalops and Boats may passe at an high water and at a lowe water one may goe from the maine Land to the said Ile which is not past foure or fiue hundred paces off Moreouer there is another Iland in a manner South-east from the I le Percee about a league which is called the Ile de Bonne-aduenture and it may bee some halfe a league long All these places of Gachepay the Bay of Cods and the I le Percee are places where they make dry and greene Fish When you are passed the I le Percee there is a Bay which is called they Bay of Heate which runneth as it were West South-west some foure and twenty leagues into the land containing some fifteene leagues in breadth at the mouth thereof The Sauages of Canada say that vp the great Riuer of Canada about some sixtie leagues ranging the South coast there is a small Riuer called Mautanne which runneth some eighteene leagues vp into the Countreys and being at the head thereof they carrie their Canowes about a league by land and they come into the said Bay of Heate by which they goe sometimes to the Isle Percee Also they goe from the said Bay to Tregate and Misamichy Running along the said coast we passe by many Riuers and come to a place where there is a Riuer which is called Souricoua where Monsieur Preuert was to discouer a Mine of Copper They goe with their Conowes vp this Riuer three or foure dayes then they passe three or foure leagues by land to the said Mine which is hard vpon the Sea shoare on the South side At the mouth of the said Riuer there is an Iland lying a league into the Sea from the said Island vnto the Isle Perçee is some sixtie or seuentie leagues Still following the said coast which trendeth toward the East you meete with a Strait which is two leagues broad and fiue and twenty leagues long On the East side is an Isle which is called the Isle of Saint Laurence where Cape Breton is and in this place a Nation of Sauages called the Souricois doe winter Passing the Strait of the Iles of Saint Lawrence and ranging the South-west Coast you come to a Bay which ioyneth hard vpon the Myne of Copper Passing farther there is a Riuer which runneth threescore or fourescore leagues into the Countrey which reacheth neere to the Lake of the Irocois whereby the said Sauages of the South-west Coast make warre vpon them I would be an exceeding great benefit if there might be found a passage on the Coâââ of Florida neere to the said great Lake where the winter is salt aswell for the Naâigation of ships which should not bee subiect to so many perâls as they are in Canada as for the shortning of the way about three hundred leagues And at is most certaine that there are Riuers on the Goaââ of Florida which are not yet discouered which ââerce vp into the Countries where the soile is exceeding good and fertile and very good Hauens The Countrey and Coast of Florida may haue another temperature of the season and may be ãâã more fertile in abundance of fruites and other things then that which I haue seene But it cannot haue more euen not better sayles then those which we haue seene The Sauages say that in the foresaid great Bay of Hete there is a Riuer which runneth vp vp some twentie leagues into the Countrey at the head whereof there is a Lake which may be about twentie leagues in compasse wherein is little store of water and the Summer it is dried vp wherein they find about a foot or a foot and an halfe vnder the ground a kind of Metall like to ââluer which I shewed them and that in another place neere the said Lake there is a Myne of Copper And this is that which I learned of the foresand Sauages WE departed from the I le ãâã the ninteenth day of the said moneth to returne to Tadousâc When we wââe within three leagues of Cape le Vesque or the Bishops Cape we were encountred with a storme which lasted two dayes which forced vs to put roomer with a great creake and to stay for faire weather The day following we departed and were encountred with another storme Being loth to pââ roome and thinking to gaine way wee touched on the North shore the eight and twentieth day of Iuly ãâã creeke which is very bad because of the edges of Rockes which lie there This creeke is in ãâã degrees and certaine minutes The next day we anchored neere a Riuer which is called Saint Margarites Riuer where at a full Sea is some three fathomes water and a fathome and an halfe at a low water this Riuer goeth farre vp into the Land As farre as I could see within the Land on âhe East shoare there is a fall of water which entreth into the said Riuer and falleth some fiftie or sixtie âathomes downe from whence commeth the greatest part of the water which descendeth downe At the mouth thereof there is a banke of Sand whereon at the ebbe is but halfe a faâhome water All the Coast toward the East is mouing Sande there is a point some halfe league from the said Riuer which stretcheth halfe a league into the Sea and toward the West there is a small Iland this place is in fiftie degrees All these Countries are exceeding bad full of Firre-trees The Land here is somewhat high but not so high as that on the Southside
that I le was like vnto it which they found in the earth about a foot or two deepe The said Monsieur Preuert gaue the Sauages Wedges and Cizers and other things necessarie to draw out the said Myne which they haue promised to doe and to bring the same the next yeere and giue it the said Monsieur Preuert They say also that within some hundred or one hundred and twentie leagues there are other Mynes but that they dare not goe thither vnlesse they haue Frenchmen with them to make warre vpon their enemies which haue the said Mynes in their possession The said place where the Myne is standeth in 44. degrees and some few minutes neere the South Coast within fiue or sixe leagues it is a kind of Bay which is certaine leagues broad at the mouth thereof and somewhat more in length where are three Riuers which fall into the great Bay neere vnto the I le of Saint Iohn which is thirtie or fiue and thirtie leagues long and is sixe leagues distant from the South shoare There is also another little Riuer which falleth almost in the mid way of that whereby Monsieur Preuert returned and there are as it were two kind of Lakes in the said Riuer Furthermore there is yet another small Riuer which goeth toward the Mountaine of the painting All these Riuers fall into the said Bay on the South-east part neere about the said Ile which the Sauages say there is of this white Metall On the North side of the said Bay are the Mynes of Copper where there is a good Hauen for ships and a small Iland at the mouth of the Hauen the ground is Oze and Sand where a man may run his ship on shoare From the said Myne to the beginning of the mouth of the said Riuers is some sixtie or eightie leagues by Land But by the Sea Coast according to my iudgement from the passage of the I le of Sain Lawrence and the Firme Land it cannot be past fiftie or sixtie leagues to the said Myne All this Countrey is exceeding faire and flat wherein are all sorts of trees which wee saw as wee went to the first Sault vp the great Riuer of Canada very small store of Firre-trees and Cypreââes And this of a truth is as much as I learned and heard of the said Monsieur Preuert BEfore we departed from Tadousac to returne into France one of the Sagamoz of the Mountayners named Bechourat gaue his Sonne to Monsieur du Pont to carrie him into France and he was much recommended vnto him by the Great Sagamo Anadabijou praying him to vse him well and to let him see that which the other two Sauages had seene which we had brought backe againe We prayed them to giue vs a woman of the Irocois whom they would haue eaten whom they gaue vnto vs and we brought her home with the foresaid Sauage Monsieur de Preuert in like manner brought home foure Sauages one man which is of the South Coast one woman and two children of the Canadians The foure and twentieth of August we departed from Gachepay the ship of the said Monsieur Preuert and ours The second of September we counted that wee were as farre as Cape Rase The fift day of the said moneth we entred vpon the Banke whereon they vse to fiââ The sixteenth we were come into the Sounding which may be some fittie leagues distant from the Ushant The twentieth of the said moneth we arriued in New Hauen by the grace of God to all our contentments with a continuall fauourable wind CHAP. VII The Patent of the French King to Monsieur de MONTS for the inhabiting of the Countries of La Cadia Canada and other places in New France HEnry by the grace of God King of France and Nauarre To our deare and well beloued the Lord of Monts one of the ordinarie Gentlemen of our Chamber greeting As our greatest care and labour is and hath alwayes beene since our comming to this Crowne maintaine and conserue it in the ancient dignitie greatnesse and splendour thereof to extend and amplifie as much as lawfully may bee done the bounds and limits of the same We being of a long time informed of the situation and condition of the Lauds and Territories of La Cadia moued aboue all things with a singular zeale and deuout and constant resolution which we haue taken with the helpe and assistance of God Author Distributour and Protectour of all Kingdomes and Estates to cause the people which doe inhabit the Countrey men at this present time Barbarous Atheists without Faith or Religion to be conuerted to Christianitie and to the Beliefe and Profession of our Faith and Religion and to draw them from the ignorance and vnbeliefe wherein they are Hauing also of a long time knowne by the Relation of the Sea Captaines Pilots Merchants and others who of long time haue haunted frequented and trafficked with the people that are found in the said places how fruitfull commodious and profitable may be vnto vs to our Estates and Subiects the Dwelling Possession and Habitation of those Countries for the great and apparent profit which may be drawne by the greater frequentation and habitude which may bee had with the people that are found there and the Trafficke and Commerce which may be by that meanes safely treated and negotiated We then for these causes fully trusting on your great wisdome and in the knowledge and experience that rou haue of the qualitie condition and situation of the said Countrie of La Cadia for diuers and sundry Nauigations Voyages and Frequentations that you haue made into those parts and others neere and bordering vpon it Assuring our selues that this our resolution and intention being committed vnto you you will attentiuely diligently and no lesse couragiously and valorously execute and bring to such perfection as we desire Haue expresly appointed and established you and by these Presents signed with our owne hands doe commit ordaine make constitute and establish you our Lieutenant Generall for to represent our person in the Countries Territories Coasts and Co fines of La Cadia To begin from the 40. degree vnto the 46. And in the same distance or part of it as farre as may bee done to establish extend and make to be knowne our Name Might and Authoritie And vnder the same to subiect submit and bring to obedience all the people of the said Land and the Borderers thereof And by the meanes thereof and all lawfull wayes to call make instruct prouoke and incite them to the knowledge of God and to the light of the Faith and Christian Religion to establish it there And in the exercise and profession of the same keepe and conserââ the said people and all other Inhabitants in the said places and there to command in peace rest and tranquillââie as well by Sea as by Land to ordaine decide and cause to bee executed all that which you shall iudge fit and necessarie to be done for
but principally to increase the knowledge of the Omnipotent God and the propagation of Our Christian Faith haue graciously accepted of their said intention and suit And therefore doe of Our speciall grace certaine knowledge and meere motion for Vs Our Heires and Successors giue graunt and confirme by these Presents vnto Our right deere and right welbeloued Cousin and Counsellor Henry Earle of Northampton Keeper of Our Priuy Seale and to Our trustie and right welbeloued Sir Laurence Tanfield Knight chiefe Baron of Our Exchequer Sir Iohn Dodridge Knight one of Our Sergeants at Law Sir Francis Bacon Knight Our Sollicitor Generall Sir Daniel Dun Sir Walter Cope Sir Pierciuall Willoughby and Sir Iohn Constable Knights Iohn Weld Esquire William Freeman Ralph Freeman Iohn Slany Humfrey Slany William Turner Robert Kirkam Gentlemen Iohn Weld Gentleman Richard Fishburne Iohn Browne Humfrey Spencer Thomas Iuxon Iohn Stokely Ellis Crispe Thomas Alport Francis Needeham William Iones Thomas Langton Phillip Gifford Iohn Whittingam Edward Allen Richard Bowdler Thomas Iones Simon Stone Iohn Short Iohn Vigars Iohn Iuxon Richard Hobby Robert Alder Anthony Haueland Thomas Aldworth William Lewis Iohn Guy Richard Hallworthy Iohn Langton Humfrey Hooke Phillip Guy William Meredith Abram Ienings and Iohn Dowghtie their Heires and Assignes And to such and so many as they doe or shall hereafter admit to be ioyned with them in forme hereafter in these Presents expressed whether they goe in their persons to bee planted in the said Plantation or whether they goe not but doe aduenture their Monyes Goods and Chattels that they shall bee one Body or Comminaltie perpetuall and shall haue perpetuall succession and one common Seale to serue for the said Body and Comminaltie And that they and their successours shall be knowne called and incorporated by the name of the Treasurer and the Company of Aduenturers and Planters of the Citie of London and Bristoll for the Colony or Plantation in New-found-land and that they and their successours shall bee from henceforth for euer inabled to take require and purchase by the name aforesaid Licence for the same from Vs Our Heires and Successours first had and obtained any manner of Lands Tenements and Hereditaments Goods and Chattels within Our Realme of England and Dominion of Wales and that they and their successours shall bee like wise inabled by the name aforesaid to plead and be impleaded before any Our Iudges or Iustices in any of Our Courts and in any Actions and Suits whatsoeuer And Wee doe also of Our said speciall grace certaine knowledge and meere motion for Vs Our Heires and Successours giue grant and confirme vnto the said Tresurer and Company and their Successours vnder the reseruations limitations and declarations hereafter expressed all that part and portion of the said Countrie commonly called New found land which is situate lying and being to the Southward of the parallel line to be conceiued to passe by the Cape or hedland commonly called or knowne by the name of Bonewist Inclusiue which Cape or hedland is to be Northward of the Bay commonly called Trinity Bay and also which is situate lying and being to the Eastward of the Meridian line to be conceiued to passe by the Cape or headland commonly called or knowne by the name of Cape Sancta Maria or Cape Saint Maries Inclusiue which Cape or headland is to be Eastward of the Bay commonly called the Bay of Placentia together with the Seas and Ilands lying within ten leagues of any part of the Sea coast of the Countrie aforesaid and also all those Countries Lands and Ilands commonly called Newfound land which are situate betweene forty and six degrees of Northerly latitude and two and fifty degrees of the like latitude and also all the Lands Soyle Grounds Hauens Ports Riuers Mines as well royall Mines of Gold and Siluer as other Mines Minerals Pearles and precious stones Woods Quarries Marshes Waters Fishings Hunting Hawking Fowling Commodities and Hereditaments whatsoeuer together with all Prerogatiues Iurisdictions Royalties Priuiledges Franchises and Preheminencies within any the said Territories and the precincts there of whatsoeuer and thereto or there abouts both by Sea and Land being or in any sort belonging or appertaining and which wee by our Letters Patents may or can grant and in as ample manner and sort as We or any of Our Noble progenitors haue heretofore granted to any Company body politique or Corporate or to any Aduenturer or Aduenturers Vndertaker or Vndertakers of any Discouery Plantation or Trafficke of in or into any foraine parts whatsoeuer and in as large and ample manner as if the same were herein particularly mentioned and expressed Neuerthelesse Our will and pleasure is and We doe by these presents expresse and declare that there be saued and reserued vnto all manner of persons of what Nation soeuer and also to all and euery Our louing Subiects which doe at this present or hereafter shall trade or voyage to the parts aforesaid for Fishing c. April 27. A. Reg. 8. Master IOHN GVY his Letter to Master SLANY Treasurer and to the Counsell of the New-found-land Plantation RIght worshipfull it may please you to vnderstand that it was the tenth day of this moneth of May before the Barke of Northam called the Consent arriued here in New-found-land notwithstanding that a Ship of Bristoll called the Lionesse came to this Countrey the second of May in a moneths space and the Trial of Dartmouth arriued here before in sixteene dayes By reason of which stay of the aforesaid Barke nothing could be done to take any of the places desired all being possessed before So that the Ship that commeth whereof as yet there is no newes is to trust to the place here which is reserued for her which I hope will proue a good place Some yeeres as great a Uoyage hath bin made here as in any place in this Land God send her hither in safetie I haue not yet seene any of the Countrey to the Southward or Northward of this Bay of Conception since this spring because I expected daily the arriuall of the Barke and thought it not fit to be absent herehence vntill she were arriued and dispatched but presently vpon her departure no time God willing shall be lost The care that was taken to require generally the Fishermen to assist vs and to supply our wants if any should be was most ioyfull and comfortable to vs which was most willingly accomplished by the most part of those which I haue yet seene yet God be praised such was the state of all things with vs as we were in no want of victuals but had a great remainder as you shall after vnderstand The state of the Autumne and Winter was in these parts of New-found-land after this manner In both the moneths of October and Nouember there were scarce six dayes wherin it either freezed or snowed and that so little that presently it was thawed and melted with the strength of the Sunne All the residue
fine Sand. Not twenty paces from the wash of the Sea digging a hole and setting therein a Hogshead the head knocked out water is plentifully taken seeming to be no other then the Sea water losing the saltnesse in that passage Thence they went to the Riuer of Socko about 5. l. Eastward of Saint Domingo and went in the night 4. l. vp and suddenly surprised an Estanca that is a Farme place where slaues keepe the great mens cattle make their Cassaui bread dresse their Ginger and Fruites and doe other offices of Husbandry Being thereof possessed they came to parlie for ransome of their Houses and for their Negros for which they gaue them the flesh of thirtie Beeues with Cassaui and Fruites Beefe will not keepe in those parts aboue foure and twenty houres vnlesse first salted and then dried in the Sunne being first cut into two sides like Bacon without any bone left in it nor any peece of flesh thicker then a mans hand It must first be searched with a Knife then rubbed ouer with Salt and hauing so remained twelue houres must be dried in the Sunne and foure hot dayes drying will saue it sufficiently Other Estanças being likewise taken yeelded like contributions From thence they went vpon another Riuer called Marracaua where there was an Ingenio of Sugars which they tooke for their prouisions and caused the owner to ransome it from burning Thence they went to the mouth of the harbour of Saint Domingo and rid there at the East side of the same at Point Torrosilio to intercept any Shipping comming forth The Sergeant Mayor came hither to treat for ransome of some prisoners and with him an Englishman of Captaine Lancaesters company of Captain Raymunds fleete whose Ship was newly cast away comming out of the East Indres into those parts a little to the West of Saint Domingo at Acoa The Spaniards set forth two Caruels to intercept the Boates which they did but the Ships recouered the taken and takers together They brought foure brasse Falcons of Captaine Lancasters Ship ten others of Iron they left for the heauinesse being somewhat farre from the water They tooke also a fine Friggot hidden vnder the trees which they brought for England Thence they went for Iamaica and there found two Barkes laden with Hides and Cannafistula one of which they manned and sent for England taken by a French man of warre by the way Thence they went to Cuba to Cape Corientes and Cape Saint Antonio to expect shipping comming for the Hauana but in vaine Thus after eight moneths spent in the Countrey the Antonie and the Frigot went to the Bay of Honduras the Pilgrime at Hauana spent some few dayes and then set saile for England where they arriued in Plimmouth May 14. 1594. The Antonie and the Frigot within foure leagues of Porto cauallo descried seuen Shippes in the Road the least of ninescore tun They anchored within Caliuar shot of the Spanish Shippes and moored their Ships a head and sterne and bent their broad sides vnto them and there fought all that day with those seuen Shippes and all night now and then a shot Captaine Langton sent the Boate and Shallop to the shore from whence they brought a Frigot of twenty tunne The next morning they fired the Frigot and with their Boates purposed to bring her crosse the Admirals halfe But when they saw them comming they all ranne into the Boates and got ashore The Admirall let slippe the other sixe vnhanged their Rudders and carried them ashore that none should saile away with the Shippes if they were taken They laded the Admirall with the best out of all the Shippes and sent ashore to know if they would ransome the rest which they delaying they fired one of them laden with Hides and Logwood and then another laden with Susaparill But the King of Spaine had forbidden them any ransoming and they came not All their Ordnance was heaued ouerboord sauing two or three Brasse peeces in hope some Englishmen might be the better for them afterward One of them was a Shippe of fiue hundred tunnes They brought away the Admirall of 250. and came into Plimmouth the fifteenth of May the next day after the Pilgrims arriuall ANno 1594. The Earle of Cumberland on his owne charge with the helpe of some aduenturers set forth for the Tercera Ilands the Royall Exchange Admirall of 250. tunnes commanded by Captaine George Caue the May Floure Viceadmirall of like burden commanded by Captaine William Antonie the Samson Rereadmirall commanded by Captaine Nicholas Downton a Caruell and a small Pinnace They set forth from Plimmouth April 6. In the way they tooke a small Barke laden with Galicia wines c. Iune the second they had sight of Saint Michael After ten dayes they descried the great Carricke of 2000. tuns called the Cinque LLagas or Fiue Wounds The May Floure first got vp to her and receiued an vnwelcome salutation In the night the Samson came in and continued the fight and at last the Admirall They agreed that the Admirall should lay the Carrake aboord in the Prow the Viceadmirall in the Waste and the Rereadmirall in the Quarter But it fell out that the Admirall laying her aboord at the looffe recoiled a sterne the Viceadmirall being so neere that she was faine to runne with her bolt sprit betweene the two quarters which forced the Rereadmirall to lay her aboord on the Bowe After many bickerings fire-workes flew about interchangeably At last the Vice-admiral with a Culuering-shot at hand fired the Carrick in her Sterne and the Reare-admirall her Fore-castle by a shot that gaue fire to the Mat on the Beake-head from thence burning to the Mat on the Bolt-sprit and so ran vp to the Top-saile-yard they plying and maintayning their fires so well with their small shot that many of those which came to quench them were slaine These fires encreased so sore that the Vice-admiralls fore-saile and fore-top-saile were both burnt the Reare-admirall being in like predicament whiles the Admirall with much danger and difficultie quenched the fires throwne into her from the Carrick To saue themselues in this heat and furie the Admirall and Vice-admirall fell off leauing the Reare-admirall foule of the Carricks sprit-saile-yard in great danger to haue beene consumed with her had they not helped her off with their Boats In this distresse the companie brought the Commander Don Francisco de Melo to put forth a flagge of truce but the Carricks Carpenter more desperate comforted him with hope of quenching the fire whereupon he cryed Coragio I will neuer yeeld notwithstanding the protestations contestations and obtestations of the lamenting out-crying companie One ran ââraged on him charging him with this foule vncharitablenesse threatning vengeance on him and his for this obstinacy in suffering so many soules to perish rather then to accept the English assistance Some of their chiefest rich in chaines and
seuere course to remedie those things he assured himselfe it would be the ruine of our voyage Whereupon the next day I went on shoare to see my men trayned and calling all the Commanders before me rebuked them for those faults and gaue Articles both for their courses at Land and Sea reading to them my Commissions that they might know I had full power to execute those punishments I set downe for euery offence and assuring them I would not be slow in doing it if they offended The next day being the one and twentieth of Aprill I set saile and betwixt the Grand Canarie and Tenerife met with the Royall Defence a ship which should haue comne with mee out of England but being not readie followed me and thwart the Rocke after I was comne from thence met with a Caruell which by ten English men that were prisoners in Lisbone was stollen forth in the night They assured me word being brought thither that I was gone off the Coast they resolued to send forth the Carracks and that within a few dayes they would come forth Which I making knowne to all my Commanders they agreed with me that it was fit to spend some few dayes and looke for their comming so did we but not seeing them the yeere was so farre spent that I assured my selfe they were either gone by or would not goe this yeere their time for doubling the Cape of Buona Speranza being now past for they neuer went out so late but once and then were all forced to returne Though many would imagine the missing of this faire fortune should much haue troubled me I assure you it did not the reason I will let you know hereafter Now againe calling all the Captaines and Masters aboard me I first asked them whether they thought it was fit to tarry any longer vpon that hope telling them mine opinion how little reason there was in it and that longer stay might much hurt our other purposes to which all agreeing we resolued to proceede Then I asked whether they thought the time was not too farre spent to get Farnanbuco to which many answered No. And though I well knew what it was I would not reply till I had called two Portugall Pilots which I brought with me out of England old men that had at the least beene twentie times a piece there out of Portugall And asking their opinions they told vs that they had gone it at that time of the yeere but diuers times put backe and at their best passage beene sixe or seuen weekes in getting one degree To which there were that answered though sometimes it happened so yet it might fall out otherwise and if not though we should be long in getting thither yet there was assurance to win that place with ease and getting it to haue wealth enough Till this I kept secret what now euery occasion gaue mee fit time to vtter Hauing dispatched from mee a ship that was in Trade at the Canaries and bound for England and being so farre shot to the Southwards as I was sure not to meet with any going to the Northwards so as not any newes where I was could come into Spaine till it came out of the Indies which winning of time would giue me so good leisure to fortifie my selfe in the place whither I meant to goe as hardly I would bee supplanted till either wee honorably quitted the place or had supply you may see too griedie desire is a dangerous enemie for where I should haue but lightly touched this as yet I was almost entring into the bowels of my intention the time ripe I saw to speake more freely then I had done I told them I had aduisedly considered of all these things now pleaded and could as I thought before their speech haue giuen them so sufficient reasons for the shaping of some other course then Brasil as would haue stayed all these pleadings But I thought it better first to heare euery one speake his minde and then to vtter my conceit Which though I assured my selfe was the best for vs yet if any amongst them could giue reason against it I would not onely take it well but be drawne to them Then layed I before them how our men were alreadie many of them sicke and that vndoubtedly the crossing the Line would keepe those from recouering although the passage were as good as man could wish Besides I remembred them of intelligence giuen vs both vpon the Coast of Spaine and the Iland that the King had sent thither to defend the place against me six hundred Souldiers and also it was likely that he had giuen order that if they saw not themselues strong enough to resist that with their portable goods they should fleâ into the Mountaines and set their Sugar and Brasill wood on fire then were we sure to haue nothing and lastly if wee beat long vnder the Line vndoubtedly the most of our men would fall sicke and then should we be forced to returne without doing any thing for to no other place could we goe once bearing vp vpon that occasion With this I pawsed to heare if there would be any thing said by them but not any speaking I told them I well perceiued by their silence the doubts my wordes had driuen into their mindes but not to conceale any longer from them that which hitherto I had for all their goods done the truth was I neuer had intention after I found I could not get out of England before Christmas to goe for Brasil but onely for the west Indies where there were many possibilities to make a voyage by as first the sacking of Margarita which they knew was rich then Porto Rico after that Saint Domingo then in Iuly the outward bound fleet would be in the Acoa where we could not misse them and if these gaue vs not content in the end of Iuly or August wee should meete the fleet at Cape Saint Antonio Many of these reasons I vttered more to carry my men with good liking thither then for any thought I had of diuers of them And my speech had desired successe for they all went with greedie desire and hopefull expectation I appointing them to make what haste they could to Dominica where we would stay one for another thinking it better to goe straggling thither then to goe togither there being possibilitie to meete some purchase by the way which we were in most likelihood of when we spred furthest Therefore we spred thus till we met at Dominica wee straggled all sauing the Alcedon the Centurian and two Flemmings laden with Corne which I tooke vpon the coast of Spaine and still carried alongst with me as chiefe meanes to effect my most desired purpose These with all the rest came safely to Dominica where wee carried our sicke people ashoare the three and twentieth of May and tarried till the first of Iune This Iland is onely inhabited by Indians that
three sonnes a hundreth thousand Duckets insomuch that the youngest of them being in Spaine vpon the dispatch of some businesse which his father had left vnsettled was there thought of state so good that a Marquesse thought his daughter well bestowed vpon him in marriage But see how nothing will last where God with his preseruing blessing doth not keepe things together For at this day scarce is there any remainder left of all his riches and this now most poore though great Lady not being able to proportion her selfe to the lownesse of her fortune and besides vexed with her husbands ill conditions hath by authoritie left him and hauing entered religious profession is at this present in a Nunnerie in Saint Domingo I haue beene very inquisitiue of the best obseruers and most able to judge among ours that haue vpon occasion trauailed into the inparts of the Iland They doe agreeingly tell me first that their wayes are very myrie or rather dirtie as proceeding of mold rather then grauell or sand now the prouerbe in England is that that Countrie is best for the Byder that is most cumbersome to the Rider Secondly the grasse and herbage they meet withall euerywhere is very proud and high though somewhat course which argueth a lustinesse and strength of fatnesse in the soile and which wanteth onely store of mouthes to ouer-come that luxuriant pride and to bring it to the finenesse which we most commend in England which is made most probable by that which in the third place they report of their experience that the soile is a black mold vnderlaid within some two foot with a laire of reddish clay which is one of the most infallible marks by which our English Grasiers know their battle and feeding grounds The whole Iland is delightfully and pleasurably diuersified with Hills and Vallies Among the Hills there is one eminent aboue the rest called the Loquilla commended with the greatest plentie and riches of mynes And yet none of the Riuers that I can heare of haue their heads from thence which perhaps may bee the reason why it aboue the rest is lesse wasted For they say that in the other Hills also there are veines found of whose pouertie no man needeth to complaine This Hill which they call Loquilla is placed Easterly aboue Luisa The Vallies are much wooddy but in very many places interlaced with gâodly large Playnes and spacious Lawnes The woods are not onely vnderlings as in the lesser Iland for the most part they are but timber trees of goodly talnesse and stature fit for the building of ships and of euery part of them For not to speake of a ship which wee our selues found here a building towards the burthen of a hundreth the great Bougonia a ship of a thousand hauing lost her Masts at Sea had them all made here of the timber of this Iland her mayne Mast being of two trees onely and being there and all other wayes fitted for Spaine was euen vpon the point of putting forth of this Harbour when Sir Francis Drake and Sir Iohn Hawkins came hither with an honorable intent to take her and the foure Millions which shee brought hither from the Hauana For this ship was the Admirall of the fleet which that yeere went from Tierra firma and being taken with a storme at Sea and hauing lost her Masts with much adoe recouered this Harbour and here was againe fitted But the Queenes Nauie vpon aduertisement of this accident came so just in the nick that they were forced to sinke her in the Harbour and that with so great haste that the passengers had not time to fetch their clothes but lading and victuals and all was lost Some of the ribs of this great Beast we found here but the marrow and sweetnesse of her was gone for shee brought in her foure millions and a halfe of treasure for the wafting whereof those Frigats which Sir Francis burned in this Harbour were purposely sent For while Sir Francis was watering at Guadalupe some of his fleet discouered the passage of these Frigats by Dominica which good newes as truly they were very good assured Sir Francis as he openly told the fleet that the treasure was not yet gone from Saint Iohn de Puerto Rico for as much as he assured himselfe that these ships were going to fetch it home The Playnes and Lawnes of the mayne Iland âre graced with much varietie of many kindes of fruit for besides the great Countries of ground where their Heards roame with such vncontrolled licence as that they grow almost wilde the champaine which they haue chosen to place their Stancies and Ingenios vpon are richly laden with Ginger and Sugar-cane Their Ingenios are commonly vpon some Riuer or neere some moore-marrish and waterish places for in places of that qualitie doe their Sugar-canes prosper best And besides there is much vse of water for their Mills and other works though most commonly their Mills goe with the strength of men and horses as I vnderstand like our Horse-mills in England which if I had seene my selfe I should haue beene better able and conseqâently more willing to haue reported to you the manner and cunning of the same They that haue beene eye-witnesses doe with great wonder and commendation speake of them Their Stansias are more inwardly placed in the Countrie and yet a conuenient neerenesse to some Riuer is desired for more conuenient carriage of their Ginger to Puerto Rico whence they vent their commodities into other Countries which I take to bee some part of the cause why more follow Ginger then Sugar workes because their Stansias doe not need such choise of place and therefore the poorer may more easily come by them which yet also more easily they set vpon because much needeth not to set vpon the commoditie of Ginger I haue heretofore said in generall that Sugar and Ginger are the greatest knowne commodities of this Iland A third commoditie of the Iland besides Ginger and Sugar I did before note to bee Hides Whereof without contradiction there is very great store I haue beene told by the Spaniard that that same Chereno whose Countrie is neere to the Laguada of the quite contrarie side to Cape Roxo is generally reported to feede to the number of twelue thousand head of Cattle Wherevpon we may easily coniecture how infinite the number of Cattell in this Iland is seeing in the Westerly end thereof which is held farre worse for feeding then the Easterly neere Saint Iohns head there is so incredible abundance Once it is generally spoken and beleeued that by reason of this ouer-flowing of Beeues it is lawfull for any man to kill what he needeth for his vse if onely hee bee so honest as to bring the skins to the proper owners Now these Hides must rise to a huge summe of riches considering that their Cattell are farre larger then any Countrie that I know in England doth yeeld
aide 5000. foote and 1000. horse at her owne charge to be by them after repayed the first yeares charges in the first yeare of peace the rest in the foure following Flushing and the Ramekins and Brill to remaine âers in caution c. Her Maiestie set forth a Booke also for her iustification by the ancient leagues with the Belgian Prouinces for mutuall defence the Spanish crueltie on the poore Belgians and their nefarious deuises against her neither had she any intent in administring these aides but that the Low-Countries might enioy their ancient liberty she and her subiects their securitie and both Nations peaceable commerce And to the end that warre might not first be brought home to her owne doores she set forth a Fleete to finde the Spaniard worke abroad Hereupon Anâo 1585. Sir Francis Drake with a Fleete of fiue and twenty saile and 2300. Souldiers and Sailers was set forth from Plimmouth Sep. 12. Christopher Carlile his Lieutenent Generall Anthonie Powell Sergeant Maior Captaine Matthew Morgan and Iohn Samson Corporall of the field Land Captaines Anthonie Plat Edward Winter Iohn Goring Robert Pen George Barton Iohn Merchant William Ceuill Walter Bigs Iohn Haman Richard Stanton Captaine Martin Frobisher Viceadmirall in the Primrose Captaine Francis Knolles Rereadmirall in the Gallion Leicester Captaine Thomas Vennâr in the Eliz. Bonaduenture vnder the Generall Captaine Edward Winter in the Aide Christopher Carlile in the Tigre Henry White Captain of the Sea Dragon Thomas Drake Captaine of the Thomas Thomas Seely Captaine of the Minion Captaine Bayly of the Barke Talbot Robert Crosse of the Barke Bond George Fortescue of the Barke Boner Edward Carelesse of the Hope Iames Erizo of the White Lyon Thomas Moone of the Fancis Iohn Riuers of the Vantage Iohn Vaughan of the Drake Iohn Varney of the George Iohn Martin of the Beniamin Richard Gilman of the Scout Richard Hawkins of the Ducke Captaine Bitfield of the Swallow They tooke a Shippe of Saint Sebastians laden with fish entred the Iles of Bayon and sent to the Citie to know whether there were warres betwixt England and Spaine and why the English Merchants and their goods in Spaine were embarged or arrested The Gouernour professed his ignorance in both and that this later was the Kings pleasure After some spoiles done about Vigo they fell with Hierro but the Iland being poore departed without harme Thence they went to the Iles of Cape Verde and at Saint Iago entred betwixt the Towne called Playa or Praya and Saint Iago landed 1000. men and the men being fled entred the Towne and shot off all their Ordnance being 50. peeces answered from the Ships to honour the Queenes day the 17. of Nouember No Treasure was found but Wine Oyle Meale c. They possessed it foureteene dayes Nouember the foure and twentieth they marched to Saint Domingo twelue miles within land and found the people fled After foureteene dayes they departed hauing burned the Towne of Playa none of the inhabitants hauing offered to intercede which seemed to happen from their guiltinesse towards old Master William Hawkins whose men perfidiously they had murthered foure or fiue yeares before against their promise putting off to the West Indies they could not put off the effects of the aire of that Iland which by a Calentura killed two or three hundred of their men The first Iland which they fell with was Dominica the next Saint Christophers and hauing there spent their Christmas they resolued for Hispaniola and hauing receiued intelligence by a Frigot which they tooke in the way they landed nine or ten miles to the Westward of Saint Domingo on New yeares day About noone they approached the Towne vnder the conduct of Master Carlile and 150. horsemen presenting themselues from the Citie being retired they diuided their forces to assault both the Westerne gates at once The Ordnance being discharged on them they ran in to preuent a second charge and entred with them pell mell into the Gates the enemy altering their fight into flight which they made by the North gate Both troopes met in the Market-place and there barricadoed themselues The Castle was abandoned the next night They held the Towne a whole moneth They burned many houses before they could bring the Spaniards to a price for the ransome of the rest for which at last they paid after much spoile 25000. Duckets The pray was not much In the Towne-house were the Kings armes and in the lower part of the scutchion was painted a globe of the Sea and Land a horse standing thereon with his hinder legges the forepart without the globe with this motto ascribed to his mouth Non sufficit Orbis From Saint Domingo they set saile for Carthagena on the Continent landing some Companies with Captaine Carlile fiue miles of which were led on by night the Generall with this Fleete presenting themselues before the chained Port and hauing gotten the Citie held the same six weekes They tooke Alonso Brauo the Gouernour After many houses burned 11000. Duckets were paid for ransome of the rest from burning The Calentura continued killing some being a pestilent spotted Feuer and spoyling others of their strength and memory for a long time The Serena or Euening ayre is said to cause it to them which are then abroad if not of that Countrey so that by holding their watch the English were thus infected This forced them to giue ouer their intended voyage to Nombre de Dios and Panama sailing therefore alongst the coast of Florida they tooke and fired two garrison Townes of the Spaniards Saint Anthonie and Saint Helena and the Fort of Saint Iohn Then passing alongst the Virginian shore they tooke home the English Colonie there remaining with Master Lane their Gouernour sent by Sir Walter Raleigh These are said by Master Camden to haue beene the first bringers in of the vse of Tobacco since so frequently abused by our Nation They arriued at Portsmouth the 28. of Iuly 1586. They got Ordnance of Brasse aboue 200. peeces and about 40. of Iron They prey was valued at 60000. li. English There dyed most of the Calentura 700. persons The industry of the Generall in all places is remakeable whose vigilance and bodily presence and labour in all businesse was much that had he beene in the meanest he had merited the highest place To this is fittest in next place to adde his Cadiz exploit Anno 1587. and the taking of the rich Caracke called Saint Philip. HEr Maiestie being informed of that inuincible Armadas preparing in Spaine which did come and was ouercome the yeare after sent a fleete of 30. saile vnder the command of Sir Francis Drake the Bonaduenture the Lyon the Dread-naught and the Rainbow were out of her Nauy Royall chosen to this seruice The 16. of Aprill two Shippes of Midleborough which came from Cadiz with whom we met in 40. degrees gaue him to vnderstand that there was great
prouision in Cadiz and thereabout prouided to come to Lisbone whereupon the Generall with all possible speede bending himselfe thither to cut of the forces and prouisions the 19. of Aprill one houre before the Sunne setting entred the harbour of Callz and the Spanish Fleete there checked vs at the entring thereat with the Towne Galleyes but in short time retired vnder the Fortresse There were in the Roades 60. Ships and diuers other small shipping vnder the fortresse There fled 20. French Shippes to port Riall and some Spaniards which could not be hindred of the Fleete by reason of the sholdnesse There were sunke by vs at our comming in with shot one Orgasey of 1000. tun furnished with thirty peeces of Brasse and richly laden There were two Gallies more came presently from port Riall and two other from Saint Mary port but all in vaine the expenses of powder and shot the greatest gaine to themselues There were to the number of 38. Shippes taken before night and the English victours of the Roade the Galleyes retyring vnder the Fortresses Twenty Hulcks Hollanders confiscated to the King and their goods sold to the Kings vse foureteene of them were fired the other six were at port Riall laden with Wines and Bread and to be presently full laden for Lishburne one Carricke of foureteene hundreth tun appertaining to the Marquesse of Saint Cruce fiue great Biskainers fired foure of them lading and taking in of victuals for the Kings prouision for Lishburne the Saint was a Ship of 1000. tuns bound for Lishburne hauing in her great store of Pikes much Iron Nailes Spikes Iron hoopes and such like fired One Shataya laden with Wines of 250. tuns for the Kings prouision which we brought to Sea with vs and discharged at Sea a part of their Wines for the prouision of the Fleete and there fired her Three Flye-boates of foure hundreth tunnes laden with Bisket whereof the one being of two hundred tuns and vpwards we halfe vnladed and then fired her the other two are yet with vs in company Some tenne Barkes more laden with Wines Raisons Figges Oyle Wheate with such like fired By supposition the eight and thirtie Shippes and Barkes fired sunke and brought away with vs amounted in iudgement to thirteene thousand tuns of shipping There rid in sight of vs at port Riall by estimation aboue fortie saile besides those that fled from Callz roade They gaue vs little ease during our aboade there which they shot from the Galleyes as also from the Fortresses and from the shore where continually they planted new Ordnance at places conuenient to offend notwithstanding their Ships we continually fired as the floud came thereby to bee cleared of them which terrible fire was pleasant vnto vs to behold and mittigated the continuall burthen of trauaile which lay vpon vs day and night in discharging firing and vnlading such prouisions with obseruations for good and gardable defence of the enemie It pleased the Generall after his great care and paines day and night to finish this happy Action in her Maiesties seruice in one day and two nights and hee came forth againe the Friday in the morning with very little losse thankes be to God Of twelue Galleyes and those that came from port Riall and Saint Mary port tenne of them came forth after vs as it were to make some pastime with their great Ordnance At length the winde standing wee cast about againe and strooke in for the shoare and came to an anker within a league of Cales where their Galleyes suffered vs to ride quietly There were also three Flye Boates more at Mallegai laden with Byâket bound for Calez and so for Lishborne We vnderstood of their great prouisions and forces prouided within the straights We doubt not but as God hath begunne this worke in great happinesse to the daunting of the enemie so God will blesse this Armie in cutting daily their forces shorter to the great annoyance of the enemy and to the honour of our Prince and Countrie Wee haue had the experience of Galley fights wherein I can assure you that these onely foure of her Maiesties Ships wil make none accompt of twenty Galleyes so as they were alone and not driuen to guard others There were Galleyes had place fitter for their aduantage in fight vpon shot they receiued they had present succour to ground vnder the towne which they sundry times did waye riding in a narrow gutter the place yeelding no better in that wee were driuen to maintaine the same vntill wee had discharged and fired the Shippes which could not conueniently be done but vpon the floud that thereby they may driue cleare of vs. We rest now victualed with Bread and Drinke for six moneths in our Ships and Bread besides in two flye Boates to maintaine a good Armie three moneths We rest all in good loue with our Generall and vnitie in all the whole Fleete After this they came before the hauen of Lysbon where the Marquesse of Sancta Cruz was with his Gallies whom the Generall inuited to some exchange of Bullets but he refused Thence they sailed to the Azores and met with a Portugall Carracke called Saint Philip which had in her voyage outward carried the three Iaponian Princes into the Indies This Carracke he tooke the first of that kinde taken by the English ominous in the name and so it proued not onely by the losse of so great wealth to King Philip both in leading the daunce to others after taken and in opening the eyes of the English to visite the Indian fountaines whence such wealth issued wherein also the Hollanders quickly imitated them To omit other braue exploits neerer home as that most glorious of 88. and the rest our purpose is to giue you the remote Voyages of this worthy Sea-man and now lastly that last and fatall expedition Anno 1595. with sixe of the Queenes Ships and one and twenty other Ships and Barkes containing 2500. men and boyes intended for some speciall seruice in the West Indies Sir Francis Drake and Sir Iohn Hawkins were ioyned in Commission They set saile from Plimmouth the eight and twentieth of August Nouember the twelfth neere the Eastermost end of Saint Iuan de Puerto Rico Sir Iohn Hawkins died The hauen of Saint Iohn they found strongly fortified against them but yet they fired their fiue Shippes each of 200. tunnes hauing in euery of them twenty Peeces of Brasse and richly laden Much harme was done on both sides The fiue and twentieth they passed by Mona In the beginning of December they tooke Rio de la Hacha They tooke also the Rancheria or fisher towne for Pearles The Spaniards offered to ransome their Towne at 24000. Ducates which they brought in Pearle so dearely rated that the General sent them backe and both were burnt The seuenteenth they tooke Tapia and after that Saint Martha and the Spanish Lieutenant Generall The seuen and twentieth Nombre de Dios was taken a Towne
benefit of eight oares in the night time by foule weather suddenly arising we lost the sight of our ship and though our ship sought vs and we them for a fortnight together yet could we neuer meet together againe Howbeit within two dââes after we lost them we recouered the shoare and releeued our selues with Muscels Oysters Grabs and some sorts of Roots in the Woods and within a fortnight after the losse of our con ãâ¦ã s wee returned backe into the Straites of Magellan and in two places came on land on the mayne of America to relieue our selues in certaine Bayes where wee found Oysters Muscels and Crabs as before and filled our Barricos with fresh water and in one of these places we found Sauages but they fled from vs. Afterward we came to Penguin Iland in the Straites and there wee salted and dryed many of the Penguins for our sustenance Thence we shaped our course for Port Saint Iulian where Sir Francis Drake not many moneths before had beheaded Captayne Doutie In this Port we stayed a day or two and tooke fish like Breames and Mackerils with hookes and lines Then costing the land for some fortnight some hundred leagues beyond the Riuer of Plate wee found a small Iland three leagues from the mayne full of Seales whereof wee killed good store to our sustenance the young ones we found best and eate them roast Then passing ouer the Riuer of Plate to the North side we put into a small Riuer and went vp into the Woods sixe of vs other two remayning on the shore to looke to the Boat While we were thus seeking food in the Woods the people of the Countrey called Tapines some sixtie or seuentie armed with Bowes and Arrowes shot fiercely at vs and wounded vs all very grieuously and foure of vs were taken by them and neuer recouered the rest of vs they pursued to our Pinnasse and wounded vs all but in the end we put them to flight Thence we went to an Iland some three leagues of in the Sea not aboue a league in compasse Where wee cured our selues as well as we might yet so that two of vs died of our late wounds and that which was worse for want of helpe Through foule weather our Pinnasse was dasht against the Rockie shoare and broken and now there remayned aliue of vs eight no more but my selfe Peter Carder and William Pitcher Here we remayned the space of two moneths in all which time for our victuals wee had a fruit somewhat like vnto Oranges growing vpon a high Tree the leafe whereof was somewhat like the Aspen leafe and small white Crabs creeping vpon the sand and little Eeles which we found vnder the sands but in all this Iland we could not find any fresh water in the World insomuch that we were driuen to drinke our owne vrine which we saued in some sheards of certaine Iarres which we had out of our Pinnasse and set our vrine all night to coole therein to drinke it the next morning which thus being drunke often and often auoyded became in a while exceeding red in all this time wee had no raine nor any good meanes to saue it if it had fallen whereupon seeing our selues in so great extremitie wee deuised how we might get vnto the Mayne and by good fortune found a planke of some ten foot in length which of likelihood had driuen from the Riuer of Plate whereunto with withes wee bound some other wood and furnishing our selues with the foresaid fruit Eeles and Crabs wee committed our selues to God hoping with the setting in of the tyde and with the helpe of two poles which we vsed in stead of Oares to attayne vnto the Mayne which was some three leagues off but wee made it three dayes and two nights before we could come to the Mayne At our comming first on land we found a little Riuer of very sweet and pleasant water where William Pitcher my onely comfort and companion although I diswaded him to the contrary ouer dranke himselfe being pinched before with extreame thirst and to my vnspeakeable griefe and discomfort within halfe an houre after dyed in my presence whom I buried aswell as I could in the sand The next day following as I trauelled along the shoare towards Brasill hauing mine Arming Sword and Target with me I met with some thirtie of the Sauages of the Countrey called Tuppan Basse which being armed with Bowes and Arrowes and hauing two or three great Rattles with stones in them and a kind of Tabrets that they vsed in stead of Drummes they went dancing before me about a Musket shot off and then they stayed and hanged vp a piece of a white Net of Cotton-wooll vpon a sticks end of foure foote high and went from it about a Musket shot off then I comming vnto it tooke it in my hand viewed it and hung it vp againe then many of them beckning and weauing with their hands cryed vnto mee Iyorie Iyorie which as afterward I vnderstood by liuing long among them was as much as Come hither Then I came to them and they friendly led me a long some halfe a mile all the way dancing aswell men as women whereof there were some eight in the company vntill we came to another Riuer side where they hanged vp their Beds tying them fast to a couple of Trees being a kinde of white Cotton Netting which hanged two foot from the ground and kindled fire of two sticks which they made on both sides of their Beds for warmth and for driuing away of wilde beasts and hauing fed me with such as they had we tooke our rest for that night The next day earely in the morning they tooke downe and trussed vp their beds crying tiasso tiasso which is to say away away and marched that day towards Brasill some twentie miles and came to their Towne where their chiefe Gouernour was This Towne was built foure square with foure houses onely euery house containing aboue two Bowe shot in length and the houses made with small trees like an Arbour being thatched ouer downe to the ground with Palme tree leaues they haue no windowes but some thirtie or fortie doores on euery side of this squadron by which each Familie passeth in and out their chiefe Lord whose name was Catou being a man of some forty yeares old had nine wiues but the rest haue onely one wife except such as are counted more valiant then the rest which are permitted two wiues one to looke to their children at home and the other to goe to the warres with them This Towne contained very neere 4000. persons of all sorts The next day the Gouernour sent diuers of his people abroad to bring in all sorts of victuall which the Countrie yeelded and offered them vnto me to see which of them I liked best among which there was great store of fish as well Sea-fish as fresh water-fishes many sorts of Fowles
many small peeces of Gold that we found in many places where the water washed away the Earth the Gouernour Generall tooke it paying vs for it more then it was worth and sent it to the King with a Sey for to consider whether it should be wrought or not the Gouernor Generall sent likewise 40000. pounds worth of Plate that he had wrought out of the Myne of Saint Paul which is twelue leagues from San Vincents In the time that I went to Etapusicke my Master was gone home then I serued as a Souldier for the space of three moneths that shipping went to the Riuer of Ienero then the Gouernour Generall requited my paines very honourably and sent me backe againe to my Master After that my Master sent to a place called the Organs which Hill is to bee seene from the Riuer of Ienero where we found a little Myne of Gold and many good stones There came a Hulke out of Spaine that brought a Bishop and a Spanish Gouernor to goe from thence in small shipping to the Riuer of Plate and from thence to Somma A little after that this Hulke arriued at the Riuer of Ienero where fell a disease in the Countrey like the meazels but as bad as the plague for in three moneths their dyed in the Riuer of Ienero aboue three thousand Indians and Portugals this disease was generally in all parts of the Countrey At this time going vp and downe from the Sugar-mill to the ship in the night with a Barke lading of Brasill for the Hulke with the Ayre one of my legges swelled that I could not stirre it is common and very dangerous in those Countries when a man is hot to come in the Ayre especially in the night for being a hot Countrey it hath a piercing ayre and suddenly striketh in any part of the bodie I was very ill for the space of a moneth The fourteenth of August 1601. Saluador Corea de Sasa Gouernour of the Riuer of Ianuary embarked himselfe in the aforesaid Hulke with his Wife Donenes de Soso determining to make his Voyage to Fernambuquo we sayled East to Seaward The fifteenth day wee kept still Eastward to the Sea The sixteenth day we kept North-east and about tenne of the clocke we had sight of the Cape The seuenteenth eighteenth and nineteenth hauing the wind North-west we kept stil Eastward for feare of the sands and cliffes called Aborollas they lye betweene the Cape and Spirito Santo The twentieth day hauing the winde South wee sayled our course North-east This course we kept till the fiue and twentieth of the moneth then the winde turned Northward we made East to Sea this course we were faine to keepe till the last day of the moneth the first of February the winde being at South-west wee sayled North-east along the Coast till the seuenth day of the moneth The eight day the Master and the Pilot tooke the height of the Sun and were ten degrees and an halfe Southward of the Line As the Master and the Pilot were talking together concerning the Voyage there came a Sea-foule and sitting vpon the backe stay cast out two or three little fishes with that a Spaniard called Iasper Conquero who had some experience of the Coast said to the Master take heed for I am afraid you are neerer the shoate then you take your selfe to bee for you know not how the current driueth you Westward vpon the Coast the Flemmings bade him meddle with his owne businesse and that they knew what to do without his counsell the Pilot made himselfe forty leagues from the shore directed his course North. The ninth day at midnight wee descried Land the Pilot presently cast his Lead and found but eight fathomes water then he commanded the Saylers to cast about the which they did the wind being at North-east and wee being neere the shore could not beare vp to Sea for wee saw Clifts both on the starboord and larboord side of vs and before wee could get out our Anchor we were driuen so neere the Clifts on the lee side of vs that wee had no other remedie but to runne vpon the Rockes where we had beene all cast away but that it was the pleasure of God to deliuer vs for wee lay with the Prow of our ship vpon one of the Rockes for the space of halfe an houre and we were faine to cut off both our Masts and to cast many chists ouer-boord thinking it had beene impossible to saue any thing but it was the will of God when wee least thought of it that a great Sea brake ouer the Rocke and put vs into eight fathomes water betweene the Rockes and the Cliffes so by the prouidence of God wee were deliuered out of the aforesaid danger The next day we saw Canibals along the shore then the Gouernour commanded mee to be set on shore to talke with the wilde people and to know of them vpon what Coast wee were or if we might goe to Fernambuquo by land the Captaine commanded a Mamaluke called Antonio Fernandes to goe with me ashore but when we came to land this Mamaluke durst not goe on shore for feare of the wilde Canibals so I went alone and saluted them according to the fashion of the Countrey then I enquired of them how they called the place where they were they told me that it was called Cororeyespe which is the Riuer of Toades likewise they said that we were very neere the Riuer of Saint Francis and Northward we had the Riuer called Saint Michell and that they were slaues to the Portugals of Fernambucke hauing driuen cattle to Baya and now they returned home againe One of these bond-slaues went aboord the shippe with mee and talked with the Gouernour the next day the Gouernours Wife entreated her husband that hee would leaue the Hulke and goe by land the which he did at his wifes request so commanding all his Treasure to be set on shore we left our ship the Gouernour commanded the Master to take Fernambuquo if it were possible if not that he should goe to Baya and from thence into Portugall with any ships that should depart from thence this Hulke had nine tunnes of Siluer in her the which incharged to Diego de Guadro by the Gouernour Generall Don Francisco de Sasa and at Fernambuquo the charge of it was giuen to my Master Saluador Corea de Sasa from the place where we were driuen on shore to Fernambucke is fortie leagues In this iourney from the Riuer of Toades or from the Clifts called Bayshas Deamrobrio did I and Domingos Gomes alway carrie a Boxe of pure Gold of my Masters some twelue leagues from the aforesaid Riuer of Toades to a place called by the Indians Vpauasou are three leagues this Vpauasou is a very singular good place to take flesh water from Vpauasou to another Riuer called Casuays is one league from the Casuayes to the Riuer of Saint Michell are foure leagues at
this Riuer dwelleth a very rich Mamalucke Iohn de Recho at this Riuer we rested three dayes The Gouernour Generall fraughted a small fisher Boate at this place and determined to goe to Fernambuquo in it The same day that wee made sayle in the smal Barke from the Riuer of Saint Michell there arose a great storme from that North-east and we were faine to take the Riuer of Saint Michels againe with great hazard of our liues for the winde being very great wee were driuen vpon a Rocke that lyeth South-west from the mouth of the Riuer very neere the shore all those that could swimme leaped into the Sea and so the Barke was lighter and swamme off the Cliffe then the Gouernour and his Wife said that they would goe by Land so the day after we departed from the Riuer of Saint Michels to another great Riuer called Vno this Riuer is three leagues from Saint Michel heere my small ship may enter and take fresh water and kill great store of fresh fish from thence we went to another Riuer called Iaquareaficke from this place the Gouernour sent me and Antonio Fernandes before to a small Village to prouide some prouision against his comming there was in our company a Portugall called Rafiel Penera that perforce would go with vs we told him that we had many great Riuers to passe and that it were better for him to tarrie with the Gouernour and his Wife he not regarding our words went with vs so we departed all three of vs the next day after wee had departed from the Gouernour wee came to a very faire Riuer called Saint Antonio that which we passed vpon a Iangarie made of Canes from thence wee went to a place called by the Indians Amrecuua Prisema this is the Harbour of Frenchmen from thence wee came to a great faire Riuer called Camarijiuua wee went on to the Riuer of Stones We departed from thence vp the Riuer on a Mangada made of three dry posts pinde together the next morning we landed in a faire Champaine Countrey where we saw great store of Cattle and a Sugar-mill grinding of Canes to which wee went the Owner of the Mill was a high Dutchman to whom we deliuered the Gouernours Letter the which as soone as hee had read presently he commanded two Beeues to be killed and sent away with tenne bushels of Cassaui meale and many Hens and Turkeyes and wee two were very honourably vsed for the space of a weeke that we were there from thence wee departed to a place called Porto do Caluâ three leagues from the Areseeâe this is an excellent Hauen for all weathers and all the yeere long there is at the least two thousand chists of Sugar At this place Manuell Masquerennas met vs with two hundred Horse and then after two dayes rest we came to Fernambuquo Twentie dayes after we had beene in the Towne Ielisiano Cuello sent word to Manuell Masquerennas how that he was beseeched in Rio Grande by the Putewaras and that if he were not presently ayded by him he should be forced to lose the Kings Towne with the losse of all their liues Masquerennas presently determined to goe himselfe and left the Towne of Fernambuquo in charge to my Master Saluador Corea de Saa and thus we departed from Fernambuquo with foure hundred Portugalls and three thousand Indians and in seuen dayes iourney we came to Rio Grande hauing many a braue skirmish with diuers Canibals in the way As soone as wee were come before the Towne our Captaine made a long speech to all the Portugals and Indians incouraging them against those Infidels whose Armie was at the least fortie thousand strong and desired them all to confesse to their Ghostly Fathers and to take the Communion for the next morning he was resolued to giue the onset on his enemies the which was very brauely performed for the Canibals the âay before in a skirmish that they had did take two hundred prisoners and hauing killed many of them to eate not expecting our comming in the chiefest of their feast and their drinking we set vpon them the people of the Towne on the other side hearing the rumour issued forâh thus taking them on the sudden wee made such slaughter among them that they were forced to remooue their siege with the losse of three thousand prisoners and fiue thousand that were slaine The King of these Canibals was called Piraiâwath that is to say the âinne of a fish when this Heathen Prince saw himselfe ouerthrowne with so small a number as wee were in comparison of his multitudes he sent certayne of his men to Manuell Masquarennas to treate of peace vpon these conditions that if he would release all those prisoners and admit him and all his Nation to liue as free men that then hee and all his would submit themselues as subiects vnto him and be baptized which offer indeed was accepted of by Masquarennas and thus one of the greatest Prouinces of all the North part of Brasilia became subiect to the King of Spaine This conquest beeing ended our Captaine Generall Masquarennas presently built two strong Forts hard by the Towne on the Riuer side and sent to Fernambuquo for forty cast Peeces of Iron placing twentie in either Fort many Souldiers got at this conquest very rich stones both Diamonds Rubies and great store of blue Saphires in some small Villages that stood by the Sea side We found great store of Ambergreece which the Indians call Piâapoun Arepâty here fortune was somewhat fauourable vnto me for I got aboue fiue hundred Crownes in this iourney After this coâquest was ended Manuell Masquarennas returned againe to Fernambuquo where I found my Master Saluador Corea de Saa readie to ship himselfe for Portugall in the same ship that brought him from the Riuer Iânero which by this time was come from Bâyeyâ after wee were set ashore at the place called Ous Busshos de don Rodrigo where we had all like to haue beene cast away at my returne from Rio grandâ to Fernambuquo I met with two Englishmen the one of them a Gentleman called Thomas Turner the other Musgraue Pilot of a Fly-boate of Master Newtons a Merchant of London Master Turner by my aduice went to the Riuer of Ianero and from thence to Angola where he made great profit of his Merchandize for which hee thanked me after we met in England Now to my storie The thirteenth of August 1596. Saluador Corea de Saa Lord Gouernour of the Riuer of Ianero Captaine Generall of Spirâto Santo Porta Segura Santos and San Vincent departed from Fernambuquo with fifteene Hulkes of Hamborough seuen Fly-boates of Omdân and Hamborough and at the least twentie Caruels all of them being laden with Sugars The old Mary of Hamborough wherein the Gouernour came was Admirall a ship of seuen hundred tunnes the Owner whereof was called Hans Burgo the new Mary Vice-admirall a ship of fiue hundred tunnes the Owner called Adrian
bigger then their middle others brake in the sides with a draught of water O if you did know the intollerable heate of the Countrie you would thinke your selfe better a thousand times dead then to liue there a weeke There you shall see poore Souldiers lie in troupes gaping like Camelians for a puffe of winde Here liued I three moneths not as the Portugals did taking of Physicke and euerie weeke letting of bloud and keeping close in their houses when they had any raine obseruing houres and times to goe abroad morning and Euening and neuer to to eate but at such and such times I was glad when I had got any thing at morning noone or night I thanke God I did worke all day from morning till night had it beene raine or neuer so great heate I had alwaies my health as well as I haue in England This Countrie is verie rich the King had great store of Gold sent him from this place the time that I was there the King of Angica had a great Citie at Masangana which Citie Paulas Dias gouernour of Angola tooke and scituated there and finding hard by it great store of Gold fortified it with foure Forts and walled a great circuit of ground round about it and within that wall now the Portugals doe build a Citie and from this Citie euerie day they doe warre against the King of Angica and haue burnt a great part of his Kingdome The Angicaâ are men of goodly stature they file their teeth before on their vpper Iawe and on their vnder Iawe making a distance betweene them like the teeth of a Dogge they doe eate mans flesh they are the stubbornest Nation that liues vnder the Sunne and the resolutest in the field that euer man saw for they will rather kill themselues then yeelde to the Portugals they inhabit right vnder the line and of all kinde of Moores these are the blackest they doe liue in the Law of the Turkes and honour Mahomet they keepe manie Concubines as the Turkes doe they wash themselues euerie morning vpwards falling flat on their faces towards the East They weare their haire all made in plaits on their heads as well men as women they haue good store of Wheate and a kinde of graine like Fetches of the which they make Bread they haue great store of Hennes like Partridges and Turkies and all their feathers curle on their backes their houses are like the other houses of the Kingdomes aforenamed And thus I end shewing you as briefe as I can all the Nations and Kingdomes that with great danger of my life I trauelled through in twelue yeares of my best age getting no more then my trauell for my paine From this Kingdome Angica was I brought in Irons againe to my Master Saluador Corea de sa sa to the Citie of Saint Sebastian in Brasil as you haue heard Now you haue seene the discourse of my trauels and the fashions of all the Countries and Nations where I haue beene I will by the helpe of God make you a short discourse in the language of the Petiwares which language all the Inhabitants of Brasil doe vnderstand especially all the coast from Fernambucquo to the Riuer of Plate the which I hope will be profitable to all trauellers and of them I trust my paines shall be well accepted of First you must tell them of what Nation you are and that you come not as the Portugals doe for their wiues and children to make them bondslaues We are Englishmen as you all know that in times past had peace with you Now knowing the neede and want that you haue of all such things as before your Fathers had for the loue that both your ancestours and ours did beare one to another and for the loue and pittie that we haue of your want we are come to renew our ancieÌt amity Ore aqureiuua que se neering peramoya werisco Catadoro wareuy orenysbe beresoy Coeu pecoteue Cowauere pipope pewseua baresey opacatu baye berua oweryco coen pecoteue sou se-Core mandoare peramoya waysouba ore ranoya waysonua reseij eteguena rescij pecoteue pararaua oro in ibewith ore ramoya pereri socatumoyn go pacum §. V. The description of diuers Riuers Ports Harbours Ilands of Brasil for instruction of Nauigators RIo Grande is called by vs the great Riuer lately was conquered by a Portugall called Manuell Masquarenhas It is aboue two leagues broad in the mouth and on the South-east side standeth a great Fort made by the foresaid Manuell Masquarenhas that Countrie is plaine and sandy in many places especially neere the Sea and yeeldeth Sugar Canes in abundance On the coast are many great Bayes where the Indians doe oftentimes finde great store of Ambergreese within this place there is also store of Wood Pepper Ginger and Waxe Here inhabit a kinde of Canibals called Petywares these Canibals haue had trafficke a long time with France and amongst them there are many that can speake French which are Bastards begotten of Frenchmen On the coast of Brasil there are three Riuers of Paraeyua one is this that lieth next to Rio Gande the other is a great Riuer that runneth through the Countrie almost as farre as Lymo and commeth out betweene Cape Frio and Spirito Sancto the third is a faire Riuer that lieth betweene the Riuer of Plate and Saint Vincents This Pareyua whereof we speake is a faire great Bay where shipping being neuer so great may enter within this Bay vpon a hill you shall see a faire Citie and on the Sea side standeth two small Forts You may anker neere the shoare at the entrie of this Bay you shall see three hils of red earth on either side of the harbour which the Portugals call Barer as Mermethâes Guyana is a small Riuer that lieth by Paracua it belongeth to Iasper Desiquerd who was chiefe Iustice of all Brasil In the mouth of this Riuer standeth a great rocke which is continually couered with Sea Foules This Riuer hath two fadome water in the mouth a quarter of a mile within this Riuer on the South-west side you may take fresh water and great store of Cattell vpon this Riuer there are great store of Sugar Mils and continually you shall haue in this Riuer small Caruels that fish and carry Sugar from thence to Fernambuquo likewise here is great store of Brasil Pepper Ginger and Cotten Cocos Indian Nuts here likewise inhabit Petywares Etamariqua in the Indian language is a bed it is a point of the land like a Cape the point runneth halfe a mile into the Sea and vpon it the Portugals haue built a Towne you may anker very neere the shoare both on the South-west and on the North-east side of the Towne in seuen and eight fadome water All the Countrie till you come to Cape Augustin is low land and to saile from thence to Fernambuquo is no danger but the clifts which lye along the coast as
and mens names written in them This Riuer in our language is called the Riuer of Crocodiles for in it there are many which the Indians call Faquares it is narrow and in the mouth of it standeth a white Rocke To enter it you must take heed you keepe on the North side of this Rocke and you shall finde nine and ten foot water after you be within it you shall come to a great Bay and on the North-east side you shall finde a small Riuer where you may take fresh water but let euery man take heed how hee leapeth into the water for the Crocodiles lie by the banke-side hidden and if any thing fall into the water presently they kill it Here is nothing to bee had vnlesse you will fish for the Crocodiles and take the Bladders or Cods of muske from them here you need not feare any Inhabitants except you be espyed by some passengers that goe to Ferâambuquâ Alaqua is a very faire Riuer that lyeth foure leagues Northward from the Riuer of Saint Michael and three leagues Southward from the afore said Riuer of Crocodiles On either side of it you shall see a great Hill called by the Portugals Os Caiâââ You shall finde but seuen or eight foot water at the comming and very cleere from any Rocks but after you bee within you shall finde many bankes of sand where you shall kill good store of fish and alwayes you shall bee sure to haue Caruells fishing in this place at the comming in on both sides you may take fresh water Before the Riuer of Saint Michael you shall see the Cliffes like Arecines of Fernambuquo you must enter at the end of the Cliffe hard by the shoare on the South-west and you must marke a small Cliffe that lyeth betweene the mouth of the Riuer and the shoare this Cliffe you leaue betweene you and the shoare and betwixt this Cliffe and the great Rocks you may enter it three fathom water But take heed when you enter that you saile not towards the North-east although you see the Bay great for you shall run vpon many great bankes of sand therefore you must keepe West still within a stones cast of the shoare so shall you be sure to keepe in the Channell Thus you must saile till you discouer a house that you shall see doubling a Point full South from you then your best is to anchor for if you goe farther you are in danger except you know the Channell very well In this place dwels a Portugall called Iohn de Rocho and vp a Riuer that you shall see runne into the Land dwell many Portugals where they haue a Church with Friars to say Masse Here you shall haue good store of Cattell if you need and Brasill wood Cassaui meale and in this Riuer you shall haue good store of Oisters and in them you shall find many great Pearles likewise here is good store of Balsom oile and trees of All Nesico which is a very precious and rich wood singular good for bruises or old hurts also here is good store of Tabacco This place is eight leagues from the Riuer of Toades where we were driuen on the Rocks because we knew not where wee were for it is a singular good Harbour to enter if a man know the comming in betweene the Rocks called Os Bayos de Don Rodrigo Because the Indians indeed doe kill many Toades therefore they call it Cororoen that is to say the Riuer or water of Toades I tell you the name in the Indian language Because in all places you shall haue of them and so you may know when they tell you where you are When you are in ten degrees and an halfe Southwards of the Equinoctiall Line you shall see fiue hils and the three that standeth on the North side of this place whereof wee speake are round and high the other two that stand on the South not farre in distance one from another are long and lower then the other if you come neere the shoare you shall see a great many of small Rockes and a great Bay which is the place I speake of right before this Bay you shall see two great Rockes to goe into this Harbour you must passe betweene these Rockes which are called Bayos de don Rodrigo when you are ântred you may anchor hard by the Rockes and sound the Channell which will lye Norâh-east from you Here you may haue fresh water vp the Riuer but it will be hard for you to find therefore your best is to goe a quarter of a mile by the Sea side and you shall see a faâre Riuer where you may take water at pleasure and kill good store of fish At this place comming from the Riuer of Ienero in the night we were driuen vpon the Rockes for want of a Pilot that knew the Coast. I doe not set downe the places betweene this and the Cape Frio because I know them not but by report of other Trauellers and therefore I leaue it to them for I will write no more but what I haue seene and am able to proue when time shall serue and thus I end shewing you all that I haue seene on the Coast Northward of Cape Frio which is in our Language Cape Cold. Cape Frio is a point of the Land that runneth into the Sea at least twelue mile it lyeth vnder 22. degrees At this Cape you may haue sight of a great Mountaine that you may see ouer it called Abausango Reâambuera here you may anchor on the East-side of this Cape in a Harbour called Abaââa formozo Here you may haue great store of Brassell-wood and in this Bay you shall find oftentimes good store of Ambeâ-greece and on the North side of this Bay you shall see a great Riuer called vparason where you may kill good store of many kinde of fishes and in the mouth of this Riuer you shall haue great store of Corall if you will dragge for it Saquarema is a Riuer where the Frenchmen did traffique with the Canibals called Tamoyes it floweth foure leagues Southward from the Cape This Riuer is nârrow at the comming in you shall find twelue foote water till you be three or foure leagues vp the Riuer You shall find fresh water on either side of the Riuer and great store of Brassell-wood all along the Riuer side On the South side of this Riuer you shall âee a great hill which the Indians call Boypeâa that is The rotten Whale for you shall see the top of it like a dead Whale If you want refreshing you may haue good store of Potato Roots there Plantons Lemons Orenges and many other good Roots as bigge as great Tuânips which the Indians call Carauasou Etioca is a league Southward of the Riuer of Saquarema It is as I haue said in the description of my trauell a great and huge Rocke hollow within where the Indians say that the seruant of God did preach vnto them which they
call Topaâuayaperâ before the mouth of this Rocke towardes the Sea standeth another flat Rocke that reacheth somewhat into the Sea vpon it you shall see the prints of bare feet here if you fish with Lines you may quickly lade your shippe A little behind this stone house you shall see a fine Riuer of water where you shall finde many pretie greene stones that Indians doe vse to weare in their lips You may anchor within a Musket shoâ of the shore but it is verie dangerous if the wind be in the East Pirateningâ is fiue leagues to the Southward of Etioca right before it standeth a small Iland it is inhabited by the Portugâls It is a Bay that runneth betweene two Mountaines a mile and more within the Land There I haue seene a Mermaid and many other strange fishes You may lie with your shipping at the Iland and send your Boates ashore where you shall find great store of Cattle and you may take good ãâ¦ã ore of all kind of fishes iâ you will either with Hook or Net Here you may haue Oranges Lemmons and Cassaui Meale and all other such things that the Countrey yeeldeth but you must be alwaies sure to keepe good watch for feare of the Portugals of the Riuer of Ianuary which are hard by you The Riuer of Ianuary lieth three leagues from Pirateâinga it is a great Arme of the Sea that runneth into the Land at the least fourteene miles on the mouth of this place stand foure Ilands and now the best marke that it hath to be knowne is a Fort that standeth on the North side of the comming in of the Harbour vpon a Rock On the South side standeth a Hill that reacheth into the Sea which the Portugals call Cââo that is The top of a ship for it seemeth like the maine top-saile of a ship from Sea Hard by the Sea side on the foote of this Hill on the North side of the Hill as you saile into the Harbour standeth a Rocke of great height made like a Sugar-loafe and is called by the Portugals the Sugar-loafe In the midst of the going in in the mouth of this Riuer lieth a Rocke plainly to bee seene to goe in you must keepe betweene the Rocke and the Fort that standeth on the North side of you When you are entred the mouth of the Riuer and are past the Fort you shall see an Iland lie right before you and euen with a Church called Santa Lucia this Iland is called the Iland of Brigalion You must be sure to passe on the North side of this Iland and assoone as you haue passed it you shall see all the Citie both on the Hill and on âhe Sea side Then you must take heed that you goe not right to the Towne for you shall run vpon certaine shelues of sand that lie right before the Towne all along to a small Iland called the Iland of Saint Bent this Iland lâeth a quarter of a mile from the Iland of Bragalion and Eastward of this Iland of Saint Bent standeth a great Rocke you may saile betweene the Rocke and the Iland and assoone as you haue entred betweene them you may anchor hard by the Iland and then you shall see a Church standing vpon a Hill which is called Saint Bent then you need not feare to goe right before the Towne within a Caleeuer shot of the shore from the Towne you shal see on the North-east shore a towne of Canibals called Saint Lorenzo which is in peace with the Portugals and within the Bay you shall finde many Riuers and Sugar-mils where there is great profit to be made Waratiua lieth three leagues from the Riuer of Ianuary you may know it by two Ilands that lie right before the mouth of the aforesaid Riuer At the mouth of the Riuer likewise standeth a high Hill and on either side both on the South-west and North-east is low Land in this place you cannot enter with any ship but you may anchor betweene the Ilands and send your Boats ashore If you goe vp you shall find good store of Potatoe Roots Plantons great store of Oranges and Lemmons and many other kind of fâuits which are very good to releeue sicke men If you will fish with youâ Net heere you shall kill all kinde of good fishes but alwayes bee sure to keepe good watch for the Portugals are very neere you From the Riuer of Waratiââ for the space of foure leagues is all sândy low Land you shall see a high Hill which the Indiaâs call Mârambayapâââ that is in our Language the end of Warre right ouer against this point you shall see a great Iland at the comming in of this Harbour you need not feare for hard by the shore you shall haue twântââ fathome wateâ When you are in the mouth of this Harbour right before you shall see a whiâe Rocke which will lie full West from you you must leaue the Iland Southward from you then shall you descrie another great Iland called Epâoya at a point of this Iland that lieth full West towards the firme Land you shall see two small Ilands and when you are right against those two Ilands you shall see a faire Bay where you may anchor at pleasure to come into this Bay you must enter between those two Ilands that I haue spoken of I doe describe this Harbour vnto you aboue many good Harbours that you may find because you may depart from hence with any wind for the mouth of Marambaya lieth Soâth-eaââârom you when you are in this Harbour then you haue another going out that lieth North-east from you from this Port where you shall anchor called Epeoya If you want victuals for your ships you may take your Boat or your Pânnâsse and goe out betweene the two Ilands that you entred and when you are betweene those Ilands you shall see a flat broad Iland which will lye fâât South-west from you this Iland the Indians called Sâpeawera that is the morning and this is the Iland that I was driuen vpon when I runne away to Master Hawkins as I haue told you in the discourse of my troubles you must come with your Boat to this Iland and you must be sure to passe betweene the West shore and the Iland and assoone as you haue passed the point of this Iland you shall see three Hils of red Earth one hard by another You must leaue one of them West from you then may you land your men at pleasure when you haue landed you must goe through a little Copps for the spââe of a Harquebusse shot then shall you come into a faire Lawne where you shall find great store of Cattle and a house or two that standeth vpon a Hiâl where you shall haue alwayes good store of Câssaâi meale if you will haue Rootes and Plantonâ vpon the Iland where you anchor there are good store but there is an Iland called the Long Iland where you shall
haue of all these things in abundance To know this Hand âow with your Boate to the Iland of Epeoya that lieth full South from your ship and then you shall see a long Iland hard by the firme Land which is this whereof wee speake and because you shall bee sure not to misse it be attentiue When you come neere the shore beholding a Rocke that lieth a quarter of a mile from the shore vpon which Rocke standeth a Crosse this is the place where a Portugall called Manuell Antones dwelleth but now there is no bodie but a kinde of Canibals that come and goe therefore be sure alwaies in those parts to keepe good watch and be carefull if you can speake their language you may haue many things From this Iland Southwards you shall see two small Ilands halfe a league from you these Ilands are called Amââbuqâââo right against them lieth a faire Riuer where you shall haue alwaies great store of fish and by the Riuer side you shall see the Mandioca plainly and many other Roots very good to refresh your companie Southward from this place some two leagues you shall see a faire Bay called Pâratâây there dwelleth a kind of Canibals called Vâââasses of them you may buy skins of diuers wilde beasts and sometimes they haue good store of Amber which they call Pira pâniâ ergaty Saint Sebastian lieth some three leagues from Great Iland It is a long and a faire Iland you may anchor betweene it and the shore After you haue entred at the North point of this Iland you shall see a great white Rocke right ouer against this Rocke you shall see a point of the fiâme Land runne into the Sea and right before this point lie three Rockes where commonly you shall see Indians shooting fishes with their Bowes and Arrowes if you goe with your Boate to that point you shall see a great Bay called by the Indians Iequerequere There likewise standeth a great Towne of Canibals such as those that dwell at Great Iland halfe a league from Saint Sebastians standeth a small Iland right into the Sea called by the Indians Uraritan and by the Portugals Alquatrasses heere you shall finde great store of Sea-foules and Seales Alegators that liue on the Land called by the Indians Fisewâsoâ Right ouer against the South point of the Iland of Saint Sebastian standeth a great white Rocke called by the Portugals Paidemilio that is the life of Ginnie Wheate then shall you see an Iland hard by the shoare callâd by the Indians Boâsouconga that is the Whales head this Iland standeth in the mouth of Pertioqua which is the Riuer that goeth to Saint Vincents as you goe to this place after you haue passed the Iland you shall see North-east from you certaine houses where there dwell a kind of Canibals called Caââoses there you may haue good store of Cattle Orenges Lemmons and many kinds of Râots and Fruits Right against this Towne of Canibals called Caryhos standeth the Towne of Saint Uincents called by the Indians Warapiuâama as you goe farther vp the Riuer you shall see a small Iland Southward where you shall see a Sugar-mill of the Captaines of Santos called Ieronimo Letââ where our Gentlemen were slaine Farther vp the Riuer you shall see a Castle stand at the foote of the Hill then you come to the Towne of Santos which standeth haâd by the water side Right behind the Towne of Saââos standeth a Hill wher Brascubas had a house from the top of this Hill did Iohn Dauies make a Plate of the Countrey Now the Portugals haue found Mynes of siluer in this place The third Pariena is a good Harbour for ships and here are great store of Canibals and Carijâos which very lately are inleagued with the Portugals you may buy of them great store of Pepper and Ginger very rich Furres and Cotton-wooll and Waxe this is the place that I came vnto after I had beene taken by the Tâmâyâs within the Land Here the Tamoyes were taken by the Portugals and I was giuen againe to be my Masters slaue when 10000. of the âââoyes were slaine and 20000. of them parted among the Portugals for slaues The mouth of the Riuer of Plate is wide and within it there are many Downes of sand you must bee sure to keepe very neere the North shoare till you shall see a high Mountayne white at the top then must you saile Southward at least foure leagues and shall you see another small Hill on the Northside you must saile right with it then shall you come into a faire Bay where you must be sure to keepe still along the shoare and after you haue passed the Westerne point of this Bay you shall haue the Riuer Maroer then you need not feare any shallowes till you come before the Towne of Bonâs Ayres There the Riuer runneth full Southward and along the Riuer side from Bonos Ayres is a small Village built by the Spaniards of Lime and stone that they brought from Brasill for all the Countrey is sandie the Indians doe make their houses all couered with earth Here are great store of wilde Horses and Cattle sheepe and Goats but for siluer and gold there is none but that which commeth from Cordiâa and Potasin Here likewise the Indians haue great store of Wheate twentie leagues within Land lyeth a Prouince called Tocoman now it is a Bishopricke this Countrey is the diuision of Brasill and all the Prouinces of Noâa Hispania Here the Indians haue Wheate and Cassaâi Apples Peares Nuts and all other fruites of Spaine likewise they haue all the fruites of Brasill But after you trauell Southward of this Countrey you shall not find any thing that groweth in Brasill nor any wild beasts as Leopards or Câpiââras Iawasenings Cat of Mountaines Aqâeqâes Wari ãâ¦ã s Mârâqâies Ioboyas Surâcâoâs âârarcas Boyâeâa Boyseninga Boybeua Brasill is full of all these wilde and dangerous beasts and diuers others But the Prouinces of Peru are cleere of them except it bee some chance From Tâcoman to Saint Iâgo is eightie leagues and you shall trauell it as you doe by Sea with a Compasse for the Countrey is all sand and as the wing bloweth so shall you haue the Mountaynes of sand to day on one side of you to morrow on the other in this passage you shall passe through many Riuers which to your thinking are not aboue a foote deepe but if you haue not good guides and great experience your waggons and horses will quickly be cast away in them and at an instant be couered with quicke sand After you haue passed this Countrey you shall come to Saint Iago then till you come to Potosin you shall trauell through great Mountaines and Valleyes and all the way as you goe you shall haue great Townes of Indians who are all in peace with the Spaniards you shall haue fiue hundred of these Indians by the way as you trauell readie with Nets to carrie you tyed
one a Cane from Towne to Towne for a fish-hooke or a few beads of glasse or any such trifle and there is no trauelling in the World so easie as this for you may lye or sit and play on a Gitterne all the way if you will for so the Spaniards doe you shall passe by many Mynes of Gold and traffique with the Indians for Gold and diuers kinds of precious Stones but not in that plentie as you shall at Potâsin by reason that there the Mynes are open and wrought on and those betweene Santiago and Potossin are not At Potossin there is no want of any thing although the Countrey of it selfe bee very barren but by reason of the great traffique that they haue from Lyma and all the Townes of the South Sea they haue alwayes prouision enough for from those Townes they bring Oyle and Wine in great Iarres of earth vpon great sheepe which are called sheepe of fiue quarters for their tailes haue almost as much as a quarter To tell the particulars of the Mynes would bee a new Storie only this they find the Oare like blacke Lead then they grinde it in Ingines then they wash it through fine Sieues in paued Cisternes that are made for the purpose the Moores are all naked as long as they worke because he shall not hide any precious stone The Spaniards herâ are all very rich and in truth as gallant fellowes as can be The Francisco Friers carrie a great sway in this Countrey by reason that they were the first that preached in this part of India CHAP. VIII Relations of Master THOMAS TVRNER who liued the best part of two yeeres in Brasill c. which I receiued of him in conference touching his Trauels IN Saint Michael one of the Açores they ascend vp in a forenoones iourney vnto a hill into a Chappell wherein they need a fire in Summer for the cold there being a little off three Springs the one whereof casteth vp waters in a continual boyling with a terrible noise and of great heate the second of heate intolerable which in short time scaldeth any liuing thing to death the ground also hote to stand on but the water calme The third is warme and a fit Bathe In these Ilands in Caues bee found men buried before the Conquest whole c. Brasilian Indians are Canibals and not for reuenge only but for food also deuoure mans flesh The Portugals make not slaues of them nor can enioyne them worke by reason of a commission to the contrarie obtained by the Iesuites neither doe they winne of them ought but by faire meanes They are most excellent Archers goe starke naked the womens haire long and blacke barsh as a Horse-taile He did see vp the Riuer of Plate one twelue foot high and report was of higher in that Countrey Their Weapons are two massie bowles at the two ends of a string cast c. He saw also men there with the hinder parts of their heads not round but flat and a little before this Relation about Anno 1610. he said that at London he had seene carried to the Court a thigh bone of a man a yard and halfe in length Their beasts in Brasill are great Apes with beards and Mustachioes Kine like vnto ours of both sexes but liuing in the waters and resorting to land to feed Hauing no Vdders nor hornes long legs harmelesse lesse somewhat then ours their flesh like beefe but eaten in the name of fish Tigres like Grey-hounds spotted like Ounces exceeding swift the force of whose paw at a blow killeth his prey Their beast by some called Hay which yet he saith eateth leaues of trees and not Aire only the louely prettie Segouin The Serpent Cobrus whereof he saw one almost as bigge as himselfe twentie foot long killed by their Indian boy of colour like an Adder Of whom they report and a Father gaue him instance of the proofe that watching his prey ' that is whatsoeuer commeth by it windeth about and getteth the taile into the fundament drawing the guts after it and so preyeth on the same deuouring all till that it be not able for fulnesse to stirre but rotteth as it lyeth the flesh quite away the head and bones remaining in which the life continuing recouereth at last his former ââate One was thus found in the rottennesse and being bound for proofe by the Portugals with a withe to a Tree at their returne was so found repaired The beast that baggeth vp her young ones c. as in others Relations heere therefore omitted The Indian is a fish in the Sea and a Foxe in the Woods and without them a Christian is neither for pleasure or profit fit for life or liuing Out of Angola is said to bee yeerely shipped eight and twentie thousand slaues and there was a Rebellion of slaues against their Masters tenne thousand making a head and barracadoing themselues but by the Portugals and Indians chased and one or two thousand reduced One thousand belonged to one man who is said to haue tenne thousand slaues Eighteene Ingenios c. his name is Iohn de Paâs exiled out of Portugall and heere prospering to this incredibilitie of wealth There are Apples called Ananas pleasant in colour and exceedingly in taste and holesome but eating Iron as Aquafortis Brasill is full of Mines if the King would suffer the digging them CHAP. IX The taking of Saint Vincent and Puerto Bello by Captaine WILLIAM PARKER of Plimmouth the seuenth of February 1601. IN the beginning of Nouember 1601. I departed from Plymmouth with two ships one Pinnasse and two shallops in quarters toward the West Indies My chiefe ship wheieân I went my selfe as Admirall was named the Prudence of an hundred tuns wherein I had an hundred and thirtie tall men the second was the Pearle a small ship of sixtie tonnes wherein went as my Vice-admirall Master Robert Rawlin accompanied with sixtie lustie fellowes my Pinnasse of twentie tuns was manned with eighteene men In this Consort were Master Edward Giles and Philip Ward Gentlemen Captaines by Land with Captaine Antonie Fugars Captaine Loriman Captaine Ashley and diuers other Gentlemen of much towardlinesse and valour as they made good proofe in the successe of this Voyage In our passing by the Câpe of Saint Vincent in Spaine commonly called the South Cape I was encountred with such a terrible Ternado or gust of winde that my Pinnasse with fifteene of our men to our great griefe was vtterly cast away wee being not able with the vttermost of our endeauours to saue aboue three of the rest From thence I shaped my course to the Iles of Cape Verde and immediately vpon my arriuall there I set vpon one of them called Saint Vincent with an hundred men and tooke the Iland and the Towne thereof which was a prettie place the spoile wâeâeof I gaue to my Souldiers which after they had pillaged it set the same on fire Hence
and you may ride from fiue fathomes to twentie but wee ridde in three a little within the point on our Larboord side going in The eighteenth of Ianuary wee parted from our Man of Warre at Cape Saint Anthony and set saile for England in a Prize a ship of some one hundred and fortie tunnes laden with Campeche Wood and Hides the Master of the Prize was William Goobreath and from Cape Saint Anthony we stood off North-west and by North. The nine and twentieth day at noone we had sight of the Westermost Land of the Organes being East South-east from vs and then we stood North-east and the twentieth day we were in latitude 23. degrees 15. minutes the winde being at East North-east we stood off North and from the twentieth day to the one and twentieth day wee made our way West and by North and this day we were in latitude 23. degrees 20. minutes then we stood to the Eastward The two and twentieth day we were North-west and by North from the Crowne in Cuba fourteene leagues then we stood to the North-ward these fourteene leagues we turned vp and downe with the winde Easterly The three and twentieth day wee were in laâitude of 24. degrees no minutes the wind being at East North-east and we lay North with the stemme and this night we came in twelue fathomes being then in latitude of 24. degrees 35. minutes the winde being at East and by South we stood to the Southward The fiue and twentieth day wee fell with Cobey twelue leagues to the Eastward of the Hauana and this day about foure of the clocke in the afternoone we had the Pam of the Matanças South-east and by South from vs some sixe leagues the winde being at East and we stood North North-east three Watches and brought the Pan vpon the Matanzas South of vs the winde being at East North-east we stood to the Northward for so we made the ships way The seuen and twentieth day at foure of the clocke in the afternoone wee fell with the South-east part of the Martyrs then wee stood off South-east and by South three watches with a low saile and so cast about and stood North-east and by North three watches and then obserued and found the ship to bee in the latitude of 24. degrees and 55. minuts being then South-west and by South of the Cape of Florida about three leagues the winde being at South-east and by East we stood off South and by West three watches and then cast about and stood North-east two watches and then obserued and found the ship to be in 25. degrees 36. minutes being the nine and twentieth day of Ianuarie 1602. and then two watches North and by East and foure North North-east and the thirtieth day at noone wee had the Cape Canaueral West and by North from vs sixe and twentie leagues by supposition being now in latitude 28. degrees 14. minutes the winde being at South wee stood North-east and by East into the Sea The eighteenth day of March at noone being Thursday wee fell with Silley and wee were South from it three leagues or ten miles the winde being at West South-west wee stood for the Lizzard and the twentieth day of this moneth we came to winde being at anchor in Dartmouth this was my first voyage which I haue to the West Indies CHAP. XI The description of the I le of Trinidad the rich Countrie of Guiana and the mightie Riuer of Orenoco written by FRANCIS SPARREY left there by Sir WALTER RALEIGH 1595. and in the end taken by the Spaniards and sent prisoner into Spaine and after long captiuitie got into England by great sute 1602. The description of the I le of Trinidad POrta la Spaniola lyeth North-east The Spaniards name themselues Conquerabians Anapârima is the name of the Riuer which goeth to Corona the Spanish Towne The North part is very mountainous The Indians of Trinidad haue foure names 1. Those of Parico are called Iaios 2. Those of Punta Carao Aruacas 3. Those of Curiadan are called Saluages 4. Those betweene Punta Carao and Punta de la Galera Nepoios But those which are seruants to the Spaniards name themselues Carinapagâtos The chiefest of the Indians I meane the Kings and Lords of the Ilands in times past named themselues Acarewanas but now Captaines The description of Guiana and of the great Riuer Orenoco GViana beareth directly East from Peru and lyeth almost vnder the Equinoctiall Line The entrance to the Riuer Orenoco through the Riuer Capuri at the mouth at a full Sea hath nine foot water and at the ebbe but fiue foot The water floweth but a small time but increaseth much and the ebbe goeth but slowly for it continueth sixe houres In the bottome of the Gulfe of Guanipa there is the Riuer of Amana which leadeth into Orenoco also In this Riuer which wee named the Riuer of the Red Crosse wee tooke an old Tinitiuan for our Pilot to Orenoco The Riuer of Orenoco or Barequan hath nine mouthes which lye on the North-side of the mayne land but I could heare but of seuen mouthes vpon the South-side So that betweene Ilands and broken Lands it hath some sixteene mouthes in all The Ilands are somewhat bigge so as I can hardly ghesse how many leagues it is from the North-side to the South-side At the entrance of this Riuer are two great Lords Tiuitiuans which hold warre one with the other continually The one Nation are called the Tiuitiuans of Pallamos and the other of Hororotomaca He that entreth the Riuer of Amana from Curiapan cannot possibly returne the same way hee came by reason of the Easterly windes and the great Currents but must of force goe in a Riuer within the Land which is called Macurio To goe from the I le of Trinidad to the great Riuer Orenoco the Riuer of Amana beareth South But parting from that Riuer by a branch which beareth to the West we entred Orenoco Toparimaca is the chiefe Gouernour vnder Topiawari of the entrance of the Eastermost part of the Riuer Orenoco The Towne of this Gouernour is called Arwacan These are friends to the Carapanans Tiuitiuans and all Nations the Caribes excepted Carapana lyeth in the Prouince of Emeria and the Eastermost part of Dorado is called Emeria Assapana is the first Iland in Orenoco it is but small The second Iland is called Iwana There is another entrance into Orenoco which I discouered not but the Indians name it Arraroopana Europa is a Riuer which commeth into Orenoco but the head of it I know not In the middest of Orenoco there is a pretie bigge Iland which is somewhat mountainous and the name of it is Ocawita One Putima commandeth vnder Topiawari in the Confines of Morrequito which lyeth in the Prouince of Arromaia The Iland of Putapaima is farre vp within the Riuer of Orenoco and standeth right against the high Mountaine called Oecope Ouer this
where the Spaniards entertained him and his companie very kindely for they gaue them Tobacco for all such commodities as they had and suffered them to lade Pitch which goeth out of the ground there for that our Master durst not goe to Point de Ree to lade Sault there as he determined because hee heard that the Spaniard did lye there with their men of warre and had taken certaine Holland Shippes and had flung ouer boord all the men that were in them our Master tooke his course from Trinidado to Amsterdam where he arriued on the ãâã of ãâã and were in number of vs eight besides my selfe named Owen Goâldwell Robert Gardner William Crandall Robert Becke Richard Pren William Frier Gilbert Browne and Richard Bonocke Since my being here I vnderstand that one of our company which we left at Vlishinge named William Crandall is gone in a Shippe of Holland for Wyapoco which voyage they would haue hired my selfe and others to haue gone with them by reason we haue the Indians languages such is the diligence of that Nation vnto whom I wish well for the great kindenesse they shewed my selfe and others of our Nation CHAP. XV. Part of a Treatise written by Master WILLIAM TVRNER Sonne to Doctor TVRNER of London a Phisitian touching the former Voyage THe foureteenth of August about two in the afternoone we had sight of the Barbados which bore of vs South South-west The Land hath two points bearing East and West one from another and from the middle of it it riseth like Tenerife and is tenne leagues broad and is barbarous without any inhabitants hauing great store of Hogges Piggeons and Parrats We bore for the Westermost part of this Iland and so wee steered away West North-west and North-west and by West amongst for Saint Lucia The fifteenth day being thursday we had sight of Saint Lucia bearing West North-west of vs. This Iland of Saint Lucia is a very fertile I le bearing many sorts of fruites as Plantons Potatoes Pinos Guanos Pompins Cassado and many other fruites It hath also great store of Cotten wooll and Tobacco but their Tobacco is not very good It hath also many wilde Beasts in it as Tygars Guanes Alagartos and other Beasts which time would not permit vs to see It hath also great store of Pigeons Parrats Pellicans Cats and Dogges The people goe naked hauing very long haire and are very honest kinde hearted people In this Iland wee set our passengers ashoare and furnished them with all things necessary that our distressed Shippe could afford them But they like treacherous idle disposed people not regarding our kindenesse nor pittying our necessitie betraied our Boate from vs one morning as wee went ashoare my selfe and three or foure other Gentlemen being in her and then they detained three Saylers which were drawing in the Boate keeping them for their owne vse and afterward sent vs aboord in a Canoa which we were faine to buy of them for Kniues The Master and the Captaine seeing this their treacherous dealing and being out of all hope to get their Boate againe about thursday in the euening being the three and twentieth of August gaue them a Peece of Ordnance with intent to beate downe their houses We had no sooner let flye at them but presently they shot at vs againe the bullet whereof came betweene our maine Mast and our Poope but it hurt no body So that night we waied and went to a Baye some two leagues to leeward of this roade where we first ankored In this Bay there are halfe a dosen of Indian houses very pleasantly scituated vpon the top of a hill with a fresh water Riuer at the foote of the same hill and in this Baye we had very good trafficke of linnen cloath and many pleasant fruites for our Hatchets and Kniues After we had roade here some sixe houres we might plainly discerne our Boate vndersaile whereupon we presently fitted our small shot hoping that their intent was to come aboord and betray our Shippe but they tacked in and rowed alongst the shoare till they came to the very Bay where we roade and there they stopped and we were in good hope to recouer our Boate againe but they tarried there trading for their commodities in the face of our Ordnance whereupon we seeing their daring boldnesse to be so great that they presumed to trafficke in our owne Boate before our noses and to goe about as it were to stop vs from trafficke we let flye at them sixe peeces of Ordnance and a vallie of small shot but what harme we did amongst them we know not for they rowed away and got out of sight of vs. We tearmed the Baye where we put these men a shoare Rogues Baye the Cape we called Cape Knaue and the Riuer Riuer of Rascols This very same day being the foure and twentieth of August we waied anchor and steered away South South-east and South-east and by South amongst for Saint Uincents And vpon Saturday the fiue and twentieth day in the afternoone we arriued at the Iland of Saint Vincents where we came within a Ships length very nigh the shoare which put vs all in great feare for if God had not sent vs a gale from the shoare we had runne a ground and we had had all our throates cut by the Indians of that Iland So that night we tried it off at Sea with our fore-top-saile and fore-saile intending next day being Sunday to stand it in againe for the shoare because we had good hope of good trafficke there But the current had driuen vs so farre off at Sea by the next morning and the winde blew so vehemently from the shoare that we could by no meanes fetch the land whereupon being foure leaues from the shoare of Saint Vincents we steered away South South-west and South-west and by South amongst for the Testigoes And the next morning being monday we had sight of the Granados bearing of vs South-east but we could not fetch the Testigos The nine and twentieth being Wednesday morning we had sight of fiue small Rocks which bore of vs West and by North some fiue leagues off wee had also sight of the Iland of Blanco whereby wee found that the Current had set vs and doth set to the North-east and therefore your best course to goe from the Granados to the Testigos is to steere away South-west The first of September being Friday morning wee had sight of Margarita and at night wee cast anchor at the Westermost Point of this Iland called Point Macanao The second day the next morning wee went ashoare with our Canoa to see if wee could meete with any Spaniards with whom wee might bargaine for some Beeues But wee could neither see Spaniards Beeues nor fresh-water onely we found the dung of Beeues In this Iland of Margarita also there are great store of Pelicans This morning wee weighed and as soone as wee had doubled
Nations of Indians These liue on the Sea Coast and in a great part of the Land all of one Speech though they differ in some words This is that which the Portugals doe vnderstand it is easie eloquent pleasant and copious the difficultie of it is in hauing many comparisons but of the Portugals almost all those that came from the Kingdome and are seated here and doe communicate with the Indians do know it in a short time and the children of the Portugals borne here doe speake it better then the Portugall as well men as women chiefly in the Captainship of Saint Vincent and with these ten Nations of Indians haue the Fathers communication because they know their Language and they more tame and well inclined These were and are the ancient friends of the Portugals with whose helpe and armes they conquered this Countrie fighting against their owne kindred and diuers other Nations very barbarous and those of this generation were so many that it seemed an impossible thing to extinguish them but the Portugals haue made such haste that they are almost dead and they vse such meanes that they disinhabit the Coast and flie the Land inward some three hundred some foure hundred The first of this Language are called Pitiguaras Lords of Parayba thirtie leagues from Pernambuco and haue the best Brasill woode and are great friends to the Frenchmen and did contract with them vntill now marrying their Daughters with them but now in the yeere 1584. Parayba was taken by Iames Flares his Maiesties Generall driuing out the Frenchmen and he left a Fortresse with 100. Souldiers besides the Portugals which also haue their Captaine and Gouernour one Fructuoso Barbosa that with the principall men of Pernambuco carried an Armie by Land wherewith he ouercame the enemies for from the Sea those of the Armada fought not Neere vnto these liued a great multitude of people which they call Viatan of these there are are none alreadie for they being friends with the Pitaguaras and Kindred the Portugals made them enemies among themselues giuing them to be eaten that by this meanes they might warre against them and hold them for slaues and finally hauing a great dearth the Portugals in stead of releeuing them tooke them Captiues and did send ship-loades to bee sold in other places There was ioyned with this a Magician Portugall Priest that with his deceits conueighed them all to Pernambucò and so ended this Nation The Portugals remained without Neighbours to defend them from the Pitiguaras which vntill now that they were ouercome persecuted the Portugals setting on a sudden vpon their Corne Goods and Sugar-mils burning and killing many of the Portugals because they are verie warlike but now by the goodnesse of God they are freed from this incumbrance Others there be that they call Tupinaba these inhabit from the Riuer Royall till ye come neere the Illeos these were also among themselues contrarie those of the Bay with them of Camamâ and Intrare Along the Riuer of Saint Francis dwelt another Nation called Caaete and among these were also contrarieties with them of Pernambuco From Illeos or the little Ilands and Port Secure vnto the Holy Ghost inhabited another Nation called Tupinaquin these proceeded from those of Pernambuco and scattered themselues in a Countrie of the Maine multiplying exceedingly but now they are but few These were alwaies great enemies of the things of God hardened in their errours verie reuengefull and would reuenge themselues as soone as they see their enemies and louers of many women of these alreadie are many Christians and they are firme in the faith There is another Nation a kinne to these which runneth off the Maine from Saint Vincent to Pernambuco called Tupiguae these were without number they doe diminish for the Portugals doe goe to seeke them to serue themselues with them and those which escape doe flee verie farre off that they may not be slaues There is another Nation Neighbour to this called Apigapigtanga and Muriapigtanga There is also another Nation contrarie to the Tupinaquins which are called Guaracayo or Itati Another Nation dwelleth in the Holy Ghost called Timimâuo they were contrarie to the Tupinaquins but they are now verie few Another Nation which is called Tamuya inhabitors of the Riuer of Ianuarie these the Portugals destroyed when they inhabited the Riuer and of them there be verie few and some that are in the Maine are called Ararape another Nation inhabiteth beyond Saint Vincent about eightie leagues enemies of the Tupinaquins of Saint Vincent of these there are infinite multitudes and doe runne along the Sea Coast and in the Maine vnto the Paraguai which the Castilians doe inhabite all these Nations abouesaid though different and many of them enemies one to another they haue the Language and their conuersion is in hand and they haue a great respect to the Fathers of the company of Iesus and in the Maine they sigh for them and call them Abare and Father desiring they would come to their Countries and conuert them and such is their reputation that some Portugals of badde consciences doe faine themselues Fathers apparelling themselues in Gownes shauing their crownes and telling them they are Abares and that they came to seeke them for the Churches of the Fathers which are theirs aswell as ours Thus they seduce them and assoone as they come to the Sea they diuide them among themselues sell and marke them making first a great slaughter of them in the Countrie robberies and assaults taking away their Daughters and their Wiues c. And if it were not for these and other like hinderances all those of this Language had beene conuerted to our holy Faith There be other contrarie Nations enemies to these of diuers Languages which in a generall name are called Tapuya and they are contrarie also among themselues In the Maine first neighbouring to the Tupinaquins inhabit the Guamures and they occupie some eightie leagues of Coast and toward the Mayne all that they list They are Lords of the wild Woods very great bodied and by the continuance and custome of going through the Woods they haue their skinnes very hard and for this effect they beate their children being young with certaine Thistles to accustome them to goe in the wilde Woods They haue no Husbandrie they liue by rapine and by the point of the Arrow they eate the Mandioca raw and it doth them no hurt they runne verie swiftly and to the White men they come not but on a sudden They vse verie great Bowes they carrie certaine stones made a purpose verie bigge that wheresoeuer they hit they may presently breake the heads in pieces And when they come to fight they hide themselues vnder shrubs and from thence they play their part they are greatly feared there is no power in the world that is able to ouercome them They are great cowards in the fields and dare not
of the Gouernour generall hee taking first counsell with the Bishop and Fathers of the company and experienced persons of the Countrey and of good consciences and the Iustice of the warre being determined by them notwithstanding many times it is not done with such examination as the cause requireth and so either the Fathers of the company are not called thereunto or if they be called it is for a complement of Iustice and they haue more regard to the hope of the profit that is ofââred them of getting of slaues in the said warre then vnto the Iustice of it and to the common good and danger they put themselues in for sometimes they fare euill in the broyle with the death of many Christians both Portugals and Indians With these warres especially all the Coast of Pernambuco which beginneth from the Riuer of Saint Francis thitherward which are fiftie leagues and the greatest part of the Maine is disinhabited hauing before a most copious number of Indians and so now that Captaineship wanteth Indian friends to helpe them to defend and it is euery day wasted slaine and eaten of the Indians Pitiguares of Paraiba which before were their friends whom they did also great injustice to The third Article is about the Kings Customers Accounts c. His Majestie hath a great obligation to the Indians of Brasill to aide them with all corporall and spirituall remedie For almost all those of this Coast are almost consumed with sicknesses warres and tyrannies of the Portugals and those which escaped went into the Maine to their kindred and neither haue these their liues there For when the ransomes of slaues did end which were held for lawfull they inuented Armies for to goe to the Maine to bring them to the Sea for to serue themselues of them perpetually These companies are made in this manner three or foure or more persons doe joyne and euerie one of them doe put in so much stocke and aske license of the Gouernour to goe into the Maine to bring free Indians the Gouernour grants it with his order to wit that they bring them without any force or deceit but with their owne good will declaring to them that they come to serue the Portugals and to helpe them in their labours Sugar-mills and other workes Hauing this License the Venturers doe ioyne people to send into the Maine to wit Interpreters and other persons that sometime came to fiftie or sixtie with their pieces and other weapons and with many Indian Archers both free and bond that doth carrie their burdens of the ransome and the victuals and with helpe if by deceit they cannot bring the people they goe to seeke they may bring it by force With this License in this manner they depart and neuer keepe the order set downe as it is manifest and all doe openly confesse without contradiction for presently when they are departed they say that if that should be declared vnto them there that certaine it is that no Indian will come and therefore they must vse deceits and force for they haue no other meanes to moue them from their Countries and with this purpose they goe without any regard of the order neither of them that goe to the Maine nor of the Iustices when they come from thence and so they vse these Licenses without any examining of them Now when they come to the Townes of the Indians that are within the Maine 100. and 200. leagues they beginne presently their deceits saying that they come for them by commandement of the Gouernour that they may come to enioy the good things of the Sea and that they shall bee together in their Villages by themselues and at their will without making any manner of repartition and that from thence they shall helpe the Portugals in their warres and other things Other whiles they tell them that the Gouernour and the Fathers of the company doe send for them for to bee in the Churches of their kinsmen which doe learne the things of God naming some ancient principal Indians whom they much esteeme and hold as Fathers and that they wil be with them and for this there hath beene some of these Interpreters that ordained among themselues one whom they fained to be a Father of the company with a shauen crowne and a long habit to deceiue them more easily When these deceits other such do not preuaile they vse violence labouring to kil some that doe hinder this comming for the which it hath hapned to put poison in the vessels of their wine with many other inuentions wherwith they feare them As once that comming alreadie by the way because one of the principall Indians did shew to come with an euill will and did impart it with the rest it is said that they tooke for a remedie two or three to remaine behind with him alone and being asleepe they choaked him with a Towell and gaue out that hee died suddenly because he would not come Other whiles they kill some of other Nations that are by the way all to the end that those which they bring doe not goe backe and in this manner they bring such a number of them without prouision of necessarie food that by the way with hunger and euill vsage a great part of them doe die and those that doe come are in such a case and so weake that it is needfull before they come into the houses the Fathers of the company to goe about the Woodes christening the children at their Mothers breasts that they may not die vnbaptized and others they find halfe dead and full of flies that the Mothers haue left as not able to bring them Being come to the Sea those that scape aliue hauing promised them that they will put them in Townes at their owne will presently the venturers doe diuide them among themselues and many times they separate fathers from children wiues from husbands brethren from brethren c. and euery one carrieth his part to their places some one hundred another two hundred another thirtie c. euery one according to the stocke he putteth in Besides this they giue their share to the men that went to bring them for this is the money they pay them withall to one foure to another ten c. and as many of these haue no lands for to maintaine them they sell them presently to others and so they haue marked and sold a great number to these and other Captaineships and as the poore men doe see themselues deceiued and toiled with ouer-much labour with pure griefe they die and some runne away and goe euen to their enemies willing rather to be eaten of them then to abide such vsage among the Portugals and in this sort of 30. or 40000. soules that haue beene brought I know not whether 3000. bee aliue and with this a great part of the Maine is destroyed For the same licences doe the Captaines giue in their Captaineships and the same
staying there two yeeres we expected further commandement from the Emperours Majesty 31. In the meane time while these things are thus done a certaine Captaine Aluarez Nunnez Cabeça de Uacha commeth out of Spaine whom Caesars Majestie had created Generall and with foure hundred men and thirtie Horses diuided into foure ships of the which two were greater and the other two Carauels The foure ships arriued in Brasill at the Hauen of Wiesaij or Saint Katharine to seeke prouision of victuall And when the Captaine had sent the two Carauels eight leagues from the Hauen to seeke victuals so great a storme tooke them that they perished being broken all to pieces in the Sea the men notwithstanding which were in them being saued When Aluarez the chiefe Commander knew this for a certainty hee durst not put to Sea any more in the greater greater ships he therefore commanded vtterly to destroy them and trauelling by land towards the Riuer of Plate at length came vnto vs to the Assumption of foure hundred men bringing three hundred with him the rest dying either of famine or of cruell diseases From hence the Captaine was eight whole moneths in his journey and from the Citie of the Assumption to S. Katherines are reckoned three hundred leagues This is to be vnderstood of the next and most direct way for from the Assumption downe the Riuer to the Sea there are three hundred thirtie foure leagues and to Saint Katharine three hundred Aluarez Nunnez also brought the title of his gouernment out of Spaine granted vnto him from Caesars Majestie and therefore required that our Generall Martin Don Eyollas should yeeld vp the whole gouernment vnto him which thing also Don Eyollas and all the company with all their heart were readie to performe yet vpon this condition that hee should make good proofe also that this power and authoritie was granted vnto him from the Emperours Maiestie But the whole assembly could not wrest this from him only the Priests one or two of the Captains affirmed it 32. The said Aluarez Nunnez therefore taking a view of the Souldiers found the number of the whole Army to be eight thousand men Making friendship also with Martin Don Eyollas each sware to other brotherly fidelity and friendship so that Eyollas should haue no lesse power to command the people then he had before The Gouernour commandeth nine Brigantines to be made ready that he might saile vp the Riuer as farre as it was possible But before the ships were made readie he sendeth three Brigantines with one hundred and fifteene Souldiers before commanding that they should go as far as they could and seeke out the Indians that had Maiz. Hee ioyned also two Captaines vnto them Antonio Gaberro and Diego Tabellinus These therefore in the beginning come to a Nation called Surucusis hauing Maiz Mandeoch and other Roots of that kind and Mandues also which are like our Filbirds and fish and flesh The men carrie in their lips a blue stone like the bone of a Die With this Nation we left our ships and with them certaine of our companions to whom we committed the custodie thereof but hauing gone foure dayes iourney into the Countrey wee came to a Village pertayning to the Carios being three hundred strong inquiring therefore diligently there of the state of that Countrey wee receiued honest and peaceable answeres from them Returning thence vnto our ships and going downe the Riuer of Parabol we came to the Nation Achkeres There we found Letters sent from Aluaro the Gouernour whereby hee commanded to hang vp the chiefe Captaine of these Indians Achkeres by name Which commandement our Captaine obeyed without delay and we returned home 33. The whole Countrey of Dabero and Carios were vp in Armes ioyning their forces together to inuade the Christians For the King of Dabero was the brother of that Achkeres whom the Chrictians hanged whose death hee would most seuerely auenge vpon the Christians Our Gouernour armeth himselfe in the meane time against his Enemies to vndertake some seruice against them He therefore determined with the consent of his sworne brother Martin Don Eyollas that this Eyollas should goe against the said Dabero and Carios with foure hundred Christians and two thousand Indians and either driue them out of the whole Countrey or vtterly roote them out The said Eyollas faithfully executing this commandement leadeth his Armie out of the City of the Assumption and meeting with the enemy by the commandement of Caesars Maiestie first perswadeth Dabero to peace and quietnesse but he little regarding this would admit no treatie of peace for he had gathered a mightie Army fenced his Villages with Bulwarks or Rampires of wood fastened in the ground and had compassed them about with a triple fence of stakes or piles hauing also cast vp deepe and mightie pits whereof we spoke before in the 21. Chapter all which wee found out before by diligent search Wee stood still quietly with our Armie till the fourth day before wee proclaimed war against them but the fourth day in the morning three houâes before the rising of the Sunne making an assault wee violently rushed ãâ¦ã o the City and whomsoeuer we found there we slue yet taking many women and preseruing them from slaughter which afterward turned to our great benefit In this assault twenty sixe of the Christians were slaine many of the people being wounded and hurt And many also of the Indians on our part perished but of the Caniballs 3000. slaine Not long after Dabero came vnto vs with his people and craued fauour and pardon In the next Expedition Dabero sent to Nunnez 2000. Indians to aide vs. From the Carios also he commandeth nine Brigantines to bee furnished all which being done 800. Christians he taketh 500. leauing 300. at the Assumption ouer whom he made Iohn Satensser Captaine With this Army of 500. Christians and 2000. Indians we saile vp the Riuer of Parabol and the Carios had with them 83. boats wee Christians had nine Brigantines in euery one of the which there were two horses But the horses were conueyed ouer Land 100. leagues and we were carried vpon the Riuer vnto the Mountaine of Saint Ferdinand At that place taking our horses againe into the ships from thence afterward we were carried forward vntill we came to our Enemies the Paiembos but they not looking for our comming conueyed away themselues by flight with their wiues and children hauing first set their houses on fire After this we trauelled 100. leagues together and light not on any people at length wee came to a Nation whose people are called Baschurepos who liue by fish and flesh It is a populous Nation and they inhabit a large Countrey of 100. leagues broad They haue so great a number of boats that it is incredible to be written Their women couer their Secrets These people refusing to talke with vs fled from vs. Departing from
speedily taking their flight conuaied themselues into their towne halfe a league distant from the Riuer we so pursued them that we came to their towne of Iuberic Sabaie at the verie same moment that they themselues entred which also presently we so besieged round that none of them might either goe out or in we also forthwith armed our selues with targets made of the skinnes of the Amydas as aforesaid We wan their towne Our Generall commanded before we should inuade them by force of armes that we should neither kill the women nor their children but onely leade them away captiues whose commandement also we obayed but all the men that we could light vpon must dye yet many escaping by flight preserued themselues and our confederates the Ieperus got one thousand of the enemies heads All these things thus performed those Carios who escaped by flight came together with their King and crauing pardon of our Generall intreated that their wines and children might be restored vnto them and then they would performe all obedience of subiection vnto vs as before and serue vs faithfully Our Generall therefore receiued them to fauour who afterward also continued constantly in our friendship and amitie so long surely as I abode in those Countries And this warre continued a yeare and an halfe and fell out in the yeare 1546. §. III. A long and troublesome March from Assumption into Peru. The Authors returne REturning therefore with our Shippes to our Citie the Assumption wee staied there two whole yeares But when in the meane time neither the Ships came out of Spaine nor any thing was signified by messengers our Generall going forth with three hundred and fiftie Spaniards and two thousand Carios in the yeare 1548. saileth vp the Riuer Parabol with seuen Brigantines and two hundred Canoas or Boates. But those of the people whom the Shippes could not hold trauaile by land with one hundred and thirty horses Hee made Don. Franck Mendoza Captaine giuing also prouision for two yeares These things therefore being thus setled The Generall hauing sent backe fiftie to Assumption with three hundred Christian Souldiers one hundred and thirty Horses and two thousand Carios hauing gone forward eight dayes iourney found no Nation but the ninth day wee light vpon a Nation called Naperus the people thereof liue onely by fish and flesh They are of a strong and tall stature Their women which are not beautifull couer their secrets This Country is sixe and thirtie leagues distant from the Mountaine Saint Ferdinand here we lay all night The day following continuing on our iourney we came the fourth day after to another Nation called Mapais which is very populous the Subiects are compelled to serue their Noblemen with fishing and labours and other worke no otherwise then our Boores with vs doe their Nobles But this Nation aboundeth with Mais Mandeoch Ade Mande pore Mandeoch porpie Padades Mandues Bachkeku and other rootes and things to eate It hath also Stagges Indian Sheepe Estridges Ducks Geese and many other kindes of Foule Their Woods abound in great plentie with Hony of the which also they make Wine and put it to other necessary vses The Sheepe which they call Amidas are of two kindes some of them domesticall and some wilde which they vse for carriages and to ride vpon and for other seruices almost as we doe our Horses as I also rid being carried on such a Sheepe in this very iourney more then forty leagues when my legge was lame They vse the same Beasts also in Peru for carriage of Merchandile as our people doe packe Horses These Mapais are men of a tall stature and warlike conuerting all their labour and study to warlike affaires Their women are faire and couer their secrets They doe no worke and labour in the fields but the whole care of maintaining the Family lyeth vpon the man neither doe they any thing else at home saue spinne and weaue Cotten or dresse meate for their husbands We were not aboue halfe a league from this Nation when they comming forth of the towne they met vs neere a certaine little Village where they perswaded vs quietly to refresh our selues that night for they would giue vs whatsoeuer we had neede of but this they did deceitfully and treacherously that also we might be more secure they gaue our Generall foure siluer Crownes such as are vsually worne vpon the head and foure Plates of siluer whereof euery one of them was a spanne and an halfe long and halfe a spanne broad These Plates they binde to their foreheads for ornament as we haue said before They presented our Captaine also with three yong women When we had turned into this Village supper being ended and the watch set that the people might be safe from the treacherie of the enemie wee gaue our selues to rest About midnight our Generall had lost his yong wenches 45. After this two thousand of the foresaid Mapais came vnto vs that ouercharging vs vnawares they might vtterly ouerthrow and kill vs but they got no great matter at our hands and in this conflict and bickering more then one thousand men were slaine They betake themselues to flight whom we pursued with great haste euen to their Towne but found no man there no not so much as their wiues and children our Generall therefore dispatching one hundred and fiftie harquebusse shot and two thousand fiue hundred Indian Caries pursueth these Mapais three dayes and two nights with great speede so that we did but dine and rested by night refreshing our selues foure or fiue houres with sleepe The third day we suddenly came vpon them gathered together in a certaine wood with their wiues and children but they were not those we sought but were their friends who were nothing afraid of vs nor did they suppose that we would euer haue come vnto them Notwithstanding the innocent were forced to pay for the fault of the guilty for when we light vpon them we slew many of them and tooke of the men women and children about three thousand persons and if it had bin day as it was night none of them had scaped our hands for an huge number of this people had gathered themselues together in a certaine Mountaine inclosed round with woods I had gotten for my part of the spoile about nineteene men and women not very old together with certaine other things These things performed returning to our Campe we quietly reposed our selues for eight daies for we found there sufficient plenty of victuall and other necessary things from this Nation Mapais vnto Saint Ferdinandes Mount where our Shippes rode were fiftie leagues and from the Nation Naperus thirtie six Marching on againe from thence we came to a Nation called Zemie subiect to the foresaid Mapais They liue almost as the Boores doe with vs vnder the power of their Lords In this iourney we light vpon fields tilled and set with Mais and other rootes and these fruites and meates are
by reason of the want of prouision For we had scarce victuall for one moneth In performing this Iourney we spent a yeere and an halfe doing nothing else but making continuall warre And in this Iourney we had brought into our subiection about twelue thousand men women and children who were compelled to serue vs as bond-slaues as I for mine owne person did possesse about fiftie men women and children 50. Wee with our Generall Martin Don Eyollas came vnto the Citie Assumption but Abriego a Captaine which had rebelled against Captaine Mendoza and slaine him would neither open the Citie to our Generall nor yeeld it vp vnto him nor acknowledge him for Generall and his Gouernour But the said Diego Abriego being forced to forsake the Citie with fiftie Christians who ioyned themselues with him fled thirtie leagues from vs so that we could atchieue nothing against him This warre continued two whole yeeres space betweene vs the two Captaines so opposing themselues one against the other that neither was safe from danger of other 51. In the meane season while these things were thus done I receiued Letters out of Spaine and shewed to Martin Don Eyollas I presently desired a friendly and curteous dismission from him I tooke my Iourney in the name of God vpon Saint Stephens Day which was the sixe and twentieth of December in the yeere 1552. and departing from the Assumption of Marie carried vpon the Riuer of Plate with my twentie Indians in two Canoas or Boats when wee had now gone sixe and fortie leagues we first arriued at a certaine Towne called Iuberic Sabaie In that Towne foure others also together with two Portugals ioyned themselues with vs hauing gone fifteene leagues we came to a Towne called Gaberetho After this hauing gone sixteene leagues further in foure dayes we came to a certaine Village called Barotij Whence departing againe hauing gone foure and fiftie leagues in nine dayes wee came to a Towne called Barede where staying two dayes we sought prouision and Boats to carrie vs for wee were to goe one hundred leagues vp the Riuer Parana by Boat At length being brought to a certaine Towne called Gingie wee abode there foure dayes And thus farre the Countrie and Empire of Caesars Maiestie extendeth it selfe all which places in former time were subiect to the People Carios 52. After this therefore all the Nation Toupin beginneth the Countrie and Iurisdiction of the Portugall and we were compelled leauing Parana and our Boats to trauell by land vnto these Toupin which continued sixe whole moneths in which Iourney we were to goe ouer Desarts Mountaines and Valleyes and for the feare waxed of wilde and rauening beasts we durst not safely take our sleepe c. Wee wandred eight whole dayes through Woods and Thickets so that although hauing trauelled farre and wide yet in all my life time I had neuer gone so rough troublesome and tedious a way nor had we any thing which we might eate so that wee were compelled to sustaine our selues with Honie and Roots wheresoeuer we could get them and for the danger also to wit that we feared lest our enemies would pursue vs we had not so much time as to take any venison After this wee came to a Nation called Biesaie where staying foure dayes wee prouided our selues againe of victuall but durst not come neere their Towne because we were so few In this Countrie there is a Riuer called Vrquam wherein we saw Water-snakes and Serpents called Tuesca in the Spanish Tongue Scheue Eyba which were sixteene paces long and foure fathome thicke These Serpents doe much hurt for if a man wash himselfe in that Riuer or any beast swim ouer forthwith such a Serpent swimming to them windeth his tayle about the man or beast and drawing them vnder water deuoureth them Proceeding further hence we trauelled about one hundred leagues in a continued Iourney of a whole moneths space and at length came into a large Towne called Scheuetveba and rested there three dayes Going againe further we came into a certaine Towne of Christians whose Captaine was Iohn Reinueill 53. Moreouer proceeding further thence we came to the Towne of Saint Uincent From the Citie of the Assumption of Marie to the Towne of Saint Uincent in Brasill are reckoned three hundred and seuentie leagues Setting sayle from the Towne of Saint Uincent on Saint Iohn Baptists Day which was the foure and twentieth of Iune in the yeere of our Lord 1553. wee arriued at Lisbon the third of September in the yeere 1553. and while wee abode fourteene dayes there two of my Indians died which I brought with me out of those Countries I had thought here to haue added the Voyages of Iohannes Stadius another German which serued the Portugals in Brasill about Schmidels later time published in Theodore de Bry and had the same by me translated But contayning little light for the Countrie and People and relating in manner onely his owne Tragedies in his taking by the Sauages and often perils of being eaten by them as some of his friends were before his face with other like Sauage arguments wherewith wee haue glutted you alreadie I being alreadie too voluminous haue omitted the same and hasten to other Relations CHAP. V. The Obseruations of Sir RICHARD HAWKINS Knight in his Voyage into the South Sea An. Dom. 1593. once before published now reuiewed and corrected by a written Copie illustrated with notes and in diuers places abbreuiated §. I. What happened in this Voyage before they came neere the Aequinoctiall Line with diuers accidentall Discourses vsefull for Nauigators WIth the Counsels consent and helpe of my Father Sir Iohn Hawkins Knight I resolued a Voyage to be made for the Ilands of Iapan of the Philippinas and Moluccas the Kingdome of China and East Indies by the way of the. Straites of Magelan and the South Sea For this purpose in the end of the yeere 1588. returning from the Iourney against the Spanish Armado I caused a Ship to bee builded in the Riuer of Thames betwixt three and foure hundred tunnes which was finished in that perfection as could be required For shee was pleasing to the eye profitable for stowage good of sayle and well conditioned On the day of her lanching shee was named The Repentance The Repentance being put in perfection and riding at Detford the Queenes Maiestie passing by her to her Palace of Greânwich commanded her Barge-men to rowe round about her and viewing her from Post to Stemme disliked nothing but her Name and said that shee would Christen her a new and that thenceforth shee should bee called the Daintie which name shee brooked as well for her proportion and grace as for the many happie Voyages shee made in her Maiesties seruices Hauing taken for her Maiestie a great Bysten of fiue hundred tunnes loden with Iron and other Commodities vnder the conduct of Sir Martin Furbusher A Carack bound for the East
Iland and hath one Citie and two townes with their Ports The Citie called Saint Iago whereof the Iland hath his name hath a Garrison and two Forts scituated in the bottome of a pleasant Valley with a running streame of water passing through the middest of it whether the rest of the Ilands come for Iustice being the seate of the Audiencia with his Bishop The other Townes are Playa some three leagues to the Eastwards of Saint Iago placed on high with a goodly Bay whereof it hath his name and Saint Domingo a small Towne within the Land They are on the Souther part of the Iland and haue beene sacked sundry times in Anno 1582. by Manuel Serades a Portugall with a Fleete of French-men in Anno 1585. they were both burnt to the ground by the English Sir Francis Drake being Generall and in Anno 1596. Saint Iago was taken and sacked by the English Sir Anthony Sherley being Generall The second Iland is Fuego so called for that day and night there burneth in it a Uulcan whose flames in the night are seene twentie leagues off in the Sea It is by nature fortified in that sort as but by one way is any accesse or entrance into it and there cannot goe vp aboue two men a brest The Bread which they spend in these Ilands is brought from Portugall and Spaine sauing that which they make of Rice or of Mayes which we call Guynne wheate The best watering is in the I le of Brano on the west part of the Iland where is a great Riuer but foule Anchoring as is in all these Ilands for the most part The fruits are few but substantiall as Palmitos Plantanos Potatos and Coco Nuts The Palmito is like to the Date tree and as I thinke a kinde of it but wilde In all parts of Afrique and America they are found and in some parts of Europe and in diuers parts different In Afrique and in the West Indies they are small that a man may cut them with a knife and the lesser the better But in Brasil they are so great that with difficulty a man can fell them with an Axe and the greater the better one foote within the top is profitable the rest is of no value and that which is to be eaten is the pith which in some is better in some worse The Plantane is a tree found in most parts of Afrique and America of which two leaues are sufficient to couer a man from top to toe It beareth fruite but once and then drieth away and out of his root sprouteth vp others new In the top of the tree is his fruit which groweth in a great bunch in the forme and fashion of puddings in some more in some lesse I haue seene in one bunch aboue foure hundred Plantans which haue weighed aboue fourescore pound waight They are of diuers proportions some great some lesser some round some square some triangle most ordinarily of a span long with a thicke skinne that peeleth easily from the meate which is either white or yellow and very tender like Butter but no conserue is better nor of a more pleasing taste For I neuer haue seene any man to whom they haue bred mislike or done hurt with eating much of them as of other fruites The best are those which ripen naturally on the tree but in most parts they cut them off in branches and hang them vp in their houses and eate them as they ripe For the Birds and Vermine presently in ripâing on the tree are feeding on them The best that I haue seene are in Brasil in an Iland called Placentia which are small and round and greene when they are ripe whereas the others in ripening become yellow Those of the West Indies and Guynne are great and one of them sufficient to satisfie a man the onely fault they haue is that they are windie In some places they eate them instead of bread as in Panama and other parts of Tierra firme They grow and prosper best when their rootes are euer couered with water they are excellent in Conserue and good sodden in different manners and dried on the tree not inferior to Suckets The Coco nut is a fruit of the fashion of a Hasell-nut but that it is as bigge as an ordinary Bowle and some are greater It hath two shels the vttermost framed as it were of a multitude of threds one laid vpon another with a greene skin ouer-lapping them which is soft and thicke the innermost is like to the shell of a Hasell-nut in all porportion sauing that it is greater and thicker and some more blacker In the top of it is the forme of a Munkies face with two eyes his nose and a mouth It containeth in it both meate and drinke the meate white as milke and like to that of the kernell of a Nut and as good as Almonds blancht and of great quantity The water is cleare as of the Fountaine and pleasing in taste and somewhat answereth that of the water distilled of Milke Some say it hath a singular property in nature for conseruing the smoothnesse of the skin and therefore in Spaine and Portugall the curious Dames doe ordinarily wash their faces and necks with it If the holes of the shell be kept close they keepe foure or six moneths good and more but if it be opened and the water kept in the shell in few daies it turneth to Vinegar They grow vpon high Trees which haue no boughes onely in the top they haue a great cap of leaues and vnder them groweth the fruite vpon certaine twigges and some affirme that they beare not fruite before they be aboue forty yeares old They are in all things like to the Palme trees and grow in many parts of Asia Afrique and America The shels of these nuts are much esteemed for drinking cups and much cost and labour is bestowed vpon them in caruing grauing and garnishing them with Siluer Gold and precious stones In the Kingdome of Chile and in Brasil is another kinde of these which they call Coquillos as we may interpret little Cocos and are as bigge as Wal-nuts but round and smooth and grow in great clusters the trees in forme are all one and the meate in the nut better but they haue no water Another kinde of great Cocos groweth in the Andes of Peru which haue not the delicate meate nor drinke which the others haue but within are full of Almonds which are placed as the graines in the Pomegrannet being three times bigger then those of Europe and are much like them in taste In these Ilands are Cyuet-Cats which are also found in parts of Asia and Afrique esteemed for the Ciuet they yeelde and carry about them in a cod in their hinder parts which is taken from them by force In them also are store of Monkies and the best proportioned that I haue seene and Parrots but of colour different to those of the
new Authors may teach beating off and on sometimes to the Westwards sometimes to the Eastwards with a fairegale of winde Being betwixt three and foure degrees of the Equinoctiall line my Company within a few daies began to fall sicke of a disease which Sea-men are wont to call the Scuruie and seemeth to be a kinde of dropsie and raigneth most in this climate of any that I haue heard or read of in the world though in all Seas it is wont to helpe and increase the miserie of man it possesseth all those of which it taketh hold with a loathsome sloathfulnesse that euen to eate they would be content to change with sleepe and rest which is the most pernicious enemie in this sicknesse that is knowne It bringeth with it a great desire to drinke and causeth a generall swelling of all parts of the body especially of the legges and gummes and many times the teeth fall out of the iawes without paine The signes to know this disease in the beginning are diuers by the swelling of the gummes by denting of the flesh of the legges with a mans finger the pit remaining without filling vp in a good space others show it with their lasinesse others complaine of the cricke of the backe c. all which are for the most part certaine tokens of infection The cause is thought to be the stomacks feeblenesse by change of aire in vntemperate climates of diet in salt meates boiled also in Salt water and corrupted sometimes the want of exercise also either in persons or elements as in calmes And were it not for the mouing of the Sea by the force of windes tydes and currants it would corrupt all the world The experience I saw in Anno 1590. lying with a Fleete of her Maiesties Ships about the Ilands of the Azores almost six moneths the greatest part of the time we were becalmed with which all the Sea became so replenished with seuerall sorts of gellyes and formes of Serpents Adders and Snakes as seemed wonderfull some greene some blacke some yellow some white some of diuers colours and many of them had life and some there were a yard and halfe and two yards long which had I not seene I could hardly haue beleeued And hereof are witnesses all the Companies of the Shippes which were then present so that hardly a man could draw a Bucket of water cleere of some corruption In which Voyage towards the end thereof many of euery Ship sauing of the Nonpereli which was vnder my charge and had onely one man sicke in all the Voyage fell sicke of this disease and began to die apace but that the speedie passage into our Countrie was remedy to the crazed and a preseruatiue for those that were not touched The best preuention for this disease in my iudgement is to keepe cleane the Shippe to besprinkle her ordinarily with Uinegar or to burne Tarre and some sweet sauours to feede vpon as few salt Meats in the hot Country as may be and especially to shun all kindes of salt Fish and to reserue them for the cold Climates and not to dresse any meate with salt water nor to suffer the companie to wash their Shirts nor Cloathes in it nor to sleepe in their Cloathes when they are wet For this cause it is necessarily required that prouision be made of apparell for the Company that they may haue wherewith to shift themselues Being a common calamitie amongst the ordinary sort of Mariners to spend their thrift on the shore and to bring to Sea no more Cloathes then they haue backes for the body of man is not refreshed with any thing more then with shifting cleane Cloathes a great preseruatine of health in hot Countries The second Antidote is to keepe the company occupied in some bodily exercise of worke of agilitie of pastimes of dancing of vse of Armes these helpe much to banish this infirmitie Thirdly In the morning at discharge of the watch to giue euery man a bit of bread and a draught of drinke either Beere or Wine mingled with water at the least the one halfe or a quantitie mingled with Beere that the poores of the bodie may be full when the vapours of the Sea ascend vp The morning draught should bee euer of the best and choisest of that in the ship Pure wine I hold to be more hurtfull then the other is profitable In this others will be of a contrary opinion but I thinke partiall If not then leaue I the remedies thereof to those Phisicions and Surgeons who haue experience And I wish that some learned man would write of it for it is the plague of the Sea and the spoyle of Mariners doubtlesse it would bee a Worke worthy of a worthy man and most beneficiall for our Countrie for in twentie yeeres since I haue vsed the Sea I dare take vpon me to giue account of ten thousand men consumed with this disease That which I haue seene most fruitfull for this sicknesse is sowre Oranges and Lemmons and a water which amongst others for my particular prouision I carried to the Sea called Doctor Steuens water of which for that his vertue was not then well knowne vnto me I carried but little and it took end quickly but gaue health to those that vsed it The Oyle of Vitry is beneficiall for this disease taking two drops of it and mingled in a draught of water with a little Sugar It taketh away the thirst and helpeth to clense and comfort the stomacke But the principall of all is the Ayre of the Land for the Sea is naturall for Fishes and the Land for men And the oftner a man can haue his people to Land not hindering his Voyage the better it is and the profitablest course that he can take to refresh them Hauing stood to the Westwards some hundred leagues and more the winde continuing with vs contrary and the sicknesse so feruent that euery day there died more or lesse my company in generall began to be dismayed and to desire to returne homewards which I hindered by good reasons and perswasions As that to the West Indies we had not aboue eight hundred leagues to the Ilands of Azores little lesse and before wee come to the Ilands of Cape de Verde that wee should meete with the Breze for euery night we might see the reach goe contrary to the winde which we sayled by verifying the old Prouerbe amongst Mariners That hee hath need of a long Mast that will sayle by the Reach and that the neerest Land and speediest refreshing wee could looke for was the Coast of Brasill c. As wee approached neerer and neerer the Coast of Brasill the winde beganne to vere to the Eastwardes and about the middle of October to bee large and good for vs and about the eighteenth of October wee were thwart of Cape Saint Augustine which lieth in sixe degrees to the Southwards of the Line and the one
point South-west it riseth in three Mounts or round Hillockes bringing it more Westerly they shoot themselues all into one and bringing it Easterly it riseth in two Hillockes This we called Point Tremountaine Some twelue or fourteene leagues from this point to the Eastwards faire by the shoare lyeth a low flat Iland of some two leagues long we named it Faire Iland for it was all ouer as greene and smooth as any Meddow in the Sping of the yeare Some three or foure leagues Easterly from this Iland is a goodly opening as of a great Riuer or an arme of the Sea with a goodly low Countrey adjacent And eight or tenne leagues from this opening some three leagues from the shoare lyeth a bigge Rocke which at the first we had thought to be a ship vnder all her sayles but after as we came neere it discouered it selfe to bee a Rocke which we called Conduit-head for that howsoeuer a man commeth with it it is like to the Conduit-heads about the Citie of London All this Coast so farre as we discouered lyeth next of any thing East and by North and West and by South The Land for that it was discouered in the Reigne of Qâeene Elizabeth my Souereigne Lady and Mistris and a Mayden Queene and at my cost and aduenture in a perpetuall memory of her chastitie and remembrance of my endeuours I gaue it the name of Hawkins Maiden-land Before a man fall with this Land some twenây or thirty leagues he shall meet with beds of Oreweed driuing to and fro in that Sea with white flowres growing vpon them and sometimes farther off which is a good shew and signe the Land is neere whereof the Westermost part lyeth some threescore leagues from the neerest Land of America With our faire and large wind wee shaped our course for the Straits and the tenth of February wee had sight of Land and it was the head-land of the Straits to the Northwards which agreed with our height wherein wee found our selues to bee which was in 52. degrees and 40. minutes Within a few houres we had the mouth of the Straits open which lieth in 52. degrees and 50. minutes It riseth like the North foreland in Kent and is much like the Land of Margates It is not good to borrow neere the shoare but to giue it a faire birth within a few houres we entred the mouth of the Straits which is some sixe leagues broad and lieth in 52. degrees and 50. minutes doubling the Point on the starbood which is also flat of a good birth we opened a faire Bay in which we might descry the Hull of a ship beaten vpon the Beach It was of the Spanish Fleet that went to inhabit there in Anno 1582. vnder the charge of Pedro Sarmiento who at his returne was taken Prisoner and brought into England In this Bay the Spaniards made their principall habitation and called it the Citie of Saint Philip and left it peopled But the cold barrennesse of the Countrey and the malice of the Indians with whom they badly agreed made speedy end of them as also of those whom they left in the middle of the Straits three leagues from Cape Forward to the Eastwards in another habitation We continued our course alongst this Reaâh for all the Straits is as a Riuer altering his course sometimes vpon one point sometimes vpon another which is some eight leagues long and lieth West North-west From this we entred into a goodly Bay which runneth vp into the Land Northerly many leagues and at first entrance a man may see no other thing but as it were a maine Sea From the end of this first Reach you must direct your course West South-west and some fourteene or fifteene leagues lyeth one of the narrowest places of all the Straits This leadeth vnto another Reach that lyeth West and by North some six leagues Here in the middle of the Reach the wind tooke vs by the North-west and so we were forced to anchor some two or three dayes In which time we went ashoare with our Boats and found neere the middle of this Reach on the starboord side a reasonable good place to ground and trimme a small ship where it higheth some nine or ten foot water Here we saw certaine Hogs but they were so farre from vs that we could not discerne whether they were of those of the Countrey or brought by the Spaniards these were all the beasts which we saw in all the time we were in the Straits In two tides we turned through this reach and so recouered the Ilands of Pengwins they lye from this reach foure leagues South-west and by West Till you come to this place care is to be taken of not comming too neere to any point of the land for being for the most part sandy they haue sholding off them and are somewhat dangerous These Ilands haue beene set forth by some to be three we could discouer but two And they are no more except that part of the Mayne which lyeth ouer against them be an Iland which carrieth little likelihood and I cannot determine it A man may saile betwixt the two Ilands or betwixt them and the Land on the Larboord side from which Land to the bigger Iland is as it were a bridge or ledge on which is foure or fiue fathom water and to him that commeth neere it not knowing thereof may justly cause feare for it sheweth to be shold water with his ripling like vnto a Race Betwixt the former Reach and these Ilands runneth vp a goodly Bay into the Countrey to the North-wards It causeth a great Indraughty and aboue these Ilands runneth a great tide from the mouth of the Straits to these Ilands the Land on the Larboord-side is low Land and sandy for the most part and without doubt Ilands for it hath many openings into the Sea and forcible Indraughts by them and that on the Starboord side is all high Mountaynous Land from end to end but no wood on either side Before we passed these Ilands vnder the Lee of the bigger Iland we anchored the winde beeing at North-east with intent to refresh our selues with the Fowles of these Ilands they are of diuers sorts and in great plentie as Pengwins wild Ducks Guls and Gannets of the principall we purposed to make prouision and those were the Pengwins The Pengwin is in all proportion like a Goose and hath no feathers but a certaine downe vpon all parts of his bodie and therefore canot flee but auayleth himselfe in all occasions with his feet running as fast as most men He liueth in the Sea and on the Land feedeth on fish in the Sea and as a Goose on the shore vpon grasse They harbour themselues vnder the ground in Burrowes as the Conies and in them hatch their young All parts of the Iland where they haunted were vndermined saue onely one Valley which it seemeth they reserued for their food for it
yet rich of Gold The nineteenth of Aprill being Easter-euen we anchored vnder the Iland Mocha It lyeth in thirty nine degrees it may bee some foure leagues ouer and is a high mountaynous Hill but round about the foot thereof some halfe league from the Sea-shore it is Champaine ground wel inhabited and manured From the Straits to this Iland we found that either the Coast is set out more Westerây then it is or that we had a great current which put vs to the Westwards for wee had not sight of Land in three dayes after our reckoning was to see it but for that wee coasted not the Land I cannot determine whether it was caused by the current or lying of the Land But Spaniards which haue sayled alongst it haue told me that it is a bold and safe Coast and reasonable sounding of it In this Iland of Mocha we had communication and contractation with the Inhabitants but with great vigilancie and care for they and all the people of Chily are mortall enemies to the Spaniards and held vs to bee of them and so esteemed Sir Francis Drake when hee was in this Iland whâch was the first Land also that hee touched on this Coast. They vsed him with so fine a treachery that they possessed themselues of all the Oares in his Boat sauing two and in striuing to get them also they slue and hurt all his men himselfe who had fewest wounds had three and two of them in the head Two of his company which liued long after had the one seuenteene his name was Iohn Bruer who afterward was Pilot with Master Candish and the other aboue twentie a Negro Seruant to Sir Francis Drake And with me they vsed a policie which amongst barbarous people was not to be imagined although I wrought sure for I suffered none to treate with me nor with my people with Armes Wee were armed and met vpon a Rocke compassed with water whether they came to parley and negotiate Beeing in communication with the Casiques and others many of the Indians came to the heads of our Boates and some went into them Certaine of my people standing to defend the Boats with their Oares for that there went a bad sege were forced to lay downe their Muskets which the Indians perceiuing endeauoured to fill the barrels with water taking it out of the Sea in the hollow of their hands By chance casting mine eye aside I discouered their flynesse and with a Truncheon which I had in mine hand gaue the Indians three or foure good Lambeskinnes The sheepe of this Iland are great good and fat I haue not tasted better Mutton any where They were as ours and doubtlesse of the breed of those which the Spaniards brought into the Countrey Of the sheepe of the Countrey wee could by no meanes procure any one although we saw of them and vsed meanes to haue had of them This Iland is situate in the Prouince of Arawea and is held to bee peopled with the most valiant Nation in all Chily though generally the Inhabitants of that Kingdome are very couragious They are clothed after the manner of antiquitie all of woollen their Cassockes made like a Sacke square with two holes for the two armes and one for the head all open below without lining or other art but of them some are most curiously wouen and in colours and on both sides alike Their houses are made round in fashion like vnto our Pidgeon houses with a louer in the top to euacuate the smoake when they make fire They brought vs a strange kinde of Tobacco made into little cakes like Pitch of a bad smell with holes through the middle and so laced many vpon a string The people of this Iland as of all Chily are of good stature and well made and of better countenance then those Indians which I haue seene in many parts They are of good vnderstanding and agilitie and of great strength Their weapons are Bowes and Arrowes and Macanas their Bowes short and strong and their Arrowes of a small Reed or Cane three quarters of a yard long with two Feathers and headed with a flint-stone which is loose and hurting the head remaineth in the wound some are headed with bone and some with hard wood halfe burnt in the fire We came betwixt the Iland and the Mayne On the South-west part of the Iland lieth a great ledge of Rockes which are dangerous and it is good to be carefull how to come too neere the Iland on all parts Immediatly when they discouered vs both vpon the Iland and the Mayne wee might see them make sundry great fires which were to giue aduice to the rest of the people to bee in a readinesse for they haue continuall and mortall warre with the Spaniards and the shippes they see they beleeue to be their Enemies The Citie Imperiall lyeth ouer against this Iland but eight or ten leagues into the Countrey for all the Sea-coast from Baldiuia till thirtie sixe Degrees the Indians haue now in a manner in their hands free from any Spaniards Hauing refreshed our selues well in this Iland for that little time we stayed which was some three dayes we set sayle with great ioy and with a faire winde sayled alongst the Coast and some eight leagues to the North-wards wee anchored againe in a goodly Bay and sent our Boats ashoare with desire to speake with some of the Indians of Arawca and to see if they would be content to entertaine amitie or to chop and change with vs. But all that night and the next morning appeared not one person and so we set saile againe and towards the Euening the wind began to change and to blow contrary and that so much and the Sea to rise so suddenly that wee could not take in our Boats without spoyling of them This storme continued with vs tenne dayes beyond expectation for that wee thought our selues out of the Climate of fowle weather but truely it was one of the sharpest stormes that euer I felt to endure so long The storme tooke end and we shaped our course for the Iland of Saint Maries which lyeth in thirtie seuen degrees and fortie minutes and before you come vnto the Iland some two leagues in the Trade way lieth a Rocke which afarre off seemeth to be a ship vnder sayle This Iland is little and low but fertill and well peopled with Indians and some few Spaniards in it Some ten leagues to the Northwards of this Iland lieth the Citie Conception with a good Port from this wee coasted alongst till wee came in thirtie three degrees and forty minutes In which height lay the Ilands of Iuan Fernandes betwixt threescore and fourescore leagues from the shoare plentifull of fiâh and good for refreshing I purposed for many reasons not to discouer my selfe vpon this Coast till we were past Lyma otherwise called Ciuidad de los Reyes for that it
was entred by the Spaniard the day of the three Kings but my company vrged me so farre that except I should seeme in all things to ouer-beare them in not condiscending to that which in the opinion of all but my selfe seemed profitable and best I could not but yeeld vnto though it carried a false colour as the end prooued for it was our perdition This all my company knoweth to be true whereof some are yet liuing and can giue testimonie But the Mariner is ordinarily so carried away with the desire of Pillage as sometimes for very appearances of small moment he looseth his Voyage and many times himselfe And so the greedinesse of spoile onely hoped for in ships of Trade which goe too and fro in this Coast blinded them from forecasting the perill whereinto wee exposed our Voyage in discouering our selues before we past the Coast of Callao which is the Port of Lyma To bee short wee haled the Coast aboord and that Euening wee discouered the Port of Valparizo which serueth the Citie of Saint Iago standing some twentie leââues into the Countrey when presently wee descried foure shippes at an Anchor whereupon wee manned and armed our Boate which rowed towards the shippes they seeing vs turning in and fearing that which was ranne ashoare with that little they could saue and left vs the rest whereof wee were Masters in a moment and had the rifling of all the Store-houses on the shoare This night I set a good guard in all the shippes longing to see the light of the next morning to put all things in order which appearing I beganne to suruay them and found nothing of moment saue fiue hundred Botozios of Wine two or three thousand of Hennes and some refreshing of Bread Bacon dryed Beefe Waxe Candles and other necessaries The rest of their lading was plankes Sparres and Timber for Lyma and the Valleyes which is a rich Trade for it hath no Timber but that which is brought to it from other places They had also many packs of Indian Mantles but of no value vnto vs with much Tallow and Manteca de Puerco and abundance of great new Chests in which we had thought to bee some great masse of wealth but opening them found nothing but Apples therein all which was good Merchandize in Lyma but to vs of smal account The Merchandize on shore in their store-houses was the like and therefore in the same predicament The Owners of the ships gaue vs to vnderstand that at a reasonable price they would redeeme their ships and loading which I harkened vnto and so admitted certaine persons which might treate of the matter and concluded with them for a small price rather then to burne them sauing for the greatest which I carried with me more to giue satisfaction to my people then for any other respect because they would not be perswaded but that there was much Gold hidden in her otherwise she would haue yeelded vs more then the other three Being in this Treaty one morning at the breake of day came another ship towring into the harbor and standing into the shoare but was becalmed Against her we manned a couple of Boats and tooke her before many houres In this ship we had some good quantitie of Gold which shee had gathered in Baldiuia and the Conception from whence shee came Of this ship was Pilot and part owner Alonso Perezbueno whom we kept for our Pilot on this Coast till moued with compassion for that he was a man charged with wife and children we set him ashoare betwixt Santa and Truxillo Out of this ship we had also store of good Bacon and some prouision of Bread Hens and other victuall We gaue them the ship and the greatest part of her loading freely Here wee supplied our want of Anchors though not according to that which was requisite in regard of the burden of our ship for in the South Sea the greatest Anchor for a ship of sixe or eight hundred tunnes is not a thousand waight partly because it is little subiect to stormes and partly because those they had till our comming were all brought out of the North Sea by Land for they make no Anchors in those Countreyes And the first Artillerie they had was also brought ouer Land which was small the carriage and passage from Nombre de Dios or Porto Bello to Panama being most difficult and steepe vp hill and downe hill they are all carried vpon Negroes backes But some yeeres before my imprisonment they fell to making of Artillery and since they forge Anchors also We furnished our ship also with a shift of sailes of Cotton-cloth whiâh are farre better in that Sea then any of our double sayles for that in all the Nauigation of that Sea they haue little raine and few stormes but where raine and stormes are ordinary they are not good for with the wet they grow so stiffe that they cannot be handled In treating of the ransomes and transporting and lading the prouisions wee made choice of wee spent some sixe or eight dayes at the end whereof with reputation amongst our enemies and a good portion towards our charges and our ship as well stored and victualled as the day we departed from England we set sayle The time we were in this Port I took small rest and so did the Master of our ship Hugh Cornish a most carefull orderly and sufficient man because wee knew our owne weaknesse for entring into the Harbour wee had but seuentie fiue men and boyes fiue ships to guard and euery one moored by himselfe which no doubt if our enemies had knowne they would haue wrought some stratagem vpon vs for the Gouernour of Chily was there on shoare in view of vs an ancient Flanders Souldier and of experience wisdome and valour called Don Alonso de Sotâ Mayor of the habit of Saint Iago who was after Captaine Generall in Terra firme and wrought all the inuentions vpon the Riuer of Chagree and on the shoare when Sir Francis Drake purposed to goe to Panama in the Voyage wherein he died As also at my comming into Spaine hee was President in Panama and there and in Lyma vsed mee with great courtesie like a Noble Souldier and liberall Gentleman hee confessed to mee after that hee lay in ambush with three hundred horse and foot to see if at any time we had landed or neglected our watch with Balsas which is a certaine Raffe made of Masts or Trees fastened together to haue attempted something against vs. Buâ the enemy I feared not so much as the Wine which notwithstanding all the diligence and preuention I could vse day and night ouerthrew many of my people A foule fault because too common amongst Sea-men and deserueth some rigorous punishment with seueritie to be executed A league or better before a man discouer this Bay to the South-wards lieth a great Rocke or small Iland neere the shoare vnder which for a need
build their principall shipping from this Riuer Lima and all the valleyes are furnished with Timber for they haue none but that which is brought from hence or from the Kingdome of Chile By this Riuer passeth the principall trade of the Kingdome of Quito it is Nauigable some leagues into the Land and hath great abundance of Timber Those of the Peru vse to ground and trim their Shippes in Puma or in Panama and in all other parts they are forced to carene their Shippes In Puma it higheth and falleth fifteene or sixteene foote water and from this Iland till a man come to Panama in all the coast it ebbeth and floweth more or lesse keeping the ordinary course which the Tides doe in all Seas The water of this Riuer by experience is medicinable for all aches of the bones for the stone and strangurie the reason which is giuen is because all the bankes and low land adioyning to this Riuer are replenished with Salsaperillia which lying for the most part soaking in the water it participateth of this vertue and giueth it this force In this Riuer and all the Riuers of this coast are great abundance of Alagartoes and it is said that this exceedeth the rest for persons of credit haue certified me that as small fishes in other Riuers abound in scoales so the Alagartoes in this they doe much hurt to the Indians and Spaniards and are dreadfull to all whom they catch within their clutches Some fiue or six leagues to the North-wards of Puma is la Punta de Santa Elena vnder which is good anchoring cleane ground and reasonable succour Being thwart of this point wee had sight of a Shippe which wee chased but being of better saile then wee and the night comming on we lost sight of her and so anchored vnder the Isla de Plata to recouer our Pinnace and Boate which had gone about the other point of the Iland which lyeth in two degrees and fortie minutes The next day we past in sight of Puerto Vicjo in two degrees ten minutes which lying without shipping we directed our course for Cape Passaos It lyeth directly vnder the Equinoctiall line some fourescore leagues to the West-wards of this Cape lyeth a heape of Ilands the Spaniards call Illas de los Galapagos they are desert and beare no fruite from Cape Passaos we directed our course to Cape Saint Francisco which lyeth in one degree to the North-wards of the line and being thwart of it we descried a small Shippe which we chased all that day and night and the next morning our Pinnace came to bourd her but being a Ship of aduise and full of passengers and our Ship not able to fetch her vp they entreated our people badly and freed themselues though the feare they conceiued caused them to cast all the dispatches of the King as also of particulars into the Sea with a great part of their loading to be lighter and better of saile for the Ships of the South Sea loade themselues like lighters or sand barges presuming vpon the securitie from stormes Being out of hope to fetch vp this Shippe we stood in with the Cape where the Land beginneth to trend about to the East-wards The Cape is high land and all couered ouer with trees and so is the land ouer the Cape and all the coast from this Cape to Panama is full of wood from the Straits of Magelan to this Cape of San Francisco In all the coast from head-land to head-land the courses lye betwixt the North and North and by West and sometimes more Westerly and that but seldome It is a bold coast and subiect to little foule weather or alteration of windes for the Brese which is the Southerly winde bloweth continually from Balparizo to Cape San Francisco except it be a great chance Trending about the Cape wee haled in East North-east to fetch the Bay of Atacames which lyeth some seuen leagues from the Cape In the mid way some three leagues from the shore lyeth a banke of sand whereof a man must haue a care for in some parts of it there is but little water The tenth of Iune we came to an anchor in the Bay of Atacames which on the Wester part hath a round hammock It seemeth an Iland in high Springs I iudge that the Sea goeth round about it To the Eastwards it hath a high sandie Cliffe and in the middest of the Bay a faire birth from the shoare lieth a bigge blacke Rocke aboue water from this Rocke to the sandy Cliffe is a drowned Marsh ground caused by his lownesse And a great Riuer which is broad but of no depth Manning our Boate and running to the shoare wee found presently in the Westerne bight of the Bay a deepe Riuer whose Indraught was so great that we could not benefit our selues of it being brackish except at a low water which hindred our dispatch yet in fiue dayes wee filled all our emptie Caske supplied ouâ want of wood and grounded and put in order our Pinnasse Here for that our Indians serued vs to no other vse but to consume our victuals we eased our selues of them gaue them Hookes and Lines which they craued and some bread for a few dayes and replanted them in a rarre better Countrey then their owne which fell out luckily for the Spaniards of the Shippe which wee chased thwart of Cape San Francisco for victuals growing short with her hauing many mouthes shee was forced to put ashoare fifty of her passengers neere the Cape whereof more then the one halfe died with famine and continuall wading through Riuers and waters the rest by chance meeting with the Indians which we had put ashore with their fishing guide and industry were refreshed sustained and brought to habitation Our necessary businesse being ended we purposed the fifteenth day of May in the morning to setsaile but the foureteenth in the euâning we had sight of a Shippe some three leagues to Sea-wards and through the importunitie of my Captaine and Companie I condiscended that our Pinnace should giue her chase which I should not haue done for it was our destruction I gaue them precise order that if they stood not in againe at night they should seeke me at Cape San Francisco for the next morning I purposed to set sayle without delay and so seeing that our Pinnace slowed her comming at nine of the clocke in the morning we waied our Anchors and stood for the Cape where we beate off and on two dayes and our Pinnace not appearing wee stood againe into the Bay where we descried heâ turning in without a maine Mast which standing off to the Sea close by with much winde and a ch ãâ¦ã ng Seâ bearing a taut-sayle where a little was too much being to small purpose sodainely tâey bare it by the bourd and standing in with the shore the winde or rather God blinding thâm for our punishment they knew not the
que por esto no seauisto permitirles ni darseles licencia paraque de aqui adelante puedan sin nuestra expressa y particular licencia nauegar tratar y contratar enla dicha carrera y que si lo hesieren demas de incurrir en las penas contenidas en nuestras leyes ordenanças cartas y prouisiones este pardon y gracia sea y ayadeser ninguno y de ningun valor y effecto y mandamos alos del nostro conseio delas Indias y alos nostros Iuezes y Officiales de la casâ dela contratacion y a otras quales quier Iuezes y Iusticias que assilo guarden y cumplan fecha enel monastero de Sanct Lorenço el real a diez dias del mes de Agusto anno del Sennor de mill y quinien tos y setenta y vn annos YEL REY Por mandado de su Mag. S. Antonio Gracian V. Md. perdone a Iuano Aquins Ingles y a sus companneros le pena enque incurrienzo porauer nauegado y contratado enlas Indeas contra las ordenes de V. Md. CHAP. VII A briefe Relation of an Englishman which had beene thirteene yeeres Captiue to the Spaniards in Peru c. THe eleuenth of October 1602. we departed from the Citie of Lyma and that day wee set sayle from the Calloa in the Contadora Captaine Andrea Brocho The fifteenth of October wee came into Payta and there watered and tooke in fresh victuals and set sayle from thence the foure and twentieth of the same for Mexico 1602. The fourteenth of December we came to an anchor in Acapulca we were becalmed in 17. degrees and an halfe foure and twentie dayes and were set with the current into 23. degrees to the Northward we came all the coast alongst from Colyma and Nauydad to Acapulca The twentieth of December we came from Acapulca with sixe Mules and on Christmas Day in the morning we came to Zumpanga a Towne of Indians where wee remayned all that day being betweene this Towne and Acapulca thirtie leagues no Towne betwixt The last of December wee came to Querna vaca a Towne in the Marquesado of Hernan Cortes thirteene leagues from Mexico The first of Ianuarie we came into the great Citie of Mexico where we remayned vntill the seuenteenth at which time we came from Mexico in the euening and came two leagues that night The next day we came to Irazing which is seuen leagues from Mexico where wee remayned two dayes The fiue and twentieth of Ianuarie wee came to Pueblo de los Angelos passing in our way the Vulcan being from Mexico twentie leagues and thorow Chullula The thirtieth of Ianuarie I went to Atrizco where we were sixe dayes being fiue leagues from Mexico The sixteenth of Februarie we came from the Pueblo de los Angelos with fourteene Carts fiue or sixe temes of Oxen in a Cart for to come to the Citie of Vera cruz The seuenth of March 1603. wee came into the Vera cruz the new Towne where wee remayned vntill the eight of Aprill staying for a ship of aduise Tuesday the eight of Aprill we set sayle from Saint Iuo de Ullua in a Barque of aduise called the Saint Lazaro the Captaines name was Diego Garces being of the burden of thirtie tunnes the Pilot named Diego Vyedall we were eight and twentie persons 1603. The nine and twentieth of Aprill we had sight of the Martyrs and were in two fathomes water off them we saw no more nor no other while we fell with Alla Rocha in Barbarie which was the 14. of Iune The sixteenth of Iune wee had sight of Chiprone and Cales that night we came into S. Lucar The seuenteenth of Iune in the morning the Kings Officers came aboord of vs for the Kings Letters and the Letters of the Mexico Fleet where I heard newes of our good Queene Elizabeths death and our King Iames his comming to the Crowne in peace Heere I was discharged and had my libertie giuen me so I went to Syuill the nineteenth day where I remayned vntill the one and twentieth of September at which time I came to Wellua in the Condado The fift of Nouember I came from Wellua in the George of London Master Iuano Whary the ship was Master Hangers I arriued at the Reculluers the seuenth of December 1603. being since my departure from England thirteene yeeres and nine moneths of captiuitie for the which the Lord be praised and make me thankfull all the dayes of my life Amen CHAP. VIII The Relation of ALEXANDRO VRSINO concerning the coast of Terra Firma and the secrets of Peru and Chili where he had liued foure and thirtie yeeres THe first Towne inhabited of the Spaniards is Saint Iohn in the I le of Porto ricco it is a very poore Towne They haue no Bread but in stead thereof they vse a certaine Roote called Cazaue There is in the Towne about sixtie Spaniards and a Fort. In Saint Domingo there is a very strong Fort with aboue eightie great Peeces of Ordnance It is one of the fairest Cities in all the Indies there are aboue seuen hundred Spaniards in it It is a Bishoprike There is next the Towne of Monte Christo wherein there are about eightie Spaniards There is a small Fort. Then Ocoa which is a very good Port where the Fleete both comming and going doe put in for fresh water and wood and other necessaries Then Porto de Plata a small Towne with a little Fort about seuentie or eightie Spaniards Porto Reale a dishabited Towne but a very good Port. There is nothing else in the I le of Spagnola of any importance There are aboue 22000. Negros men and women slaues From Saint Domingo to Iamaica an hundred leagues in this I le there is but one Towne which standeth three leagues within the Land There are in it about fiftie Spaniards In all these places they make Sugar in great abundance but especially at Saint Domingo there are aboue eightie Ingenios or Sugar-houses They haue neither Siluer nor Gold They eate of the foresaid Roote for Bread in euery place The I le of Spaniola is inhabited onely by the Spaniards there is not one Naturall of the Countrey From Iamaica to Cartagena one hundred leagues This Cartagena is a faire Citie a very strong Fort in the Hauen mouth and Artilerie in three parts of the Towne A Bishoprike They haue neither Siluer nor Gold there are about 150. Spaniards Next to this is Tulu inhabited of the Spaniards about fortie or fiftie it is eighteene leagues from Cartagena alongst the coast Then Santa Martha a Citie with a small Fort about 100. Spaniards there they gather great quantity of Gold very fine they are a fierce people Santa Martha is fiftie leagues from Cartagena longst the same coast Vpon the same coast is Nombre de dios about seuentie leagues from Cartagena they haue no Fort but vpon the hauen
mile of the Sea and in some other places a league off from the Sea The same Loma is in breadth in some places halfe a league and in other places a league which is the greatest breadth that it beareth Betweene this Loma de Camana and the Sea is nothing growing but barren sands and stones And within the said Loma is also barren for the space of eight or ten leagues And in all the said circuit both of the Loma and from it to the Sea and also in towards the land the said distance of eight or ten leagues in neuer raineth But farder into the Land where the hils and mountaines are there it raineth and sometimes snoweth A di 24. Luglio 1581. Alessandro Orsino Romano antico dico che son de tempo de cinquanta vno agnos Io son stado Trenta quatro agnos nel regno del Peru e ho caminado todo el regno CHAP. IX Notes of the West Indies gathered out of PEDRO ORDONNES de Ceuallos a Spanish Priest his larger obseruations SAnta Fe de Bogota is the Mother Citie of the New Kingdome of Granada an Archbishops See and of the Chamber Muso is subiect to it where is store of the best Emeralds taken out of a rocke which a long time cannot waste The fifth thereof is of inestimable value to the King An Indian found there a stone which was sent to King Phillip and his daughter Clara Eugenia the price whereof was aboue all price nor could the Goldsmiths value it In Saint Iuan de los llanos are men with white faces In all the Kingdome the townes are very frequent There are aboue 14000. Negros which worke in the Mines there In Quito two things are deere Wine which is worth eight Rials a quart if brought from Lima and twelue from Spaine and Asses of which one hath beene worth 1500. Pesos and that for the store of Mares in those parts It is a prouerbe What is dearest in Quito An Asse In Lima no houses are couered with roofes bee they neuer so large because they neuer haue raine No Citie in India is richer then it Out of Potosi are yeerely gathered great treasures Ouer the top of this Mountaine alway hangs a cloud euen in the cleerest dayes as it were marking and pointing out the riches thereof It riseth in forme of a Pyramis three leagues high enuironed with cold ayre At the foot is the Citie Potosi inhabited by twentie thousand Spanish men and ten thousand women as many Negroes and foure thousand Indians Within six leagues about is no pasture of grasse so that to it Wood and Corne are brought from other places The entrance and Myne-workes are so dangerous what they which goe in vse to take the Sacrament of the Altar as if they went to their death because few returne The Earle of Villar made a proclamation that all the Indians should haue leaue and libertie to labour in this Myne and to haue foure Rialls a day for each mans worke which they were before forced to doe for nothing since which the King hath receiued greater profit The King receiueth thence yeerely eight or ten millions of Siluer The metalls lie two hundred Stades or mans heights beneath the earth Raine is very needfull for the Myne-workes which vsually falls about Christmasse Then the President of Charcas comes thither as also to haue care of the Quick-siluer that in Februarie and March they may be readie for Lima. Chile hath two Bishoprickes of Chile and Saint Iago It brings forth the fruits of Castile greater then Spaine it sâlfe There are many Gold Mynes if the Auracan Indians could be compelled to the workes which doe our men great harmes I went into Chile from Peru and thence returned to Quito Mexico is as great as Siuill There dwell in it three thousand Spaniards many more women two hundred thousand Indians twentie thousand Negros The Natiues are capable of Arts and Discipline They very much honour Priests Monkes and Regulars and when the Bell rings to Sermon the Indian Boyes run vp and downe the streets crossing their fore-heads When they goe out of the Church they cry Blessed be our Lord Iesus Christ and blessed bee his Mother Saint Marie the Priest answeres For euer and they Amen They are liberall Almes-giuers to mee saying Masse I remember they gaue an hundred Duckets D. Martin Cortez Marquesse of the Vallie was author of this reuerence to Priests by his owne example which would stand still bare headed till a Priest were past and sometimes would goe forth to meet him and kisse his hand In New Spaine is such store of cattell that one man often kills one thousand Beeues and as many Goates and sends their hides into Spaine The Magurie tree or Cabuya yeelds Wine Vineger Hony Beds Threads Needles out of the prickles of the leaues Tables and hafts of Kniues besides many medicinable vses From Mexico to Acapulpo the Hauen on the South Sea are ninetie leagues and well inhabited The Vice-roy is President at the Court at Lima and Gouernor and Captaine Generall of that Territory and of Charcas and Quito He hath fortie thousand Duckets salary and the charges of Warre are paid by the King The Territory of Lima containeth in circuit three hundred leagues Callao is the Port two leagues from Lima the chiefe in all the South Sea where the Vice-roy vseth to abide much for furnishing the Fleets which carry the treasure The Mynes of Oruto are giuen ouer for want of Qâick-siluer or as some say lest the Inhabitants of Potosi should remoue thither Guacouelica hath rich Siluer Mynes which yeerely yeeld eight thousand Quintals But some Mountaines falling haue stopped the mynings Saint Francis of Quito is vnder the line very temperate three hundred leagues from Lima. There is a Chancery Bishop Deane and Vniuersitie The Territory of this Court extends two hundred and sixtie leagues Neere the Citie are many burning Hills There is a twofold gouernment in the Indies one of Spaniards which is the same with that of Spaine the other of Indians The Spaniards in these parts neither plow the ground nor worke in the Mynes especiall there where they are accounted gentlemen Scarcesly shal you find any Spanish youth which will betake himselfe to the seruice of any man except the Vice-roy They trade with Merchandise are set ouer the Kings Rents Garrisons and Myners The Indians are base minded They solemnize the Feasts of the Sacrament Easter and Midsomerday with Dances Musicke Processions and in the Temples religiously On Mandy Thursday they are all chastised In guilds they are obseruant On a certaine day they are compelled to render account of all their goods and possessions They procure Masses at Funeralls They are generally wittie liers and strong drinkers They will drinke two or three dayes together closly and sometimes a whole weeke Their Feasts are like the Negros with songs and dances With
with a great number of Hogs which are as tame as ours they haue Hennes Capons Partriges Duckes Turtles Pigeons Stock-doues and Goats as one of my Captaines did see And the Indians themselues haue giuen vs notice of Cowes and Oxen. There are also sundry sorts of fish Harghi Persereyes Lize Soles Trowts Shads Macabises Casanes Pampani Pilchard Thorn-backes or Skate-fish Cuculi Congers Porposes Rochets Muscles Lobsters and many other the names whereof I cannot now remember But it is probable that there are diuers other kindes since those which I haue recounted were taken hard by our ships And vpon ripe and serious consideration of that which I haue represented vnto you a man may easily collect that such plentifull and different varieties of all things may yeeld great and singular delights There is stuffe for Marchpaneâ and sweet Confections of all sorts without borrowing any Spice for the composition of them else where And for my Mates the Mariners besides those particulars which I haue before set downe there will bee no want of Gammons Sawsages and other salt meates which Hogges doe yeeld neither of Vineger Spiceries and other Sawces that serue for delicacie and to awake the appetite And you must oberue that many of these things are the same with those which we haue in our parts and possibly they are there in greater abundance by all which it is easily to be coniectured that this Countrey is fit for the production of all that which groweth in Europe 4. The Riches which I haue seene in those parts are Siluer and Pearle another Captaine in his Relation doth report that he hath seene Gold which are the three most precious Darlings that he and are cherished in the bosome of Nature wee haue also both seene much Nutmegs Mace Ginger and Pepper There is also notice of Cinamon and it is likely that Cloues may be found in those parts since so many other sorts of Spiceries and Aromaticall drugges doe prosper there and that the rather because these Countryes lye very neere the parallell of the Iles of Terrenatte Bachian and the Moluccos There are likewise materials for all sorts of Silke and wee haue seene Aâise-seed and excellent good Ebonie as also other kindes of wood proper for the building of as many ships as one will desire and stuffe to make sayles for the same Three sorts of materials there are wherewithall to make Cordage and one of them is very like vnto our Hemp. Moreouer out of the Oyle of Cocos whereof I haue already made mention there is a kind of bituminous stuffe extracted called Galagala which may be well vsed for Pitch They make also a kind of Rosen with which the Indians pitch their Boats which they call Piraguas And since there are Goats and Kowes in those parts without question we shall haue Goat-skins Leather Tallow and flesh in full abundance The Bees which we haue seene there doe make proofe that there will be no scarcitie of Honey and Waxe And there is good appearance to discouer many other things which are not yet knowne to say nothing touching the forme and scite of the Countrey Vnto all which if that bee adioyned which the industry of man may contribute to those parts since there is such abundance of commodities which the Countrey it selfe doth yeeld and such hope to transport thither those things which grow with vs the best and choisest which Peru and New Spaine bring forth I haue resolued to transferre thither it is to bee hoped that this will so enrich that Countrey that it will be able to nourish and furnish not only the Inhabitants of the same and those of America but giue an accession vnto Spaine it selfe both of Riches and extent of command and this may bee accomplished after the manner which I haue proiected and will vnfold vnto those which shall lend an assisting hand for the guiding and consummation of this worke Now by that Land which we haue alreadie discouered outwardly and along the shoares without entrance into the inward parts we doe conceiue a certaine Argument that as much Riches Commodities and greatnesse may bee hoped from thence as wee haue already in these Countreyes And you may bee pleased to vnderstand that my principall ayme was to take a view only of these ample Regions which we haue discouered for by reason of many sicknesses which haue weakened me and some other chances whereof I will at this time make no mention I was not able to suruay all which I desired neither could I in a full moneth haue seene all that which I was of my selfe inclinable to view You are not to make your iudgement of the Indians that inhabit these Countreyes according to the honour of the people here or conceiue them to bee affected with the same desires pleasures necesities or estimation of things that we are But you are to make account that they are a people whose care is studiously placed vpon this that they may liue easily in this World and passe their dayes with the least paine and perturbation they can And this is indeed their practise for they do not bestow themselues on those things which with such vexation and torment we here labour to obtaine 5. There are found in this Countrey as many commodities both for the support and delectation of the life of man as may bee expected from a soyle that is Manurable pleasant and verie temperate It is a fat and fertile Land wherein many places clay is found which will prooue of excellent vse to build houses and to make Tiles and Brickes and will serue for whatsoeuer is vsually made of earth There is Marble and other good stones wherewith if there bee occasion there may bee built structures of greater State and Magnificence The Countrey aboundeth in wood fit for all workes and vses whereunto the same is commonly put There are spacious and goodly plaines and fields that are diuided and interlated with Brookes Trenches and Riuers There are great and high Rockes sundry Torrents Riuers great and little on which water-mils for Corne may with much commodiousnesse be built and placed as also Engins to make Sugar Tucking-mils Forges and all other Instruments which in their vse doe require water We haue found Salt-pits there and which is a note of the fertilitie of the soile there are in many places Canes whereof some are fiue or sixe handfuls thick with fruit answerable to that proportion The top of that Fruit is verie small and hard and the skinne thereof is exceeding sweet There are also flints for fire equall in goodnesse with those of Madrid The Bay of Saint Iames and Saint Philip hath twentie leagues of banke and is without mudde into which there is a sure and safe entrance both by day and night It is sheltered and couered with many houses whiâh in the day time we haue seene afarre off to send forth smoke and in the night store of fire The Hauen called The true Crosse is of that spacious
inuidias y a su pessar de todas ellas V. M. ha de conseguir el mas principal intento que es solo hazer la guerra al infierno que tanto estrago haze en vn numero tan copiâso de almas redimidas por la persona de Christo con la esperanea que queda de quantas se han de saluar andando tiempos siendo la saluacion de vna sola de tanto precio quae si necessario fuera el mismo Christo viniera a dar la vida por ella Y con esto queda Sennor bien entendido de quanto valor es este hecho y quantos premios dara Dios por auerlo contanto amor y feruor intentado y quantos mas grados de gloria tendra V. M. si da fin a esta obra de tanta piedad y misericordia y tan digna de recebir en la memoria de las gentes aduirtiendo que no sera con tanto gasto de dâneros ni de hombres ni con Aquellos estragos ruynas y escandalos que suele auer para auerigar el derecho de muy pequennos estados sino poner debaxo de la proteccion Real con medios todos muy suaues y iustificados quanto los puedo mostrar vna tan gran parte de toda la tierra poblada para en ella sembrar bienes y costellos frutos que yo espero en Dios han de ser muchos muy dulces muy ricos y muy duraderos y solo quiero por paga de tanto quanto tanto vale que V. M. crea la mportancia del caso y quanto conuiene loque pido y que en todo trato verdad y que es animo de vender todo lo passado presente y venidero por vn precio y este es Sennor de valde A note of Australia del Espiritu Santo Written by Master HAKLVYT SImon Fernandez a Pilot of Lisbone told me Richard Hakluyt before other Portugals in London the eighteenth of March 1604. That he hauing beene in the Citie of Lima in Peru did perfectly vnderstand that foure ships and barkes departed from the said Citie of Lima about the yeere 1600. in the moneth of February toward the Philippinas Their Generall was a Mestizo that is to say the Sonne of a Spaniârâ and an Indian woman And that seeking to make way toward the Philippinas they were driuen with strong Northerne winds to the South of the Equinoctiall Line and fell with diuers rich Couâtreyes and Ilands as it sâemeth not farre from the Iles of Salomon One chiefe place they called Monte de Plata for the great abundance of siluer that is like to be there For they found two crownes worth of siluer as he reported in two handfuls of dust And the people gaue them for Iron as much and more in quantitie of siluer They report that this place is two moneths sayling from Lima and as much backe againe Concerning this Voyage also the Licentiate Luis de Tribaldo a Gentleman of qualitie in the Conde de villa Mediana the Spanish Ambassadours house told me Richard Hakluyt that two yeeres past he saw at Madrid a Captaine of quality suâng for license to conquer this place that he obtained the same And that diuers religious men and Fathers were to goe to conuert them to Christianitie They arriued at their returne from this Voyage at Peru in the moneth of August CHAP. XI The Historie of LOPEZ VAZ a Portugall taken by Captaine WITHRINGTON at the Riuer of Plate Anno 1586. with this Discourse about him touching American places discoueries and occurents abridged NOua Hispania was called so by the Spaniards when they made Discouery of it for that it was like the Country of Spaine though the people of the Country termed the Land after their owne Countrey Language some one part after one some after another the most part of the people called it Eucata This Countrey hath sundry great Prouinces in it so fruitfull of all kinde of necessaries in it for man that there is neither Africa Asia nor Europe that is better for that of sustenance for mans bodie there lacketh no store as Wheat and all other Graines all beasts necessary for man to eate or to vse with great store of Silkes Mynes of Gold Siluer Stones and Pearle The Countrey is very well inhabited so that it is thought there is no part of the World better The King of Spaine because hee hath many other Countries vnder him hee doth little esteeme of this Countrey but doth take out of it all things that are for his profit hauing vsed those people with great crueltie and taking of them much Tribute this Land hath many Ports in the North Sea and much more in the South Sea the principall Ports in the North side is Saint Iuan de Lua At this place doth he discharge the Armadas that come from Spaine and from this place they carrie their Merchandize to the great Citie of Mexico which Citie is sixtie leagues within the Land and knowne by the Parishes in the same to haue a hundred and fiftie thousand faire houses of Indians and six thousand faire houses the Spaniards haue in it The feare and reuerence that they vse towards the Spaniards is such that one Spaniard may goe among a thousand of them and strike the chiefest of them and vse his pleasure without any word giuen by the Indians to the contrarie such is the feare that these silly people haue of the Spaniards But now thankes be to Almightie God the Indians of that Country and Kingdome are become Christians yet notwithstanding now and then the old men hauing not forgotten their former Law doe vse their Idolatry which being knowne are very cruelly corrected by the Friers for the same offence The people of this Kingdome are of a sharpe wit and good vnderstanding for whatsoeuer it be Sciences or other Arts these people are very apt to learne it with small instructing the Indians of this Countrie doe make great store of Woollen Cloth and Silkes so that they now beginne to carrie of these Silkes for Spaine And haue all other things necessarie that any other Kingdome of the Christians haue onely Wine and Oyle which the King of Spaine denieth to haue made there but such as commeth from Spaine because of his customes notwithstanding the King doth allow them to plant Vineyards for to eate of the Grapes This Land is greatly commended not for that aboue mentioned nor yet for the Gold and Siluer Mynes that it hath but for the great number of Ports for shipping it hath in the South Sea where they make many great ships with the which ships they haue traffique with them of Peru and Parawna and then they haue a Trade to the Philippinas and to the Ilands of Moluccas and China so that the commodities which the Portugall carrieth for Portugall out of the East Indies are likewise brought to
of March which is the latter end of Summer so that the Countrey was full of snow and withall a sudden storme came that he could not see Sarmiento and his men ashoare but returned the second time to the Coast of Brasill to the Riuer of Ienero where he heard newes of the English ships by the two ships that escaped from the Englishmen whereupon hee left his Lieutenant Diego de Ribera and Sarmiento that they might the next yeere returne for the Straits So Diego de Flores with foure ships which hee had left and other foure which the King had sent to succour him went all along the Coast to seeke for the Englishmen but could not find them for they were gone directly for England so he went vnto a Port called Parayna where he found fiue French ships and burnt three and tooke two and also the Fort that the Frenchmen had and put in Spaniards and the Frenchmen runne into the Mountaynes to the Sauages this done he returned for Spaine And his Lieutenant Diego de Ribera and Sarmiento had the next yeere such good fortune that they arriued safely into the Straits with all their ships and so set ashore foure hundred men and because the ships Boat could not land being once laden the ship that had all the victuals and munition that ship they runne ashoare in a Bay and as the water did ebbe they tooke all things out of her this beeing done Diego de Ribera left Sarmiento with foure hundred men thirtie women and a ship with victuals for eight moneths and with the other three returned being in the Straits but eight dayes Now Pedro Sarmiento made a Towne at the mouth of the Straits on the Northside and put therein a hundred and fiftie men and from hence hee went by Land and sent the ship further into the Straits and fiftie leagues within the Straits at the narrowest place of all where is a very good Port here he made another Towne which he named the Towne of King Philip and also would haue made a Fort and planted Ordnance for the defence of the Straits but the Snow and the Winter was so great that hee could not proceed in it but hee tooke aboue fiue and twentie Mariners into the ship with him and said hee would goe see how the other people did and so came to the Straits mouth to the Towne and after hee had beene there a day or two with them he said that a storme put him from the Straits by force and broke his Cables but his men said to the contrary that he himselfe cut his Cables God knoweth the truth and so he came to the Riuer of Ienero and not finding any succour there came from the King hee went to Fernambocke asking aide of the Captaine for victuals the Captaine incontinent laded his ship with victuals and clothes for the men so that hauing these things hee tooke his way for the Straites but betweene the Cape of Saint Augustine and the Baya the wind came out of the Sea with such violence that it forced the ship to runne ashore where Sarmiento had three of his men drowned and he with the rest hardly escaped the ship was lost and all that was in her And then he came by Land to the Baya and the Gouernour of Brasill bought a Barke that was there in the Harbour and lading her with victuals and clothes for the men hee hauing this prouision with diuers other more that were needfull for his men he tooke his Voyage for the Straits and comming as high as fortie foure degrees he met with a sudden storme and was forced to throw all ouer-boord that he carried and was yet in the end compelled to returne for the Riuer of Ienero where hee stayed for succour from the King a whole yeere but there came not so much as a Letter for him for the King was sore grieued at Pedro Sarmiento because he told him that in the narrowest place of the Straits it was but a mile ouer but Diego de Ribera and others told the King that it was aboue a league broad that if a ship came with wind and current all the Ordnance in the World could not hurt them whereby the King thought that Pedro Sarmiento had deceiued him in making him to lose so many men and to be at so great a charges to no effect Also the Gouernour of Baya seeing the King wrote not to him would giue Sarmiento no more succour wherefore Sarmiento went in his ship for Spaine which he came last in from the Straits and it is said that he was taken by Englishmen and so carried for England It is reported that this Sarmiento is the best Manner in all Spainè and hath say led farthest After all this the Captaine of the Riuer Ienero âent a small ship with victuals for the Straits but was also put backe in fortie degrees This is all the Discouery that hath beene of the Straits of Magelanes as well by the Spaniards as other Nations vnto this yeere 1586. It is fâure yeeres since these poore and miserable Spaniards were ãâã in the Straits from which time there hath no succour gone vnto them so God he knoweth whether they be dead or aliue The Land that heth from the Straits to the Coast of Chili no man hath trauelled it by land because of the great Mountaines of Snow that lye in that Countrey as also I may well say that it hath not often beene done by Sea for that all the ships that haue passed that way haue at the least gone thirtie leagues of the shore because of the shoalds and many little Ilands that lie of the mayne land and therefore there is nothing knowne what is in that Countrey The first Inhabitance that you haue after you passe the Straits is on the Coast of Chili and is called Castro it is the worst place of all the Coast for that in it there is small store of Gold and little victuall and very cold this place is compassed with many shoalds so that it is a Port but for small Barkes The next to this is Baldiuia but before I passe any further I will declare vnto you the situation of Chili This Coast lieth North and South and is in length aboue a hundred leagues and it is not in breadth aboue fiue and twentie leagues at the most there runne from the great Mountaines into the Sea great store of Riuers which maketh many Valleyes and is the fruitfullest land in the World for that it hath bread wine and other victuals great store These Riuers bee very rich of Gold and for to shew you in few words all that this Prouince hath I say that this land lacketh nothing but might be called Paradise but for that it lacketh only one thing and that is peace This land was first discouered in this order after the Spaniards had conquered the Kingdome of Peru as hereafter I will shew vnto you they found in this Kingdome
euery yeere many goe from Peru thither but none returne They haue sacked two Townes and killed all they found in them carrying away the women and daughters and seruants and lastly they killed in an Enboscada the Gouernour Loyola which was married to a daughter of Don Diego Sayritupac the Inca which went from Viliacapampa before your Worship went to those parts God haue mercy on the dead and giue remedie to the liuing Other things he writ so irkesome that I forbeare to recite as of the plagues of Arequepa one of which was that Wheate was worth that yeere ten or eleuen Ducats and Maiz thirteene Anno 1602. the disasters of Arequepa continued as the Iesuites haue written Anno 1604. Padre Maestro Francisco de Castro gaue mee this further Relation of Chili Of thirteene Cities which are in this Realme of Chili the Indians haue destroyed sixe viz. Valdiuio Imperiall Angol Sancta Cruz Chillan and Conception They wasted and consumed therein the Houses Churches Deuotion Beantie of the fields and yet the greatest misery is that the Indians haue gathered heart and courage for greater spoyles and destructions of Cities and Monasteries They haue bent their minds to mischiefe and cunning stratagems They besieged the Citie Osorno and consuming the Spanish forces they retired to a Fort in which they haue held them as it were in a continuall siege the besieged sustayning themselues with seeds and herbes In one of the sieges which that Citie sustained they broke the Images in the last they killed the Centinels and safely entred and seised the Fort the Spaniards not perceiuing and whiles they were busie in spoyle the Spaniards came on them and got from them the women and Nuns The last Victory of the Indians was the taking of Villarrica with great slaughter of Spaniards firing it in foure parts They killed all the Freers of Saint Domingo Saint Francis and our Lady of Pitie and the Clergie men they captiued all the women which were many and of a good account Now let vs returne to the Inca Yupanqui who now determined to ceasse further inuading and conquest His Realme now extending a thousand leagues He made many Fortresses and Temples to the Sunne and Nunneries and Royall Palaces and Conueyances of water Especially hee bestowed paines on the Fortresse of Cozco for which his Father had brought great store of stones He visited his Kingdome to see with his eyes the necessities thereof that he might remedie them which he did with such care that he merited the surname of Pious After which hee dyed full of Trophees hauing enlarged his Empire so farre to the South and a hundred and forty leagues Northwards Tupac Inqua Yupanqui his eldest Sonne succeeded The Fortresse of Cozco which hee built may seeme a worke of Deuils rather then men the stones or Rockes rather in three circuits about being so many and great the Indians hauing neither Iron nor Steele to cut or worke them nor Oxen nor Carts to draw them but all done with force of men with great Cables and that thorow vneuen wayes in rough Mountains Many of them they brought ten twelue fifteen leagues particularly that stone which the Indians call Saycusca that is wearied which was brought fifteene leagues and passed the Riuer Yucay little lesse then Guadalquiuir at Corduba The most came from Muyna fiue leagues off Many of them are so close that scarsly the place where they are ioyned can be discerned which required the lifting vp and often setling one stone vpon another hauing neyther Square nor Rule Nor could they make Cranes or any sort of Engine to helpe them It seemes that the Incas thought hereby to expresse their magnificence and power and the skill of their workmen This Fortresse was built on a Hill on the Northside of the Citie so steepe that way that it could not bee assaulted and therefore one wall serued on that side two hundred fathomes long They had no morter but vsed a kind of coloured clay faster then it On the other parts they made three wals one before another each aboue two hundred fathomes in forme of a halfe Moone there were stones in them but such as were admirably great A Priest of Montilla hauing beene in Peru and seene them told me that hee could not imagine how they could be laid but by the blacke Art And indeed this in respect of the want of Art may bee said to exceed the seuen Wonders of the World for it is easie to conceiue how the Pyramides of Egypt and wals of Babylon might be made which here is not Euâry wall in the midst had one gate which had one stone eleuated the breadth and height thereof Betwixt one wall and another was about thirty foot the battlements were aboue a yard high The height I cannot exactly tell Within those wals were three strong Forts the middlemost called Moyoc Marca or the round Fort in which was a Conduit of good water brought farre off vnder ground the Indians knew not whence it was knowne only to the Inca and some chiefe Councellors In this the Kings remained when they went to visit the Fortresse and the wals were all adorned with gold and siluer and counterfeits of beasts and birds and plants enchased therein which serued for Tapestry The second Fort was called Paucar Marca the third Sacllac Marca both square with Roomes for Souldiers which must be Incas of priuiledge for no other Nation might enter it being the house of the Sunne for warre as Temples were for Prayer The Captaine was of the bloud Royall legitimate They had vnder earth passages from one Fort to another very artificiall with Labyrintian windings and turnings inextricable but by a Thread When I was a Boy I often saw the ruines thereof but none of vs durst enter the Vaults further then wee had Sun-light The whole worke was of stone some polished some rude They had to draw the great Stone Saycusca twenty thousand Indians with Cables one halfe before the other behind in one vneuen passage it killed three or foure thousand Indians They call it wearied because they were wearie and neuer layd it in the building The Architect was Callacunczuy The Spaniards not only doe not repaire the Fortresse but pull it downe to build their priuate houses euery of their houses in the Citie beeing therewith adorned In such manner haue they cast so great Maiesty to the ground The three wals stand because they cannot ruine them for their greatnesse yet some part they demolished to seeke the Chaine of gold which Huayna Capac made This Inca beganne this Fortresse which continued fiftie yeeres before it was finished THe Great Tupac Inca Yupanqui his name Tupac signifieth Resplendent or Illustrious for such were his Acts after the accomplishment of solemnities concerning his Fathers Funerals and his owne Coronation which consumed one yeere visited his Kingdome the better to know and to be knowne of his
security of the Countrey he would still detayne him with a guard till more Spaniards came for his security specially considering that hee had taken order for leuying of men of warre to assault the Spaniards which hee had no meanes to auoid but by keeping him fast and his Captayne Generall Chilichuchima A few dayes after the Indians reuealed the Treasons of that Tyrant notwithstanding all his good vsage by the Gouernour and Spaniards which was preuented by his death his sentence of burning by reason of his Baptisme being executed with strangling and after his death some part of his clothes and flesh were burned It was late in the Euening and the next morning he was solemnely buried in the Church as if he had beene the chiefe Spaniard in the Campe which gaue much satisfaction to his principall Caciques and Captaines This done in presence of many Commanders and Cacikes he gaue them a Lord in the name of the Emperour a Sonne of Guaynacaba Huayna Capac or as the Spaniards vse to call him Guainacapac called Atabalipa to whom the Empire was due and placed him in his Seat they all offering the Rites of vassallage to him to wit a white feather according to their custome The new Inca fasted three dayes for the deceassed shut vp from all societie but his Pages and after came forth honourably attired and attended with about fifty Cacikes and Captaines there present and did eat together on the ground for they vse no Tables after which he offered a white Feather in token of his vassallage to the Emperour The Gouernour receiued it and embraced him with much loue and concluded a peace taking the names of the Cacikes and the Countries vnder their command and intimated that he was sent by his Emperour to giue them knowledge of the true God Father Sonne and Holy Ghost and what they should obserue for their saluation and that that God and his Vicars left on earth for he ascended to Heauen their to remayne in glorie had giuen those Prouinces to the Emperour to take charge thereof who had sent him to instruct them in the Christian Faith and to bring them vnder his obedience and caused his Commission to bee read and interpreted to them They all acknowledged the Emperour for their supreme Lord and next vnder him their Lord Atabalipa and in signe thereof lifted vp each of them twice the Royall Banner All this act was entred into writing with testimonies and great Feasts were made by them At this time the Gouernour ceased the partition of the Gold and Siluer amongst the Spaniards and Atabalipa gaue the Gold of the Fifths Royal to the Treasurer of his Maiesty which was carried to Xauxa where the Gouernour intended to plant a Colonie of Spaniards hauing intelligence of the good Countrey thereabouts He prouided him of Indians for carriages and sent a Captaine with ten Horsemen to inhabit Saint Michaels till ships came and after that to returne to Xauxa He heard that some of Atabalipas Captaines had slaine Gariticus his Brother which grieued much both the Gouernour and the present Atabalipa He as he marched heard of diuers which were vp in Armes against him fiue leagues from Xauxa whereupon he put Chilichuchima in chaines by whose meanes the report was that they had done it They went and adioyned themselues to Quizquiz When he came to Xauxa none of his Spaniards were willing to abide there because the Countrey was in Armes yet he left a Colony of eighty men with Officers About this time died Atabalipa of sicknesse of poyson giuen by Chilichuchima as was reported who sought to haue the rule remaine in Quito and not in Cusco The Gouernour bad them prouide a Successor Calichuchima would haue Aticoc Sonne of Atabilipa but others and the Gouernour liked better of a Brother of Atabalipa Sonne of Guanacapa He came to a Towne where he found much Siluer in great sheets of twentie foot long and one broad a finger thicke They receiued intelligence of a skirmish with the enemy by another band of Spaniards in which eighteene horses were hurt and one slaine in another the Spaniards had the victory The Gouernour caused Chilichuchima to be burned who refused to become a Christian and called vpon Pachacamac After this he marched to Cusco which hee entred on Friday the fifteenth of Nouember 1533. And the next day made that Sonne of Guaynacapac their Lord being the right heire and commanded the Cacikes to obey him Incontinently the New Cacike or Inca gaue order to assemble forces against Quizquiz in foure dayes fiue thousand were comne together well armed with whom the Gouernour sent a Captaine with fiftie Horse remayning himselfe for the guard of the Citie These hauing done somewhat against the enemy were forced to returne by the ill mountanous passages The Cacique hauing fasted three dayes and performed and receiued the Rites of vassallage before mentioned in his Predecessor at the Gouernours request leuied greater forces so that aboue fiue and twentie thousand went with the Spaniards which made a Bridge of three hundred and sixtie foote long broad enough for two Horsemen to passe abreast and passed to Bilcas Some of them went to the succour of Xauxa which had obtayned good successe against their enemies The Gouernour after this caused all the Gold to bee melted by experienced Indians which amounted to 580200. Pezos and vpwards of good Gold The Emperours fifth was 116460. Pezos and vpwards The Siluer was melted and weighed 215000. Markes of which 170000. and vpwards was good in Vessels and Barres the rest alayed with other Metals The fifth was deducted thence for his Maiestie Amongst other things there were sheepe of fine Gold very great and ten or twelue Statues of women in their iust bignesse and proportion artificially composed of fine Gold They performed like veneration to them as if they had beene aliue clothing adoring giuing them to eate and talking with them There were others of Siluer in the same stature All this Treasure was shared betwixt those of Cusco and the Spaniards of Xauxa In March 1534. the Gouernor assembled all the Spaniards and made a solemne act of the foundation of a Towne and possession taken in the midst of the chiefe street by the name of the noble and great Citie of Cusco bounds were set out for a Church and priuiledges allotted to such as within three yeeres should come thither to dwell Aboue twelue thousand married Indians were designed to the Prouince of Collao to his Maiesties Mynes of Gold in those parts After this he departed with the Cacique towards Xauxa There he had newes of two hundred and fiftie comne from Panama to Saint Michaels seuenty of them horsemen and of Aluarados landing with foure hundred men and one hundred and fiftie horsemen Hauing ouerthrowne his enemies he tooke order for founding a Church in Xauxa and sent some Spaniards with an Army of Indians to pursue the enemies There is a Mountayne of Snow which continueth from
vs to a people that abode on the top of a mountaine where they were faine to climbe vp by reason of the exceeding roughnesse of those places where we found many people gathered together for feare of the Christians These people receiued vs with great good will and kindnesse and gaue vs whatsoeuer they had and aboue two thousand burdens of Maiz which wee gaue vnto those miserable and famished people who followed vs and conducted vs thither and the day following wee dispatched foure Messengers through the Countrie as we vsed to doe to the intent that they should assemble and gather together as many people as they could vnto one people which abode three daies iourney off from thence and hauing done this wee departed with all the people that were there and alwaies found the trackes and tokens where the Christians had lodged and about midday wee found our Messengers who told vs that they could not meet with any people because they were all gone and fled and hidden in the mountaines least the Christians should either kill them or make them slaues And that the night before they had seene the Christià ns they themselues standing behinde certaine trees to behold what they did and they saw that they led certaine Indians in a Chaine tied From this place which is called the Riuer of Petutan vnto the Riuer where Diego di Guzman arriued where we vnderstood of the Christians may be some fourescore leagues and from thence where the waters staied vs twelue leagues and from thence to them whom we called the people of the Harts fiue leagues and from thence to the South Sea were twelue leagues Throughout all that Countrey wheresoeuer wee found mountaines wee saw great shew and tokens of Gold Iron Antimony and Copper and other mettalls In those places where the setled houses are in Ianuary it is very hot From thence towards the South of the vnpeopled Country vnto the North Sea it is a very naughtie Countrey and poore where wee endured incredible famine and they who inhabit there are a most cruell people and of a very euill nature and behauiour The Indians that haue settled houses and the rest also make no account of Gold nor of Siluer nor know for what purpose it may serue I tooke the Negro and eleuen Indians with mee and following the Christians by the tracke which they found I went to three places where they had lodged and the first day I trauelled ten leagues and in the morning following found foure Christian Horse-men who wondered much to see me so strangely attired and in the company of the Indians and when they saw me they made a stand and beheld me a good space so much astonished that they durst not speake to me nor aske mee any question Wherefore I spake vnto them intreating them to bring me where there Captaine was and so we went about halfe a league where Diego di Alcaraz abode who was their Captaine and after I had spoken vnto him he told me that hee was in verie euill case because he had beene there many daies and could not take any Indian and that he had not any prouision to depart because they began to be in great necessitie and famine there I told him that Dorante and Castiglio were remaining behinde who abode ten leagues from thence with many people who had conducted vs Whereupon he presently sent three Horse-men and fiftie Indians of those they brought and the Negro returned with them to guide them but I remained there and requested him to make me a testimoniall of the yeere moneth and day that I came into that place and so he did From this Riuer vnto the people of the Christians called Saint Michael which pertaineth to the iurisdiction of that Prouince which they call Noua Galitia are thirtie leagues After sixe daies were past Andrea Dorante and Arlonzo del Castiglio came vnto vs with those who came for them and brought aboue sixe hundred persons with them which were of them whom the Christians had caused to climbe into the mountaines and hide themselues in the Countrey and they who vntill then were come with vs brought them and accompanied with the Christians and they had dispatched away all the other people which they had brought thither and came where I was Alcaraz intreated me that I would send to call the people who abode at the Riuer sides and had fled into the mountaines and that they should command them to bring them victualls although it were not needfull because of their owne accord they brought vs as much as they could and so we presently sent our Messengers to call them whereupon six hundred persons came who brought vs all the Maiz they had and they brought it in certaine pipkins couered with clay wherein they had hid it vnder ground and they brought vs whatsoeuer they had besides but wee would not take any thing saue victualls to eate but gaue all the rest to the Christians to be diuided among them And after this we had much controuersie with them because they would haue made those Indians slaues whom wee brought with vs And through this displeasure and disdaine at our departure we left many Turkish Bowes which we brought and many Budgets and Arrowes and among them fiue of Emerands which wee remembred not and so we lost them We gaue the Christians many Mantles of the hides of Kine and other things which we brought and much adoe with the Indians to cause them to returne to their houses and to secure them and make them sowe their Maiz. They were not willing to goe but with vs vntill they left vs with other Indians as the custome was for otherwise if they returned without being left with others they feared least they should die and comming with vs they feared not the Christians nor their Lances This thing greatly displeased the Christians who caused an Interpreter to speake vnto them in their owne language and tell them that wee were the very same men who for a long time had beene terrified and lost and were a people of meane condition and of small force and that they were Lords of the Countrey whom they were to serue But the Indians made little no no account of all this so that among themselues they said one to another that the Christians lied because we came from the place where the Sunne riseth and the other Christians from the place where the Sunne went downe and that wee healed the sicke they killed the ãâã that were sound and that wee went naked and without garments they clothed on ãâ¦ã backe and with Lances and that wee had not any couetous or insatiable desires so that whatsoâuer was giuen vs wee presently gaue it vnto others and had nothing our selues and the Christians intend nothing else but to rob and steale whatsoeuer they find and giue nothing to ãâ¦ã v and arter this manner those Indians gaue their iudgement of vs censuring all our actions cleane
Christians and serue God And demanding of them whom they adored and to whom they sacrificed and of whom they asked water for their seede time and health and safety for themselues they answered that they praied vnto a man which is in heauen and being demanded how they called him they said Aguar and they beleeued that he created all the world and the things therein Then wee questioned them further whence they knew that who answered that their Parents told them so and that of a long time they vnderstood it and knew that he sent water and all other good things So wee caused the Interpreter to tell them that hee whom they called Aguar we called God and that they also should call him so and serue him and adore him as we had appointed and they should finde it very good for them They answered that they vnderstood all very well and that they would doe so wherefore wee commanded them to descend from the Mountaines and that they should liue secure and in peace and dwell in the Countrey and build their houses and among them make a house for God and set a Crosse at the entry thereof like vnto that which we had there and when the Christians should come they should goe to meete them with the Crosse without Bowes and weapons and conduct them to their houses and giue them such as they had to eate and so they would not doe them any harme but would become their friends and the Captaine gaue them some of the Mantles and vsed them very well So they departed carrying with them the two Indians which before were prisoners whom we had sent as Messengers and all this was done in the presence of the Secretary of the Gouernour and many other witnesses Now when the Indians were returned all the rest of that Prouince who were friends vnto the Christians came to see vs and brought vs Crownes and Feathers and wee commanded them to make Churches and set Crosses there because vntill then they had not made them and wee made them bring the children of the principall Seigniory to Baptise them whereupon the Captaine presently made a vowe and promise vnto God neither to make nor cause any entry to be made vpon them nor take slaues or people in those Countries which we had secured and that he would obserue this vntill your Maiesty or the Gouernour Nunez di Guzman or the Viceroy in his name should prouide better for the seruice of our Lord God and of your Maiesty Christianity shall not be so difficult a matter to bring in because two thousand leagues which we trauailed by land and Sea and other ten moneths after we came out of captiuitie we trauailed without stay and neuer found Sacrifices nor Idolatry In this time we crossed ouer from one Sea to another and by the notice which through much diligence wee procured to haue from the one coast to the other wee suppose it to be about two hundred leagues broad and more and wee vnderstand that on the coast of the South Sea are Pearles and great riches and that all the best and richest are neere there abouts We abode in the towne of Saint Michael vntill the fifteenth of the moneth of May and the occasion why we staied there so long was this because from thence vnto the Citie of Compostella where the Gouernour Nunez di Guzmââ made his residence it was 100. leagues distance and the Country was not inhabited enemy and it was fit that other people should go with vs to conduct vs among whom there were forty horsemen who accompanied vs about fortie leagues and from thence forward six Christians came with vs who brought fiue hundred Indian slaues and being come to Compostella the Gouernour Nunez receiued vs very curteously and gaue vs such as he had to cloath vs which apparell for many dayes I was not able to carry and wee could not sleepe but on the ground And so after tenne or twelue dayes wee departed for Mexico and came thither on Saint Iames his euen where the Viceroy and the Marquesse of the Valley kindely intreated vs and gaue vs apparell and whatsoeuer they had To the Reader CAptaine Soto was the sonne of a Squire of Xerez of Badaioz Hee went into the Spanish Indies when Peter Arias of Auila was Gouernour of the West Indies And there he was without any thing else of his owne saue his Sword and Target and for his good qualities and valour Peter Arias made him Captaine of a troope of horsemen and by his commandment he went with Fernando Pizarro to the conquest of Peru where as many persons of credit reported which were there present as well at the taking of Atabalipa Lord of Peru as at the assault ef the Citie of Cusco and in all other places where they found resistance wheresoeuer he was present he surpassed all other Captaines and principall persons For which cause besides his part of the treasure of Atabalipa he had a good share whereby in time hee gathered an hundred and fourescore thousand Duckets together with that which fell to his part which he brought into Spaine whereof the Emperour borrowed a certaine part which he repaied againe with 60000. Rials of Plate in the rent of the Silkes of Granada and all the rest was deliuered him in the Contractation house of Siuil From Siuil he went to the Court and in the Court there accompanied him Iohn Danusco of Siuil and Lewis Moscoso D'aluarado Nunno de Touar and Iohn Rodriguez Lobillo Except Iohn Danusco all the rest came with him from Peru and euery one of them brought foureteene or fifteene thousand Duckets all of them went well and costly apparelled And although Soto of his owne nature was not liberall yet because that was the first time that he was to shew himselfe in the Court be spent franckly and went accompanied with those which I haue named and with his seruants and many other which resorted vnto him He married with Donna Isabella de Bouadilla daughter of Peter Arias of Auila Earle of Punno en Rostro The Emperour made him the Gouernour of the Isle of Cuba and Adelantado or President of Florida with a title of Marquesse of certaine part of the lands that hee should conquer This History partly for better knowledge of those parts of the world and partly for the profit of Virginian aduenturers and discouerers I haue here published far briefer then the author in Portuguse and out of him Master Hakluyt had done and added this to that of Neruaz Cabeza de Vaca the Author of that at this time had come to the Court to beg the conquest of Florida but seeing Don Ferdinando de Soto had gotten it already for his oathes sake he said he might tell nothing of that which they would know Soto made him great offers and being agreed to goe with him because he would not giue him money to pay for a Ship which he had bought they brake off and
Sacrificers haue Siluer and some Gold but I made shew not to care for it and said I had no need of Gold but that they should serue and not sacrifice as before In the place of the victorie was erected a faire Church called The victorie of the Crosse and a Crosse of sixtie foot long there erected Zapatula receiued me in peace Aximocuntla people fled yet sent store of victuals as did also Ixtatlan Our Indians in our march had slaine and sacrificed certaine women and children the signes whereof I found it being a thing impossible to remedie notwithstanding all the punishment I inflicted howsoeuer some say they are good Christians And let your Maiestie beleeue that they doe at this present time as they did before but secretly And for this and for other iust causes which I haue written to your Maiestie there ought not so much libertie be giuen them nor more then that which is accustomed to their state and liuing for to doe otherwise is to giue occasion to them to be bad and especially this People is of such nature that they must be very much holden vnder and made to feare that they may be good Christians From Xalpa three Embassadors came to me with offer of peace subiection and certaine Siluer plates and an Idoll made of Cotton and full of bloud and a Rasor of stone in the midst wherewith they sacrificed which was burned in their sight to their great amazement who thought it would haue destroyed all Against Mandie Thursday a Church was erected of reeds in a day and deuout Procession was then made of more then thircie Disciplinants On Easter Tuesday I departed thence to Tespano thence by Mount Amec to Teulinchano a strong place being all of stone cut round where euery Lord of the Prouince ought to haue a house wherein to sacrifice there had beene a great Idoll of Gold destroyed in other warres The Palaces were of stone engrauen some pieces of eighteene spannes with great Statues of men with other things like those of Mexico The Courts of the Palaces were spacious and faire with Fountaines of good water Thence I sent Captaine Verdugo to Xaltenango thorow a Valley of sixe leagues but the people were fled to the Mountaines A Crosse was planted and Masse said for the seruice of God there where the Deuill had so long beene serued and had receiued so many Sacrifices I diuided the Armie one part to goe to Mechuacan another Prouince not that of New Spaine neere to the South Sea I marched with the other to Guatatlan and there planted a Crosse on a Hill and thence to Tetitlan accompanied with the Caciques of the Countrie thence to Xalisco Heere the way was so bad that in fifteene dayes I rode not three and many beasts were lost I sent to the principall Lords of Xalisco to whom I made the request accustomed They were all retired to the Mountaines Finding my selfe neere the Sea I tooke possession thereof for your Maiestie At Tepique two of the Lords of Xalisco came to me in peace and to yeeld obedience as three other Townes had done neere the Sea where are said to bee Mines of Gold There I made Officers in your Maiesties name as being a new Discouerie and Conquest separate from New Spaine that there might be some to receiue your Maiesties fifths Two Crosses were erected in Xalisco and two in Tepeque a place well watered and very fertile In marching from thence a great and dangerous battell was giuen vs by the Indians wherein we obtained victorie They wounded fiftie Horses of which onely sixe died one Horse I assure your Maiestie is worth aboue foure hundred Pezos diuers of the principall Commanders were wounded also The next day I made a Procession with a Te Deum Thence I passed the great Riuer of the Trinitie to come to Omitlan the chiefe of that Prouince The Countrie is very hot and the Riuer full of Crocodiles and there are many venomous Scorpions Here was erected one Church and two Crosses Aztatlan is three dayes iourney hence where they prepare to giue mee battell From thence ten dayes further I shall goe to finde the Amazons which some say dwell in the Sea some in an arme of the Sea and that they are rich and accounted of the people for Goddesses and whiter then other women They vse Bowes Arrowes and Targets haue many and great Townes at a certaine time admit them to accompanie them which bring vp the males as these the female issue c. From Omitlan a Prouince of Mecuacan of the greater Spaine on the eighth of Iuly 1530. I had thought but for prolixitie here to haue added Aluarados Conquests the other way from Mexico two of whose Letters are extant in Ramusio The later of them is dated from the Citie of Saint Iago which hee founded Hee writes that hee was well entertained in Guatimala and passed alongst with diuers fortunes foure hundred leagues from Mexico conquering and let your Lordship beleeue mee this Countrie is better inhabited and peopled then all that which your Lordship hath hitherto gouerned In this Prouince I haue found a Vulcan the most dreadfull thing that euer was seene which casteth forth stones as great as a house burning in light flames which falling breake in pieces and couer all that fiery Mountaine Threescore leagues before wee saw another Vulcan which sends forth a fearefull smeake ascending vp to Heauen and the body of the smoake encompasseth halfe a league None drinke of the streames which runne downe from it for the Brimstone sent And especially there comes thence one principall Riuer very faire but so hot that certaine of my companie were not able to passe it which were to make out-roades into certaine places and searching a Ford found another cold Riuer running into it and where they met together the Ford was temperate and passable I beseech your Lordship to grant mee the fauour to bee Gouernour of this Citie c. From Saint Iago Iuly 28. 1524. §. II. The Voyages of Frier MARCO de Niça Don FR. VASQVEZ de Coronado Don ANTONIO de Espeio and diuers into New Mexico and the adioyning Coasts and Lands THere arose some strife betwixt Don Antonio de Mendoza Vice-roy of New Spaine and Cortes each striuing to exceed the other in New-Discoueries and complaining of each other to the Emperour Whiles Cortez went to that end into Spaine Mendoza hearing somewhat by Dorantez one of Naruaez his companions in the former inland Discoueries from Florida sent both Frier Marco de Niça with Steph. a Negro of Dorantez and afterwards Captaine Francis Vasquez de Coronado by Land as likewise Ferdinando Alarchon by Sea Cortez also sent Francis Vlloa with a Fleet of three ships for discouerie of the same Sea commonly called the South Sea The Voyages Ramusio hath published at large in Italian and Master Hakluyt out of him in English I shall borow leaue to collect out of
them and Gomara and F. Iuan Gonzales de Mendoza and others some breefe heads of things agreeing to our purpose for the better knowledge of the Northerne America Francis Vasquez de Coronado Gouernour of Nueua Galicia Anno 1539. writes that hee arriued in the Prouince of Topira where the Indians were fled into the Mountaines for feare of the Christians They haue houses of stone store of Gold Emeralds and other Iewels haue strong armour of Siluer fashioned in shapes of beats worship herbs and birds and sing songs to them Neere thereto is another Prouince where the people goe naked Their Priests which they call Chichimechas keepe in the woods without houses and eate things giuen of almes by the people Both men and women goe naked the men tye their priuie member to the knee they haue Temples couered with straw the windowes full of dead mens skulls They haue in a ditch before the Temple the figure of a Serpent of diuers metals with his tayle in his mouth One euery yeere is sacrificed by lot crowned with flowers and layd in that ditch and fire put to him which his death he takes patiently and the yeere following is worshipped with hymnes and after that his head is set vp with the rest They sacrifice their prisoners burning them in another ditch without such ceremonies Frier Marco de Niça went from Saint Michael in Culiacan two hundred leagues from Mexico with Stephen the Negro and other Indians and came to Petatlan and thence passed a Desart foure dayes and came to certaine Indians which made much of him sought to touch his garments and called him Hayota that is A man comne from Heauen Thence he trauelled to Vacupa fortie leagues from the Sea of California and thence to Ceuola which in thirty dayes iourney hee learned that the people by the Sea haue store of Pearles and Targets of Kow-hides By the way he had vnderstanding of the Kingdomes of Totonteac and Acus They shewed him an hide halfe as big againe as the hide of an Oxe and said it was the skinne of a beast which had but one horne vpon his fore-head bending toward his breast and that out of the same goeth a point forward with which he breakes any thing that he runneth against The colour of the hide was as of a Goat-skinne the haire a finger thicke He passed thorow two Defarts The men of Ceâola slâe Stephen the Negro Frier Marke went within sight of it and sayth it is a faire Citie seated at the foot of a Hill Vpon this newes Captaine Vasquez aforesaid in Aprill 1540. trauelled with 400. Horsemen and a great Armie of Spaniards and others many of which died of famine both Indians and Horses The wayes were so rough that the Sheepe and Lambes which they carried for their prouision lost their hoofes The sixe and twentieth of May hee arriued in the Valley of Coracones fiue dayes iourney from the Westerne Sea and thence hee went to Chichilcale and with much scarsitie to Ceuola which is the name of a Prouince in which are seuen Cities neere together their houses are of stone foure or fiue stories high they vse Ladders in stead of staires and haue Cellers vnder the ground made for Winter in manner of Stoues The seuen Cities are but small Townes with in foure leagues together In one were two hundred houses compassed with walls and some three hundred other vnwalled They goe for the most part naked vse painted Mantles seeme not witty euough to build such houses haue good quantitie of Turquesses some Emeralds also and Granates great Guinee Corkes and season in Summer as in Mexico many beasts as Tigres Beares Lions Porkespicks and certaine Sheepe as big as Horses with very great hornes and little tayles I haue seene their hornes so great that it is a wonder I haue seene the heads of wilde Goats pawes of Beares and skinnes of wilde Boares There is game of Deere Ounces and very great Stags Hares Conies He sent the Vice-roy an embroidered garment of Needle-worke wrought by those Indians and clothes painted by them with the pictures of the beasts of the Countrey It is very cold in Winter although it be in 37. degrees and a halfe The snow continueth seuen moneths in so much that the people vse furred Mantles and other winter prouisions The Souldiers seeing little here to bee had were offended with the Friers which had commended Siuola and loth to returne emptie to Mexico they proceeded to Acuco and Cardenas with his troope of Horse went thence to the Sea Vasquez with the rest to Tiguez on the banke of a great Riuer There they had newes of Axa and Quiuira They heard of a bearded rich King also called Tatarcax whom they would visit they burnt a Towne and lost thirtie Horses in their way and spent 45. dayes in siege of a Towne which dranke snowe in stead of water and burned their goods to preuent the Spanish spoyle then issuing by force with their wiues and children few escaping and diuers Spaniards also were slaine and 80. wounded besides Horses They burnt the Towne and marched to Cicuic horse and men passing ouer the Riuer vpon the Ice being in 37. degrees and foure leagues from thence met with a new kind of Kine wilde and fierce of which they slue 80. the first day for their prouision From Cicuic they went to Quiuira neere 300. leagues thorow woodlesse Plaines making heapes of Oxe-dung for way-markes against their returne All that Plaine is as full of bunch-backed Kine as Serena in Spaine of Sheepe and no other people but the Herd-men It hailed one day stones as big as Oranges At length they came to Quiuira and there found King Tatarrax a hoary man naked and with a brasse Iewell at his necke whereat not a little vexed to see themselues gulled with reports of riches and the Crosse worshipped and Queene of Heauen of which they saw no signe they returned to Mexico and there arriued in March 1542. Vasquez fell from his Horse in Tiguez and withall out of his wits Quiuira is in 40. degrees temperate well watered and hath store of fruits They are apparelled with Oxe hides and Deeres skinne They saw ships on the coast with Alcatrazes of Gold and Siluer in their Prowes which they esteemed to bee of China making signes that they had savled thirtie dayes Some Friers returned to Quiuira and were slaine As for those bunch-backed Kine they are the food of the Natiues which drinke the bloud hot and eate the fat and often rauine the flesh raw They wander in companies as the Alarbes and Tartars following the pastures according to the seasons That which they eate not raw they rost or warme rather aâ a fire of Oxe-dung and holding the flesh with his teeth cut it with Rasors of stone These Oxen are of the bignesse of our Bulls but their hornes lesse with a great bunch on their fore-shoulders and more haire on their
the American parcels the particular relations of which you haue had already and yeeld you the totall summe for a conclusion to our Spanish-Indian Peregrinations §. III. Extracts out of certaine Letters of Father MARTIN PERâZ of the Societie of Iesus from the new Mission of the Prouince of Cinoloa to the Fathers of Mexico dated in the moneth of December 1591. With a Letter added written 1605. of later Discoueries SInce my last Letters dated the sixth of Iuly among the Tantecoe on which day wee came into this Prouince of Cinoloa being guided by the Gouernour Roderigo del Rio we passed and trauelled through diuers Castles Countrie Villages Mines of Metall Shepheards houses Townes of Spaniards and certaine Signiories helping our neighbours by our accustomed duties so that wee were alwaies full of businesse Wee passed ouer in eight dayes the rough and hard and painefull Mountaine Tepesnan seeing no liuing creature saue certaine Fowles The cause whereof is the force of certaine Muskitos which trouble Horses whereof is exceeding abundance in all the Mountaine which were most noisome to our Horses There met vs certaine Cuimecht which are warlike Indians which offered vs bountifully such as they had without doing vs any harme There are almost an infinite number of these which wander dispersed vp and downe doing nothing else but hunt and seeke their food And it was told vs that three thousand of them were assembled in a part of the hill which besought the Gouernour that he would cause them to be taught and instructed in the Christian Faith Their Minister which was but onely one came to visite vs. There met vs also a certaine Spanish Captaine which had the gouernment of six Castles or Countrie Villages in a part of the Mountaine who knowing well enough what the societie ment by these missions wrote vnto the father Visitor requesting him to grant him one of the Fathers by whose trauell twenty thousand soules might be instructed which he would recommend vnto him These and other Villages we passed by not without griefe because it was resolued already among vs that we should stay in no other place but in this Prouince A few dayes before our comming thither we wrote to six or seuen Spaniards which dwell there without any Priest and heard Masse onely once a yeare to wit when any Priest dwelling thirtie or forty leagues off came vnto them to confesse and absolue them being penitent who being accompanied with most of the chiefe Indians met vs with exceeding great ioy and gladnesse aboue twenty leagues distant from their dwellings and accompanied vs vnto the second Riuer of this Prouince wherein the towne of Saint Philip and Iacob standeth This Prouince is from Mexico aboue three hundred leagues and is extended towards the North. On the right hand it hath the Mountaines of the Tepesuanes on the left hand the Mediterrane Sea or the Gulfe of California on another part it stretcheth euen to Cibola and California which are Prouinces toward the West very great and well inhabited On one side which regardeth the North new Mexico is but two dayes iourney distant from the vttermost Riuer of this Prouince as we were enformed by the Gouernour which is so famous and renowned and so full of Pagan superstition whereof diuers haue often written They measure and diuide the Prouince of Cinaloa with eight great Riuers which runne through the same The reason of that diuision is this because all the Castels and Villages of the inhabitants are setled neere the bankes and brinkes of the Riuers which are replenished with fish and which in short space doe fall into the Mediterranâ Sea or Gulfe of California The soyle is apt for tillage and fruitfull and bringeth forth such things as are sowne in it The ayre is cleere and wholesome The Pesants and husband men reape twice a yeare and among other things store of Beanes Gourds Maiz and such kinde of Pulfe whereof wee and they eate so plentifully that there is no speech of the rising of the price of things or of Famine nay rather a great part of the old crop perisheth oftentimes and they cast away their old Maiz to make roome for the new They haue great store of Cotten Wooll whereof they make excellent cloathes wherewith they are apparelled Their apparell is a peece of cloath tyed vpon their shoulders wherewith as with a cloak they couer their whole body after the manner of the Mexicans True it is that though they be all workemen yet for the most part of the yeare they are not couered but goe naked yet all of them weare a broad girdle of the said Cotten cloath cunningly and artificially wrought with figures of diuers colours in the same which the shels of Cockles and Oysters ioyned artificially with bones doe make Moreouer they thrust many threds through their eares whereon they hang earerings for which purpose they bore the eares of their children as soone as they be borne in many places and hang eare-rings round Stones and Corall in them so that each eare is laden with fiftie of these Ornaments at least for which cause they alwayes sleepe not lying on their sides but with their face vpward The women are decently couered from their waste downeward being all the rest naked The men as well as the women weare long haire the women haue it hanging downe their shoulders the men often bound vp and tyed in diuers knots they thrust Corals in it adorned with diuers feathers and cockle shels which adde a certaine beautie and ornament to the head They weare many round Beades of diuers colours about their neckes They are of great stature and higher then the Spaniards by a handfull so that as wee sate vpright vpon our horses without standing on tiptoe they easily could embrace vs. They are valiant and strong which the warres which they had with the Spaniards doe easily shew wherein though they sustained no small damages yet were they not vnreuenged nor without the bloud of their aduersaries When they would fight resolutely for their vttermost libertie they denounced and appointed the day of battell Their weapons are Bowes and poysoned Arrowes and a kinde of clubbe of hard wood wherewith they neede not to strike twice to braine a man They vse also âertaine short iauelins made of red wood so hard and sharpe that they are not inferiour to our armed speares And as fearefull and terrible as they be to their enemies so quiet and peaceable are they among themselues and their neighbours and you shall seldome finde a quarrellour or contentious person The Spaniards after certaine conflicts at length made friendship with them leauing their Countrie to them but those eight Spaniards whom I mentioned before liue quietly among them and though they be called Lords yet are they contented with such things as the Indians giue them offering no violence nor molestation to any man Vpon our comming into these Countries the
they entred to inhabite was the great and most fertile I le of Hispaniola which containeth sixe hundred leagues in compasse There are other great and infinite Iles round about and in the Confines on all sides which we haue seene the most peopled and the fullest of their owne natiue people as any other Countrie in the World may be The firme Land lying off from this Iland two hundred and fiftie leagues and somewhat ouer at the most containeth in length on the Sea Coast more then ten thousand leagues which are alreadie discouered and daily be discouered more and more all full of people as an Emmote hill of Emmots Insomuch as by that which since vnto the yeere the fortieth and one hath beene discouered It seemeth that God hath bestowed in that same Countrie the gulfe or the greatest portion of Mankind God created all these innumerable multitudes in euery sort very simple without subtletie or craft without malice very obedient and very faithfull to their naturall Liege Lords and to the Spaniards whom they serue very humble very patient very desirous of peace making and peacefull without brawles and strugglings without quarrels without strife without rancour or hatred by no meanes desirous of reuengement They are also people very gentle and very tender and of an easie complexion and which can sustaine no trauell and doe die very soone of any disease whatsoeuer in such sort as the very children of Princes and Noblemen brought vp amongst vs in all commodities ease and delicatenesse are not more soft then those of that Countrie yea although they bee the children of Labourers They are also very poore folke which possesse little neither yet doe so much as desire to haue much worldly goods and therefore neither are they proud ambitious nor couetous Their diet is such as it seemeth that of the holy Fathers in the Desert hath not bin more scarce nor more straight nor lesse daintie nor lesse sumptuous Their apparelling is commonly to goe naked all saue their shamefast parts alone couered And when they be clothed at the most it is but a of a Mantle of Bombacie of an ell and a halfe or two ells of linnen square Their lodging is vpon a Mat and those which haue the best sleepe as it were vpon a Net fastened at the foure corners which they call in the Language of the I le of Hispaniola Hamasas They haue their vnderstanding very pure and quicke being teachable and capeable of all good Learning very apt to receiue our holy Catholike Faith and to be instructed in good and vertuous manners hauing lesse incumberances and disturbances to the attaining thereunto then all the folfe of the world besides and are so enflamed ardent and importune to know and vnderstand the matters of the faith after they haue but begunne once to taste them as likewise the exercise of the Sacraments of the Church and the diuine Seruice that in truth the religious men haue need of a singular patience to support them And to make an end I haue heard many Spaniards many times hold this as assured and that which they could not denie concerning the good nature which they saw in them Vndoubtedly these folkes should bee the happiest in the World if onely they knew God Vpon these Lambes so meeke so qualified and endued of their Maker and Creator as hath bin said entred the Spanish incontinent as they knew them as Wolues as Lions and as Tigres most cruell of long time famished and haue not done in those quarters these fortie yeeres past neither yet doe at this present ought else saue teare them in pieces kill them martyr them afflict them torment them and destroy them by strange sorts of cruelties neuer neither seene nor read nor heard of the like of the which some shall be set downe hereafter so far forth that of aboue three Millions of soules that were in the I le of Hispaniola and that we haue seene there are not now two hundred natiues of the Countrey The I le of Cuba the which is in length as farre as from Vallodolid vntill Rome is at this day as it were all waste Saint Iohns Ile and that of Iamayca both of them very great very fertill and very faire are desolate Likewise the Iles of Lucayos neere to the I le of Hispaniola and of the North side vnto that of Cuba in number being aboue threescore Ilands together with those which they call the Iles of Geante one with another great and little whereof the very worst is fertiler then the Kings Garden at Siuill and the Countrie the healthsomest in the World there were in these same Iles more then fiue hundred thousand soules and at this day there is not one only creature For they haue beene all of them slaine after that they had drawne them out from thence to labour in their Minerals in the I le of Hispaniola where there were no more left of the Natiues of that Iland A ship riding for the space of three yeeres betwixt all these Ilands to the end after the inning of this kind of Vintage to gleane and cull the remainder of these folke for there was a good Christian moued with pittie and compassion to conuert and win vnto Christ such as might be found there were not found but eleuen persons which I saw other Iles more then thirty neere to the I le of Saint Iohn haue likewise bin dispeopled and marred All these Iles containe aboue two thousand leagues of land and are all dispeopled and laid waste As touching the maine firme land we are certaine that our Spaniards by their cruelties and cursed doings haue dispeopled and made desolate more then ten Realmes greater then all Spaine comprising also therewith Aragon Portugall and twise as much or more land then there is from Seuill to Ierusalem which are aboue a thousand leagues which Realmes as yet vnto this present day remaine in a wildernesse and vtter desolation hauing bin before time as well pâopled as ãâã possible We are able to yeelde a good and certaine accompt that there is within the space of ãâã said fortie yeares by those said tyrannies and diuellish doings of the Spaniards doen ãâã death ãâã iustly and tyrannously more then twelue Milions of soules men women and children And I doe verily beleeue and thinke not to mistake therein that there are dead more then fifteene Millions of soules The cause why the Spanish haue destroyed such an infinite of soules hath beene onely that they haue held it for their last scope and marke to get Gold and to enrich themselues in a short time and to mount at one leape to very high estates in no wise agreeable to their persons or to say in a word the cause hereof hath beene their auarice and ambition And by this meanes haue died so many Millions without faith and without Sacraments Of the I le of Hispaniola In the I le Hispaniola which was the first as we haue said where
will soone take an end c. And a little below he saith Whereby your Maiestie shall know cleerely how those which gouerne in those quarters doe deserue to be dismounted and deposed from their gouernment to the end that the Common-weales may be relieued That if that be not done in mine aduise they can neuer be cured of their diseases His Maiestie shall vnderstand moreouer that in those Regions there are not any Christians but Deuils that there are no Seruants of God and the King but Traitors to the state and their King And in truth the greatest incumbrance that I find in reducing the Indians that are in warre and to set them at peace and to lead those which are at peace to the knowledge of our faith is vnnaturall and cruell entreatie which they that are in peace receiue of the Spanish being so deeply altered and launced that they haue nothing in more hatred and horror then the name of Christians the which in all these Countries they call in their Language Yares that is to say Deuils For the acts which they committed here are neither of Christians nor of men which haue the vse of reason but of Deuils Whereof it commeth to passe that the Indies which doe see these behauiours to be generally so farre estranged from all humanitie and without any mercie aswell in the heads as in the members they esteeme that the Christians do hold these things for a Law and that their God and their King are the Authors thereof And to endeuour to perswade them otherwise were to endeuour in vaine and to minister vnto them the more ample matter to deride and scorne Iesus Christ and his Law The Indians that are in war seeing the intreatie vsed toward the Indians that are in peace would choose rather to die once for all then to endure sundrie deaths beeing vnder the command of the Spanish I know this by experience most victorious Caesar c. He calleth the Indians in warre those which saued themselues by flying into the Mountaines from the slaughters of the mischieuous Spaniards And hee calleth the Indians in peace those which after hauing lost an infinite of their people by the Massacres haue beene thralled into the Tyrannicall and horrible seruitude aforesaid and whereof in the end they haue beene fined out desolated and slaine as appeareth by that which hath beene said by the Bishoppe which notwithstanding speaketh but little in comparison of that which they haue suffered The Indians in that Countrie haue accustomed to say if when they are trauelled and driuen vp the Mountaines loden they happen to fall downe and to faint for feeblenesse and for paine for at that time they lay on vpon them blowes with their feet and with their staues and they breake their teeth with the pummels of their Swords to make them rise and march on without taking of breath with these words Out vpon thee what a Uillaine art thou they I say the Indians for their parts are wont to say I can no more kill me here right I doe desire to die heere and this they say with great sighes and being scarce able to speake for hauing their heart drawne together declaring a great anguish and dolour Of the Prouince of Carthagene THis Prouince of Carthagene is situate vnder and a fiftie leagues distant from the same of Saint Martha towards the West confining with the Prouince of Ceu vnto the Gulph of Araba which are a hundred leagues all along the Sea-side and is a great Countrie within Land towards the South These Prouinces since the yeere 1498. or ninetie nine vntill now haue beene euill entreated martyred massacred desolated like vnto that of Saint Martha Of the Coast of Pearles and of Paria and of the I le of the Trinitie FRom the Coast of Paria vnto the Gulfe of Venesuela without forth which are two hundred leagues the Spanish haue wrought great and strange destructions rioting vpon that people and taking aliue as many as they could to the end they might sell them for slaues and oftentimes making them prisoners against the assurance and the promise of friendship made vnto them It cannot bee well told nor particularly exprest the sundrie kindes and greiuous vexations wrongs hurts and spoiles which those people indured at the Spaniards hands from the yeere 1510. vntill this present I will onely rehearse two or three acts by the which it may be iudged of the rest innumerable and excessiue and worthy all torments and fire In the I le of the Trinitie which is farre greater and more fertile then the I le of Sicile and ioyneth with the firme Land of the Coast of Paria and where the people are the best disposed and most enclined to vertue in their kind of all the Indians as they went there a Captaine Rouer in the yeere 1510. accompanied with sixtie or seuentie other pettie Theeues well appointed they published among the Indians by Proclamations and other publike Summons that they should come and dwell and liue with them in that I le The Indians receiued them as their owne bowels and babes and as well the Lords as Subiects serued them with exceeding readinesse bringing them to eate from day to day as much as might suffice to feed as many moe people For this is the liberalitie of all these Indians of the new World to bestow on the Spaniards of all that they haue in great abundance The Spanish build a great house of Timber in the which the Indians should dwell altogether for the Spanish would haue it so that there should bee one only house for all and no more to compasse that which they had alreadie premeditate to doe and did it When they laid the Thatch vpon the binding staues or sparres and had alreadie couered to the height of two mens length to the end that those that were within might not see those that were without vnder colour to hasten forward the worke that it might bee the sooner dispatched they set a great number of people within the Spaniards deuiding themselues the one part of them being bestowed without compassing the house round about with their weapons because of those that might get forth the other part of them presse into the house Thus laying hands on their Swords they beganne to threaten the Indians naked as they were to kill them if they did stirre and then bound them And those which fled they hewed them in pieces Howbeit some of the Indians which fled both of the hurt and not hurt with others that had not come within the house tooke their Bowes and Arrowes and assembled themselues in another house about an hundred or two hundred persons And as they kept the gate the Spaniards set fire on the house and burned them aliue After with their purchase which might bee of an hundred or fourescore persons of them which they had bound they get them to the I le of Saint Iohn where they sold the one moitie and thence to the I le
other who had hid themselues in the caues and bowels of the earth fleeing the dint of the sword so raging and plaguing They haue slaine destroyed and sent to Hell by diuers and strange manners of cruelties and vngodlinesses more I suppose then foure or fiue millions of soules and yet at this present they ceasse not to doe the same by infinite outrages spoyles and slaughters which they haue committed and doe commit daily vnto this present They tooke the Lord Soueraigne of all the Prouince without all cause onely to bereaue him of his Gold giuing him also the torture which Lord vnbound himselfe and escaped from them into the Mountaines wherefore also the Subiects rose and were in a mutinie hiding themselues vpon the Mountaines amongst the hedges and bushes The Spaniards make after to chase them and hauing found them commit cruell massacres and as many as they take aliue they sell them in port sale for slaues In diuers Prouinces yea in all where they became before that they tooke the Soueraigne Lord the Indians went to receiue them with songs and dances and with presents of Gold in great quantitie The payment made them was to bee put to the edge of the sword and hewen in pieces One time as they went to receiue the Spanish in the fashion aboue said the Dutch Captaine tyrant caused to bee put in a thatched house a great number of people and hakled in pieces And being on high neere the top of the house certaine beames which diuers had got vpon auoyding the bloudy hands and swords of those people O mercilesse beasts the deuilish man sent to put to fire whereby as many as there were were burned aliue By this meanes the Countrie remayned very desart the people fleeing into the Mountaines where they hoped to saue themselues They came into another great Prouince in the confines of the Prouince and Realme of Saint Martha where they found the Indians peaceable in their Burroughs and in their houses doing their businesse they continued a long time with them eating their store and the Indians serued them as if they had to receiue of them their life and safeguard supporting their continuall oppressions and vsuall outragiousnesses which are intolerable besides that one Spanish glutton eateth more in one day then would suffice an whole houshold of more then ten Indians They gaue them at that time a great quantitie of Gold of their owne good-will ouer and besides other seruices innumerable which they did vnto them At the end as these tyrants would depart the place they aduised to pay them for their lodging in this manner The Almaine tyrant Gouernour commanded to take such Indians as they could with their wiues and children and that they should shut them vp within an inclosure letting them know that who so would come forth and be let goe free that he should redeeme himselfe at the pleasure of the vniust Gouernour in giuing so much Gold for himselfe so much for his wife and so much for euery poll of his children And yet to presse them the more he commanded to giue them nothing to eate vntill such time as they had performed the quantitie of Gold inflicted them for their ransome Many sent to their houses for Gold and bought out themselues as they were able and those same were deliuered and went abroad about their businesse to get their liuing The tyrant sent certaine Spanish thieues and robbers to goe take them againe the second time after they had beene redeemed They are carried to the perclose and there wrung with hunger and thirst to the end that they should yet once againe pay for their freedome And there were many amongst them which were taken and ransomed two or three sundry times Others which had not to giue for because they had all they had hee let them within the toyle die for hunger And in this manner hath beene destroyed a Prouince very rich of people and gold the which hath a Vale or Bourne of fourtie leagues where hath beene brent a Burrough of the receit of a thousand housholds This Tyrant resolued with himselfe to pierce farther into the Countrey with a great desire to discouer on that side that Hill of Peru. By occasion of which accursed Voyage both hee and others carried forth with them Indians infinite Ioden with two or three quintals weight and being enchained If any were weake and weary fainting for hunger or trauelling they cut incontinent his head off euen with the collar of the chaine that yoked them because they should not need to vnhamper the others that went with the same collars about their neckes and so tumbled the head on the one side and the body on the other And the lode of him that had so fayled was distributed and bestowed vpon others To tell of the Prouinces which hee hath layed desart and the Townes and places which hee hath brent for all the houses are thatched and to number the Nations which hee hath slaine and the cruelties and murders particular which hee had committed by the way it would bee a thing scarse credible howbeit very true and wonderfull In this same very course and steppes marched sithence the other tyrants who came from the said Venesuela and others of the Prouince of Saint Martha with the selfe same holy intention to discouer the same sacred golden Palace of Peru and found the whole Countrie in length more then two hundred leagues so burned dispeopled and spoyled hauing beene before most notably peopled and most fertile as hath beene said that themselues as very tyrants and sauage beasts as they were wondered and stood astonished to see the trackes of the destructions so lamentable wheresoeuer he had passed All these things haue beene giuen in euidence with the depositions of many witnesses by the Attorney of the Councell of the Indies and the euidences are kept amongst the Records of the same Councell and yet haue they neuer burnt aliue any of those execrable tyrants Those Prouinces of Venesuela with the others which they haue laid waste and dispeopled more then foure hundred leagues forthright as hath beene said is a region the most blissefull and the richest of Gold and was the best peopled of any in the world in such sort that they haue disturned from the Kings Coffers and occasioned the losse in this Realme of aboue two millions of rent within seuenteene yeeres sithence by past that these enemies of God and the King haue begunne to destroy it neither is there any hope that euer those losses will be repaired These seuenteene yeeres they haue sent by Sea a great number of ships Ioden and stuffed with Indians to make sale of them as slaues at Saint Martha at the Iles of Hispaniola and of Iamayca and at Saint Iohns Ile moe then one million and doe send daily as now this yeere 1542. the Court of the Audience Royall notwithstanding established for and at Hispaniola right well seeing all this and dissimuling to see it
of the Spaniards but at the ringing of the Gold there were quickely gathered and flocked thither foure or fiue thousand which shed themselues forth ouer many great Realmes and Prouinces more then fiue hundred or sixe hundred leagues the which Countrey hath beene throughly destroyed they executing still the selfe same practises and others more barbarous and cruell Of a veritie from that day vnto this present there hath beene destroyed and brought to desolation moe soules then he hath counted and they haue with lesse reuerence of God or the King and with lesse pittie then before abolished a great part of the linage of mankinde They haue slaine vnto this day in these same Realmes and yet daily they doe slay them moe then foure Millions of soules Certaine dayes passed they pricked in shooting with darts of reedes to death a mightie Queene wife of Eling who is yet King of that Realme whom the Spaniards by laying hands vpon him compelled to rebell and in rebellion he persisteth They tooke the Queene his wife and so as hath beene said slue her against all reason and iustice being great with childe as she was as it was said onely to vexe her husband withall Of the new Realme of Granado WIthin the yeare 1539 there tooke their flight together sundry tyrants flocking from Venesuela from Saint Martha and from Carthagene to search for the Perous and there were also others which came downe from Peru it selfe to assay to make a glade farther into the Countrie And they found from beyond Saint Marthas and Carthagene three hundred leagues vp into the Countrie fertile lands and admirable Prouinces full of infinite people kinde hearted like the rest and very rich as well of Gold as of precious stones which they call Emeralds Vnto the which Prouinces they gaue the name of New Granado for because that the tyrant which came first into this Countrey was a Granadan borne in our Countrey A Gouernour for as much as he which robbed and slew in the new Realme of Granado would not admit him for consort with him to rob and slay as did he he procured an enquirie and thereby euidence came in against him with sundry witnesses vpon the fact of his slaughters disorders and murders which he had done and doth as yet vnto this day the processe of which enquirie together with the euidences was read and is kept in the Records of the Counsell of the Indies The witnesses doe depose in the same enquirie that the said whole Realme was in peace the Indians seruing the Spaniards giuing them to eate of their labour and labouring continually and manuring the ground and bringing them much Gold and precious stones such as are Emeralds and all that which they could or had the Townes and the Lordships and the people being distributed amongst the Spaniards euery one his share which is all that they studie for for that that it is their meane way to attaine to their last end and scope to wit Gold And all being subdued to their tyrannie and accustomed bondage the tyrant the principall Captaine which commanded ouer that Countrey tooke the Lord and King of the Countrey and detained him prisoner six or seuen moneths exacting of him Gold and Emeralds without cause or reason at all The said King who was named Bogata for feare which they put him in said that hee would giue them an house full of Gold hoping that he should escape out of the hands of him which tormented him And he sent Indians which should bring him Gold and by times one after another they brought in a great quantitie of Gold and precious stones But because the King did not giue an whole house full of Gold the Spaniards bid kill him sithence that he did not accomplish that which he had promised The tyrant commanding that this King should be arraigned before himselfe They sommon and accuse in this order the greatest King of all that Countrie and the tyrant giueth sentence condemning him to be racked and tormented if he doe not furnish forth the house full of Gold They giue him the torture and the strapado with cords they fling burning sewet vpon his naked belly they lay on bolts vpon his feete which were fastened to one stake and gird his necke fast vnto another stake two men holding both his hands and so they set fire vnto his feete and the tyrant comming vp and downe now and then willeth him to haue his death giuen him by little and little if he made not ready the Gold Thus they dispatched and did to death that Noble Lord in those torments during the execution whereof God manifested by a signe that those cruelties displeased him in consuming with fire all the towne where they were committed All the Spaniards to the end to follow their good Captaine and hauing none other thing to doe but to hackle in peeces those poore innocents doe the like tormenting with diuers and sauage torments euery Indian both Cacique or Lord of euery people or peoples with all their flockes that were committed to their charges those said Lords with all their subiects seruing them and giuing them Gold and Emeraulds as many as they could and as much as they had Tormenting them onely to the end they should giue them more Gold and rich Minerals thus they broyled and dispatched all the Lords of that Countrie For the great reare of the notorious cruelties that one of the pettie tyrants did vnto the Indians there transported himselfe vnto the Mountaines in flying so great crueltie a great Lord named Daytama with many of his people For this they hold for their last remedy and refuge if it might haue preuailed them ought and this the Spaniards call insurrection and rebellion Which the Captaine head tyrant hauing knowledge of he sendeth supplie of Souldiers vnto the said cruell man for whose cruelties sake the Indians that were peaceable and had endured great tyrannies and mischiefes were now gone into the Mountaines to the end he should pursue them Who because it sufficeth not to hide them in the entrals of the earth finding there a great multitude of people slue and dispatched them aboue fiue hundred soules what men what women for they receiued none to mercy Also the witnesses depose that the said Lord Daytama before that the Spaniards put him to death came to the cruell man and brought him foure or fiue thousand Castillans the which notwithstanding he was murdered as abouesaid Another time many Indians being come to serue the Spaniards and seruing them with humilitie and simplicitie as they are accustomed to doe reputing themselues assured behold the Captaine of the towne where they serued who commeth by night commanding that those Indians should be put to the edge of the sword when they had supped and whiles that they were a sleepe taking their rest after the toyle which they sustained the day time And this he did for that it seemed him necessary to doe this massacre to the end to
Grenado which they call Popayin and Cali and three or foure others which containe more then fiue hundred leagues of ground which they haue destroyed and desolated in the same manner as they haue done others robbing and slaying with torments and the enornities afore spoken of For the land is very fertile and those that come from thence now daily doe report that it is a ruefull thing to see so many goodly Townes burned and laid desolate as they might behold passing vp and downe that way so as there where there was worâ to be in one towne a thousand or two thousand households they haue not found fiftie and the rest vtterly ransacked and dispeopled And in some quarters they haue found two or three hundred leagues of Land dispeopled and burned and great Cities destroyed And finally by that that sithence into the Realmes of Peru of the Prouince side of Quito are entred farre into the Countrey sore and fell tyrants as farre as to the said Realme of Grenado and of Popayan and of Cali by the coast of Carthagene and Araba and other accursed tyrants of Carthagene haue gone to assault Quito and moreouer afterwards of the Riuers side of Saint Iohn which is on the South side all the which haue met to ioyne hands together in this exploit they haue rooted out and dispeopled aboue sixe hundred leagues of land with the losse of an infinite of soules doing still the selfe same to the poore wretches that remaine behinde howsoeuer innocent they appeare to be After the ends of the slaughters and massacres of the warres they bring the people into the horrible bondage abouesaid and giue them to the commandement of Deuils to one an hundred Indians to another three hundred The commander Deuill commandeth that there come before him an hundred Indians which incontinent present themselues like Lambes He causing forty or fifty amongst them to haue their heads cut off sayth vnto the other there present I will serue you of the same sauce if you doe not me good seruice or if so be that you goe out of my sight without my leaue That for the honour of God all they that haue read this piece of worke or shall giue it a reading consider now whether this act so hideous fell and vnnaturall doe not exceed all cruelty and iniquitie that may bee imagined and whether the Spaniards haue any wrong offered them when a man calleth them Diuels and whether were better to giue the Indians to keepe to the Deuils in Hell or the Spaniards which are at the Indies After this I will rehearse another deuilish part the which I cannot tell whether it bee lesse cruell and voide of manhood then are those of sauage beasts that is that the Spanish which are in the Indies doe keepe certaine Dogs most raging taught and trained wholly to the purpose to kill and rend in pieces the Indians That let all those that are true Christians yea and also those which are not so behold if euer there were the like thing in the whole world that is to feed those Dogs they leade about with them wheresoeuer they goe a great number of Indians in chaines as if they were Hogs and kill them making a shambles of mans flesh And the one of them will say to another Lend mee a quarter of a villaine to giue my Dogs some meate vntill I kill one next altogether as if one should borrowe a quarter of an Hogge or Mutton There be others which goe forth a hunting in the morning with their curres the which being returned to eate if another aske him How haue yee sped to day they answere Very well for I haue killed with my Dogs to day fifteene or twnety Villacoes All these diabolicall doings with others like haue beene proued in the suits of Law that the tyrants haue had one of them against another Is there any case more ougly or vnnaturall I will here now deport me of this discourse vntill such time that there come other newes of things in vngraciousnesse more notcrious and remarkable if it so bee that there can bee any more grieuous or vntill such time as we may returne thither to behold them our selues anew as we behold them for the space of two and forty yeeres continually with mine owne eyes protesting in a good conscience before God that I doe beleeue and I hold it for certaine that the damages and losses are so great with the destructions and ouerthrowes of Cities massacres and murders with the cruelties horrible and ougly with the rauins iniquities and robberies all the which things haue beene executed amongst those people and are yet daily committed in those quarters that in all the things which I haue spoken and deciphered as I was able the neerest to the truth I haue not said one of a thousand of that which haâh beene done and is daily a doing at this present bee it that you consider the qualitie or bee it that yee consider the quantitie And to the end that all Christians haue the greater compassion of those poore innocents and that they complaine with me the more their perdition and destruction and that they detest the greedinesse loftinesse and felnesse of the Spanish that all doe hold it for a most vndoubted veritie with all that hath beene abouesaid that sithence the first Discouerie of the Indies vntill now the Indians neuer did harme vnto the Spanish in any place wheresoeuer vntill such time that they first receiued wrongs and iniuries being robbed and betrayed but indeed did repute them to be immortall supposing them to be descended from Heauen and they receiued them for such vntill such time as that they gaue it forth manifestly to be knowne by their doings what they were and whereto they tended I will adioyne hereunto this that from the beginning vnto this houre the Spaniards haue had no more care to procure that vnto those people should be preached the Faith of Iesus Christ then as if they had beene Currâdogs or other beasts but in lieu thereof which is much worse they haue forbidden by expresse meanes the religious men to doe it for because that that seemed vnto them an hinderance likely to be to the getting of their Gold and these riches which their auarice foreglutted in And at the day there is no more knowledge of God throughout the Indies to wit whether he be of timber of the aire or the earth then there was an hundred yeeres agoe excepting New Spaine whither the religious men haue gone which is but a little corner of the Indies and so are they perished and doe perish all with Faith and without Sacraments I brother Bartholomew de las Casas or Casaus religious of the Order of Saint Dominicke which by the mercy of God am come into this Court of Spaine to sue that the Hell might bee withdrawen from the Indies and that these innumerable soules redeemed by the bloud of Iesus Christ should not perish for euermore without remedie but
more then Rockie Spaniards which massacred him and all his companie This butcherie was reuenged in a fourth Floridan Voyage made from France by Captaine Gaurgues Anna 1567. who borrowed and sold to set forth three ships and entring the Riuer Tacaâacourn which the French called Seine he made league with eight Sauage Kings which had beene much dispighted by the Spaniards and were growne as dispightfull to them The Spaniards were accounted foure hundred strong and had diuided themselues into three Forts vpon the Riuer of May the greatest begun by the French two smaller neerer the Riuers mouth to fortifie each thereof with twelue hundred Souldiers in them well prouided for Munition In Aprill 1568. he tooke these two Forts and slue all the Spaniards the vindicatiue Sauages giuing him vehement and eager assistance especially Olotocara Nephew to Saturioua As they went to the Fort he said that he should die there and therefore desired Gourgues to giue that to his wife which he would haue giuen himselfe that it might bee buried with him for his better welcome to the Village of the Soules departed This Fort was taken the Spaniards some slaine others taken and hanged on the same trees on which the French hung fiue of which on of these Spaniards confessed he had hanged and now acknowledged the Diuine Iustice. In steed of the Writings which Melendes had hanged ouer them I doe not this as to Frenchmen but as to Lutherans Gourgues set vp another I doe not this as to Spaniards or Mariners but as to Traitors Robbers and Murtherers The Forts he razed not hauing men to keepe them and in Iune following arriued in Rochel Comming to the King with expectation of reward the Spanish King had so possessed him that he was faine to hide himselfe This Dominicke de Gourgues had beene an old Souldier once imprisoned and of a Captaine made a Gally-slaue by the Spaniards and grew for his seruice in reputation with the Queene of England he died Anno 1582. And thus much of the French Voyages in Florida for Virginias sake worthy to be knowne of the English Now for their more Northerne Voyages and Plantations Master Hakluyt hath published the Voyages of Iaques Cartier who in Aprill 1534. departed from Saint Malo with two ships and in May arriued at Newfoundland On the one and twentieth of May they came to the Iland of Birds a league about so full of Birds as if they were sowed there and a hundred times as many houering about it some as bigge as Iayes blacke and white with beakes like Crowes lying alway on the Sea their wings not bigger then halfe ones hand which makes that they cannot flie high In lesse then halfe an houre they filled two Boat with them These they named Aporatz another lesse Port which put themselues vnder the wings of others greater they called Godetz a third bigger and white byting like Dogges they called Margaulx Though the Iland be fourteene leagues from the Continent Beares come thither to feed on those Birds One white one as bigge as a Kow they killed in her swimming and found her good meate Three such Bird Ilands they also discouered the fiue and twentieth of Iune which they called the Ilands of Margaulx There also they found Morses Beares and Wolues But these Northerne Coasts are better knowne to our Countrymen then that I should mention his French names which from Cabots time almost forty yeeres before had beene knowne to the English The next yeere Cartier set forth with three ships to Saint Lawrence his Bay and so to the Riuer of Hochelaga They went to Canada and to the Towne of Hochelaga They saw the great and swift fall of the Riuer and were told of three more therein The Scorbute that Winter killed fiue and twentie of their men in their Fort the rest recouered by the vse the sap and leaues of a tree called Hameda which was thought to be Sassafras These reports of Canada Saguenay and Hochelaga caused King Francis to send him againe Anno 1540. purposing also to send Iohn Francis de la Roche Lord of Robewall to be his Lieutenant in the Countries of Canada Saguenay and Hochelaga Hee went Anno 1542. his chiefe Pilot was Iohn Alphouso of Xantoigne whose Notes as also the Relation of that Voyage with three shippes and two hundred persons men women and children Master Hakluyt hath recorded He built a Fort and wintered there and then returned These were the French beginnings who haue continued their Trading in those parts by yeerly Voyages to that Coast to these times for fishing and sometimes for Beauers skinnes and other Commodities One Saualet is said to haue made two and forty Voyages to those parts Marke Lescarbot hath published a large Booke called Noua Francia and additions thereto part of which we haue here for better intelligence of those parts added with Champleins Discoueries CHAP. VI. The Voyage of SAMVEL CHAMPLAINE of Brouage made vnto Canada in the yeere 1603. dedicated to CHARLES de Montmorencie c. High Admirall of France WE departed from Houfleur the fifteenth day of March 1603. This day we put into the Roade of New Hauen because the winde was contrary The Sunday following being the sixteenth of the said moneth we set saile to proceed on our Voyage The seuenteenth day following we had sight of Iersey and Yarnsey which are Iles betweene the Coast of Normandie and England The eighteenth of the said moneth wee discryed the Coast of Britaine The nineteenth at seuen of the clocke at night we made account that we were thwart of Ushent The one and twentieth at seuen of clocke in the morning we met with seuen ships of Hollanders which to our iudgement came from the Indies On Easter day the thirtieth of the said moneth wee were encountred with a great storme which seemed rather to be thunder then winde which lasted the space of seuenteene dayes but not so great as it was the two first dayes and during the said time we rather lost way then gained The sixteenth day of Aprill the storme began to cease and the Sea became more calme then before to the contentment of all the Company in such sort as continuing our said course vntill the eighteenth of the said moneth we met with a very high Mountaine of Ice The morrow after we discried a banke of Ice which continued aboue eight leagues in length with an infinite number of other smaller peeces of Ice which hindred our passage And by the iudgement of our Pilot the said flakes or Ice were one hundred or one hundred twenty leagues from the Country of Canada and we were in 45. degrees and two third parts we found passage in 44. deg The second of May at eleuen of clocke of the day we came vpon The Banke in 44. degrees one third part The sixt of the said moneth we came so neere the land that we heard the Sea beate against the shore
me that they beare Fruit like ours In passing further we met an Ile which is called Saint Eloy and another little Ile which is hard by the North shoare we passed betweene the said Ile and the North shore where betweene the one and the other are some hundred and fiftie paces From the said Ile we passed a league and an halfe on the South side neere vnto a Riuer whereon Canowes might goe All this Coast on the North side is very good one may passe freely there yet with the Lead in the hand to auoid certaine points All this Coast which we ranged is mouing Sand but after you be entred a little into the Woods the soile is good The Friday following we departed from this I le coasting still the North side hard by the shoare which is low and full of good Trees and in great number as farre as the three Riuers where it beginneth to haue another temperature of the season somewhat differing from that of Saint Croix because the Trees are there more forward then in any place that hitherto I had seene From the three Riuers to Saint Croix are fifteene leagues In this Riuer are sixe Ilands three of which are very small and the others some fiue or sixe hundred paces long very pleasant and fertile for the little quantitie of ground that they containe There is one Iland in the middest of the said Riuer which looketh directly vpon the passage of the Riuer of Canada and commandeth the other Ilands which lye further from the shoare aswell on the one side as on the other of foure or fiue hundred paces it riseth on the South side and falleth somewhat on the North side This in my iudgement would be a very fit place to inhabit and it might bee quickly fortified for the situation is strong of it selfe and neere vnto a great Lake which is aboue foure leagues distant which is almost ioyned to the Riuer of Saguenay by the report of the Sauages which trauell almost an hundred leagues Northward and passe many Saults and then goe by Land some fiue or sixe leagues and enter into a Lake whence the said Riuer of Saguenay receiueth the best part of his Spring and the said Sauages come from the said Lake to Tadousac Moreouer the planting of The three Riuers would be a benefit for the liberty of certaine Nations which dare not come that way for feare of the said Irocois their enemies which border vpon all the said Riuer of Canada But this place being inhabited we might make the Irocois and the other Sauages friends or at least wise vnder the fauour of the said Plantation the said Sauages might passe freely without feare or danger because the said place of The three Riuers is a passage All the soyle which I saw on the North shoare is sandy Wee went vp aboue a league into the said Riuer and could passe no further by reason of the great current of water We took a Boate to search vp further but we went not past a league but we met a very Strait full of water of some twelue paces which caused vs that we could not passe no further All the ground which I saw on the bankes of the said Riuer riseth more and more and is full of Firre-trees and Cypresse Trees and hath very few other Trees ON the Saturday following we departed from The three Riuers and anchored at a Lake which is foure leagues distant All this Countrey from The three Riuers to the entrance of the said Lake is low ground euen with the water on the North side and on the South side it is somewhat higher The said Countrey is exceeding good and the most pleasant that hitherto we had seene the Woods are very thinne so that a man may trauell easily through them The next day being the nine and twentieth of Iune we entred into the Lake which is some fifteene leagues in length and some seuen or eight leagues broad At the entrance thereof on the South-side within a league there is a Riuer which is very great and entreth into the Countrey some sixtie or eightie leagues and continuing along the same Coast there is another little Riuer which pierceth about two leagues into the Land and commeth out of another small Lake which may containe some three or foure leagues On the North side where the Land sheweth very high a man may see some twentie leagues off but by little and little the Mountaynes beginne to fall toward the West as it were into a flat Countrey The Sauages say that the greatest part of these Mountaynes are bad soyle The said Lake hath some three fathoms water whereas we passed which was almost in the middest the length lieth East and West and the breadth from North to the South I thinke it hath good fish in it of such kinds as we haue in our owne Countrey Wee passed it the very same day and anchored about two leagues within the great Riuer which goeth vp to the Sault In the mouth whereof are thirtie small Ilands as farre as I could discerne some of them are of two leagues others a league and an halfe some lesse which are full of Walnut-trees which are not much different from ours and I thinke their Walnuts are good when they bee ripe I saw many of them vnder the Trees which were of two sorts the one small and the others as long as a mans Thumbe but they were rotten There are also store of Vines vpon the bankes of the said Ilands But when the waters be great the most part of them is couered with water And this Countrey is yet better then any other which I had seene before The last day of Iune wee departed from thence and passed by the mouth of the Riuer of the Irocois where the Sauages which came to make warre against them were lodged and fortified Their Fortresse was made with a number of posts set very close one to another which ioyned on the one side on the banke of the great Riuer of Canada and the other on the banke of the Riuer of the Irocois and their Boates were ranged the one by the other neere the shoare that they might flie away with speed if by chance they should bee surprised by the Irocois For their Fort is couered with the barke of Okes and serueth them for nothing else but to haue time to embarke themselues We went vp the Riuer of the Irocois some fiue or sixe leagues and could passe no farther with our Pinnasse by reason of the great course of water which descendeth and also because we cannot goe on Land and draw the Pinnasse for the multitude of Trees which are vpon the bankes Seeing we could not passe any further we tooke our Skiffe to see whether the current were more gentle but going vp some two leagues it was yet stronger and wee could goe no higher Being able to doe no more we returned to our
to maintaine keepe and conserue the said places vnder our Power and Authoritie by the formes wayes and meanes prescribed by our Lawes And for to haue there a care of the same with you to appoint establish and constitute all Officers as well in the affaires of Warre as for Iustice and Policie for the first time and from thence forward to name and present them vnto vs for to be disposed by vs and to giue Letters Titles and such Prouisoes as shall be necessarie c. Giuen at Fountain-Bleau the eight day of Nouember in the yeere our Lord 1603. And of our Reigne the fifteenth Signed Henry and vnderneath by the King Potier And sealed vpon single labell with yellow Waxe The Voyage of Monsieur de MONTS into New France written by MARKE LESCARBOT MOnsieur de Monts hauing made the Commissions and Prohibitions before said to bee proclaimed thorow the Realme of France and especially thorow the Ports and maritine Townes thereof caused two shippes to bee rigged and furnished the one vnder the conduct of Captaine Timothy of New-hauen the other of Captaine Morell of Honfleur In the first hee shipped himselfe with good number of men of account as well Gentlemen as others And for as much as Monsieur de Poutrincourt was and had beene of a long time desirous to see those Countries of New France and there to finde out and choose some fit place to retire himselfe into with his Family Wife and Children not meaning to be the last that should follow and participate in the glorie of so faire and generous an enterprize would needs goe thither and shipped himselfe with the said Monsieur de Monts carrying with him some quantitie of Armours and Munitions of Warre and so weighed Anchors from New-hauen the seuenth day of March 1604. But being departed some what too soone before the Winter had yet left off her frozen Weed they found store of Icie bankes against the which they were in danger to strike and so to be cast away The Voyage was long by reason of contrarie winds which seldome hapneth to them that set out in March for the New-found lands which are ordinarily carried with an East or Northerne winde fit to goe to those Lands And hauing taken their course to the South of the I le of Sand or Sablon or Sand for to shunne the said Ices they almost fell from Caribdis into Scylla going to strike towards the said Ile during the thicke mists that are frequent in that Sea In the end the sixt of May they came to a certaine Port where they found Captaine Rossignol of New-hauen who did trucke for skinnes with the Sauages contrary to the Kings Inhibitions which was the cause that his ship was confilcated This Port was called Le Port du Rossignol hauing in this his hard fortune this onely good that a good and fit Harborough or Port in those Coasts be areth his name From thence coasting and discouering the Lands they arriued at another Port very faire which they named Le Port de Moutton by reason that a Mutton or Weather hauing leaped ouer-board and drowned himselfe came aboard againe and was taken and eaten as good prize Neere the said Moutton Port there is a place so replenished with Rabbets and Conies that they almost did eate nothing else During that time Monsieur Champlein was sent with a shallop to seeke farther off a fitter place to retire themselues at which Exploit he carried so long that deliberating vpon the returne they thought to leaue him behind for there was no more victuals and they serued themselues with that that was found in the said Rossignols ship without which they had beene forced to returne into France and so to breake a faire enterprize at the very birth and beginning thereof or to starue hauing ended the hunting of Conies which could not still continue All New France in the end being contained in two ships they weighed Anchors from Port du Moutton for to imploy their time and to discouer Lands as much as might before Winter Wee came to Cape de Sable or the Sandie Cape and from thence we sailed to the Bay of Saint Marie where our men lay at Anchor fifteene dayes whilest the Lands and passages as well by Sea as by Riuer might be descried and knowne This Bay is a very faire place to inhabit because that one is readily carried thither without doubling There are Mynes of Iron and Siluer but in no great abundance according to the triall made thereof in France A Priest losing his way in the Woods was missing sixteene dayes Whereupon a Protestant was charged to haue killed him because they quarrelled sometimes for matters of Religion Finally they sounded a Trumpet thorow the Forrest they shot off the Canon diuers times but in vaine for the roaring of the Sea stronger then all that did expell backe the sound of the said Canons and Trumpets Two three and foure dayes passed he appeareth not In the meane-while the time hastens to depart so hauing tarried so long that hee was then held for dead they weighed Anchors to goe further and to see the depth of a Bay that hath some fortie leagues length and fourteene yea eighteene of breadth which was named La Baye Francoise or the French Bay In this Bay is the passage to come into a Port whereinto our men entred and made some abode during the which they had the pleasure to hunt an Elian or Stagge that crossed a great Lake of the Sea which maketh this Port and did swimme but easily This Port is enuironed with Mountaines on the North side Towards the South bee small Hills which with the said Mountaines doe powre out a thousand Brookes which make that place pleasanter then any other place in the World there are very faire falles of waters fit to make Milles of all sorts At the East is a Riuer betweene the said Mountaines and Hilles in the shippes may saile fifteene leagues and more and in all this distance is nothing of both sides the Riuer but faire Medowes which Riuer was named L' Equille because that the first fish taken therein was an Equille But the said Port for the beautie thereof was called Port Royall Monsieur de Poutrincourt hauing found this place to bee to his ââking demanded it with the Lands thereunto adioyning of Monsieur de Monts to whom the King had by Commission before inserted granted the distribution of the Lands of New France from the fortieth degree to the sixe and fortieth Which place was granted to the said Monsieur de Poutrincourt who since hath had Letters of confirmation for the same of his Maiestie intending to retire himselfe thither with his Family and there to establish the Christian and French Name as much as his power shall stretch and God grant him the meanes to accomplish it The Port contayneth eight leagues of circuit besides the Riuer of L' Equille There is within it two Iles very faire and pleasant the one
at the mouth of the said Riuer which I deeme to bee of the greatnesse of the Citie of Beauvais The other at the side of the mouth of another Riuer as broad as the Riuer of Oise or Marne entring within the said Port The said Ile beeing almost of the greatnesse of the other and they both are wooddie In this Port and right ouer against the former I le wee dwelt three yeeres after this Voyage We will speake thereof more at large hereafter From Port Royall they sailed to the Copper Myne whereof wee haue spoken before else-where It is a high Rocke betweene two Bayes of the Sea wherein the Copper is conioyned with the stone very faire and very pure such as is that which is called Rozette Copper Many Gold-smithes haue seene of it in France which doe say that vnder the Copper Myne there might be a Golden Myne which is very probable For if those excrements that Nature expelleth forth be so pure namely small pieces that are found vpon the grauell at the foote of the Rocke when it is low water there is no doubt that the Metall which is in the bowels of the earth is much more perect but this is a Worke that requireth time The first myning and working is to haue Bread Wine and Cattle as we haue said else-where Our felicitie consisteth not in Mynes specially of Gold and Siluer the which serue for nothing in the tillage of the ground nor to Handicrafts vse Contrariwise the abundance of them is but a charge and burthen that keepeth man in perpetuall vnquiet and the more he hath thereof the lesse rest enioyeth he and his life lesser assured vnto him Before the Voyages of Perou great riches might haue beene set vp in a small place in stead that in this our age by the abundance of Gold and siluer the same is come at no value nor esteeme One hath need of huge Chests and Coffers to put in that which a small Budget might haue contained One might haue trauelled with a Purse in ones sleeue and now a Cloke-bagge and a Horse must expresly be had for that purpose Wee may iustly curse the houre that greedie Auarice did carrie the Spaniard into the West for the wofull euents that haue ensued thereof For when I consider that by his greedinesse he hath kindled and maintayned the Warre thorow all Christendome and his onely studie hath beene how to destroy his Neighbours and not the Turke I cannot thinke that any other but the Deuill hath beene the Authour of their Voyages And let not the pretence of Religion be alleaged vnto mee for as wee haue said elsewhere they haue killed all the of-spring of the Countrey with the most inhumane torments that the Deuill hath beene able to excogitate And by their cruelties haue rendred the Name of God odious and a name of offence to those poore people and haue continually and daily blasphemed him in the midst of the Gentiles as the Prophet reprocheth to the people of Israel Wâânesse him that had rather bee damned then goe to the Paradise of the Spâniards c. Among these Copper Rockes there is found sometimes small Rockes couered with Diamonds fixed to them I will not aflure them for fine but that is very pleasing to the sight There are also certaine shining blue stones which are of no lesse value or worth than Turkie Stones Monsieur de Champdore our guide for the Nauigations in those Countries hauing cut within a Rocke one of those stones at his returne from New France hee brake it in two and gaue one part of it to Monsieur de Monts the other to Monsieur de Poutrincourt which they made tobe put in Gold and were found worthy to be presented the one to the King by the said Poutrincourt the other to the Queene by the said de Monts and were very well accepted I remember that a Goldsmith did offer fifteene Crownes to Monsieur de Poutrincourt for that hee presented to his Maiestie This Riuer is one of the fairest that may be seene hauing store of Ilands and swarming with fishes This last yeere 1608. thy said Monsieur de Champdore with one of the said Monsieur de Monts his men hath beene some fiftie leagues vp the said Riuer and doe witnesse that there is great quantitie of Vines along the shoare but the Grapes are not so bigge as they be in the Countrie of the Armouchiquois There are also Onions and many other sorts of good hearbs As for the Trees they are the fairest that may be seene When wee were there wee saw great number of Cedar Trees Concerning fishes the said Champdore hath related vnto vs that putting the Kettle ouer fire they had taken fish sufficient for their Dinner before that the water was hot Moreouer this Riuer stretching it selfe farre within the Lands of the Sauages doth maruellously shorten the long trauels by meanes thereof For in sixe dayes they goe to Gashepe comming to the Bay of Gulfe of Chaleur or heate when they are at the end of it in carrying their Canowes some few leagues And by the same Riuer in eight dayes they go to Tadoussac by a branch of the same which commeth from the North-west In such sort that in Port Royall one may haue within fifteene or eighteene dayes newes from the Frenchmen dwelling in the great Riuer of Canada by these wayes which could not be done in one moneth by Sea nor without danger Leauing Saint Iohns Riuer they came following the Coast twentie leagues from that place to a great Riuer which is properly Sea where they fortified themselues in a little Iland seated in the middest of this Riuer which the said Champleine had beene to discouer and view And seeing it strong by nature and of easie defence and keeping besides that the season beganne to slide away and therefore it was behoouefull to prouide of lodging without running any farther they resolued to make their abode there As they began to visit and search the Iland Monsieur de Champdore of whom we shall henceforth make mention by reason he dwelt foure yeere in those parts conducting the Voyages made there was sent backe to the Bay of Saint Mary with a Mine-finder that had beene carried thither for to get some Mynes of siluer and Iron which they did And as they had crossed the French Bay they entred into the said Bay of Saint Marie by a narrow Straite or passage which is betweene the Land of Port Royall and an Iland called the Long I le where after some abode they going a fishing Monsieur Aubri the Priest before lost perceiued them and beganne with a feeble voice to call as loud as he could and put his Handkercher and his Hat on a staues end which made him better to be knowne During these sixteene daies hee fed himselfe but by I know not what small fruits like vnto Cheries without kernell yet not so delicate which are
season there one may see Orange-trees Lymmon-trees Fig-trees Pomgranat-trees and all such sorts of trees bring forth fruit as good as in Prouence The Sauages vse sweatings often as it were euery moneth and by this meanes they preserue themselues driuing out by sweate all the cold and euill humours they might haue gathered But one singular preseruatiue against this perfidious sicknesse which commeth so stealingly and which hauing once lodged it selfe within vs will not bee put out is to follow the counsell of him that is wife amonst the wise who hauing considered all the afflictions that man giue to himselfe during his life hath found nothing better then to reioyce himselfe and doe good ãâã take pleasure in his owne workes They that haue done so in our companie haue found themse ãâ¦ã s well by it contrariwise some alwaies grudging repining neuer content idle haue beene found out by the same disease True it is that for to enioy mirth it is good to haue the sweetnesse of fresh meates Fleshes Fishes Milke Butter Oyles Fruits and such like which wee had not at will I meane the common sort for alwaies some one or other of the companie did furnish Monsieur de Poutrincourt his Table with Wilde-fowle Venison or fresh Fish And if wee had halfe a dozen Kine I beleeue that no body had died there It resteth a preseruatiue necessary for the accomplishment of mirth and to the end one may take pleasure on the worke of his hands is euery one to haue the honest companie of his lawfull wife for without that the cheere is neuer perfect ones minde is alwaies vpon that which one loues and desireth there is still some sorrow the body becomes full of ill humours and so the sicknesse doth breed And for the last and soueraigne remedie I send backe the Patient to the tree of life for so one may well qualifie it which Iames Quartier doth call Anneda yet vnknowne in the coast of Port Royall vnlesse it bee peraduenture the Sasafras whereof there is quantitie in certaine places And it is an assured thing that the said tree is very excellent But Monsieur Champlain who is now in the great Riuer of Canada passing his Winter in the same part where the said Quartier did winter hath charge to finde it out and to make prouision thereof THe rough season being passed Monsieur de Monts wearied with his bad dwelling at Saint Croix determined to seeke out another Port in a warmer Countrie and more to the South And to that end made a Pinnace to bee armed and furnished with victuals to follow the coast and discouering new Countries to seeke out some happier Port in a more temperate aire Hee made in this Voyage but about an hundred and twenty leagues as wee will tell you now From Saint Croix to sixty leagues forward the coast lieth East and West at the end of which sixty leagues is a Riuer called by the Sauages Kinibeki From which place to Malebarre it lieth North and South and there is yet from one to the other sixty leagues in right line not following the Bayes So farre stretcheth Monsieur de Monts his Voyage wherein hee had for Pilot in his Vessell Monsieur de Champdore In all this Coast so farre as Kinibeki there are many places where shippes may bee harboured amongst the Ilands but the people there is not so frequent as is beyond that And there is no remarkable thing at least that may bee seene in the outside of the Lands but a Riuer whereof many haue written fables one after another I will recite that which is in the last Booke intituled The vniuersall Historie of the West Indies Printed at Douay the last yeere 1607. in the place where hee speaketh of Norombega For in reporting this I shall haue also said that which the first haue written from whom they haue had it Moreouer towards the North sayth the Authour after hee had spoken of Virginia is Norombega which is knowne well enough by reason of a faire Towne and a great Riuer though it is not found from whence it hath his name for the Barbarians doe call it Aguncia At the mouth of this Riuer there is an Iland very fit for fishing The Region that goeth along the Sea doth abound in fish and towards New France there is great number of wilde beasts and is very commodious for hunting the Inhabitants doe liue in the same manner as they of New France If this beautifull Towne hath euer beene in nature I would faine knowe who hath pulled it downe For there is but Cabins heere and there made with pearkes and couered with barkes of trees or with skinnes and both the Riuer and the place inhabited is called Pemptegoet and not Agguncia The Riuer sauing the tide is scarce as the Riuer on that coast because there are not Lands sufficient to produce them by reason of the great Riuer of Canada which runneth like this coast and is not fourescore leagues distant from that place in crossing the Lands which from else-where receiued many Riuers falling from those parts which are towards Norombega At the entrie whereof it is so farre from hauing but one Iland that rather the number thereof is almost infinite for as much as this Riuer enlarging it selfe like the Greeke Lambda ãâã the mouth whereof is all full of Iles whereof there is one of them lying very farre off and the formost in the Sea which is high and markable aboue the others But some will say that I equiuocate in the situation of Norombega and that it is not placed where I take it To this I answer that the Author whose words I haue a little before alleaged is in this my sufficient warrant who in his Geographicall Mappe hath placed in the mouth of this Riuer in the 44. degree and his supposed Towne in the 45. wherein we differ but in one degree which is a small matter For the Riuer that I meane is in the 45. degree and as for any Towne there is none Now of necessity it must be this riuer because that the same being passed and that of Kinibeki which is in the same higth there is no other Riuer forward whereof account should be made till one come to Virginia I say furthermore that seeing the Barbarians of Norombega doe liue as they of new France and haue abundance of hunting it must be that their Prouince be sea ãâ¦ã our new France for fiftie leagues farther to the South-west there is no great game bec ãâ¦ã e the woods are thinner there and the Inhabitants setled and in greater number then in Norombega The Riuer of Norombega being passed Monsieur de Monts went still coasting vntill he came to Kinibeki where a Riuer is that may shorten the way to goe to the great Riuer of Canada There is a number of Sauages Cabined there and the land beginneth there to be better peopled From Kinibeki going farther one findeth the Bay of
it into their mouthes they spitted it out so ignorant is this people of the best thing that God hath giuen to Man next to Bread Yet notwithstanding they haue no want of wit and might be brought to doe some good things if they were ciuilized and had the vse of Handy-craââs But they are subtile theeuish traiterous and though they bee naked yet one cannot take heed of their fingers for if one turne neuer so little his eyes aside and that they spie ââe opportunitie to steale any Knife Hatchet or any thing else they will not misse nor fayl ãâ¦ã it and wâll put the theft betweene their buttockes or will hidâ it within the sand with their foot so cu ãâ¦ã gly that one shall not perceiue it Indeed I doe not wonder if a people poore and naked be t ãâ¦ã uish but when the heart is malicious it is vnexcusable This people is such that they must bee hândled with terrour for if through loue and gentlenesse one giue them too free accessâ they will practise some surprize as it hath beene knowne in diuers occasions heretofore and will yet here-after be seene And without deferring any longer the second day after our comming thither as they saw our people busie awashing Linnen they came some fitty one following another with Bowes Arrowes and Quiuers intending to play some bad part as it was conâectâred vpon theiâ manâer of proceeding but they were preuented some of our men going to meet them with their Muskets and Matches at the cocke which made some of them runne away and the others being compassed in hauing put downe their weapons came to a Peninsule or small head of an Iland where our men were and making a friendly shew demanded to trucke the Tabacco they had for our merchandises The next day the Captaine of the said place and Port came into Monsieur de Pontrincourts Barke to see him wee did maruell to see him accompanied with Olmechin seeing the way was maruellous long to come thither by Land and much shorter by Sea That gaue cause of bad suspicion albeit hee had promised his loue to the Frenchmen Notwithstanding they were gently receiued And Monsieur de Poutrincourt gaue to the said Olmechin a complete garment wherewith being clothed hee viewed himselfe in a Glasse and did laugh to see himselfe in that order But a little while after feeling that the same hindred him although it was in October when hee was returned vnto his Cabins he distributed it to sundry of his men to the end that one alone should not be ouerpestered with it Now during the time of the said Monsieur de Poutrincourt was there being in doubt whether Monsieur de Monts would come to make an habitation on that Coast as hee wished it hee made there a piece of ground to be tilled for to sowe Corne and to plant Vines As they were a deliberating to passe farther Olmechin came to the Barke to see Monsieur de Poutrincourt where hauing carried certaine houres either in talking or eating hee said that the next day an hundred Boates should come contayning euery one sixe men but the comming of such a number of men being but troublesome Monsieur de Poutrincourt would not tarrie for them but went away the same day to Malebarre not without much difficultie by reason of the great streames and shoalds that are there So that the Barke hauing touched at three foot of water onely we thought to be cast away and wee beganne to vnlade her and put victuals into the Shalop which was behind for to saue vs on Land but being no full Sea the Barke came aflote within an houre All this Sea is a Land ouerflowed as that of Mount Saint Michaels a sanday ground in which all that resteth is a plaine flat Countrey as farre as the Mountaines which are seene fifteene leagues off from that place And I am of opinion that as farre as Virginia it is all alike Moreouer there is here great quantity of Grapes as before and a Country very full of people Mousieur de Monts being come to Malebarre in an other season of the yeare gathered onely greene Grapes which he made to be preserued and brought some to the King But it was our good hap to come thither in October for to see the maturity thereof I haue here before shewed the difficulty that is found in entering into Malebarre This is the cause why Monsieur de Poutrincourt came not in with his Barke but went thither with a Shallop onely which thirty or forty Sauages did helpe to draw in and when it was full tide but the tide doth not mount here but two fathams high which is seldome seene he went out and retired himselfe into his said Barke to passe further in the morning as soone as he should ordaine it THe night beginning to giue place to the dawning of the day the sailes are hoised vp but it was but a very perilous nauigation For with this small Vessell they were forced to coast the land where they found no depth going backe to Sea it was yet worse in such wise that they did strike twice or thrice being raised vp againe onely by the waues and the rudder was broken which was a dreadfull thing In this extremity they were constrained to cast anker in the Sea at two fathams deepe and three leagues off from the land Which being done Daniel Hay a man which taketh pleasure in shewing forth his vertue in the perils of the Sea was sent towards the Coast to view it and see if there were any Port. And as he was neere land he saw a Sauage which did dance singing yo yo yo he called to him to come neerer and by signes asked him if there were any place to retire Ships in and where any fresh water was The Sauage hauing made signe there was hee tooke him into his Shallop and brought him to the Barke wherein was Chkoudun Captaine of the Riuer of Oigoudi otherwise Saint Iohns Riuer who being brought before this Sauage he vnderstood him no more than did our owne people true it is that hy signes he comprehended better then they what he would say This Sauage shewed the places where no depth was and where was any and did so well indenting and winding here and there alway the led in hand that in the end they came to the Port shewed by him where small depth is wherein the Barke being arriued diligence was vsed to make a forge for to mend her with her rudder and an Ouen to bake Bread because there was no more Bisket left Fifteene dayes were imployed in this worke during the which Monsieur de Poutrincourt according to the laudable custome of Christians made a Crosse to be framed and set vp vpon a greene Banke as Monsieur de Mont had done two yeeres before at Kinibeki and Malebarre Now among these painefull exercises they gaue not ouer making good cheere with
healthfulnesse of the place First for our selues thankes be to God we had not a man sicke two dayes together in all our Voyage whereas others that went out with vs or about that time on other Voyages especially such as went vpon reprâsall were most of them infected with sicknesse whereof they lost some of theâr men and brought home a many sicke returning notwithstanding long before vs. But Verazzano and others as I take it you may reade in the Booke of Discoueries doe more particularly intreate of the Age of the people in that coast The Sassafras which we brought we had vpon the Ilands where though we bad little disturbance and reasonable plenty yet for that the greatest part of our people were imployed about the fitting of our house and such like affaires and a few and those but easie labourers vndertooke this worke the rather because we were informed before our going forth that a tunne was sufficient to cloy England and further for that we had resolued vpon our returne and taken view of our victuall we iudged it then needefull to vse expedition which afterward we had more certaine proofe of for when we came to an anker before Portsmouth which was some foure dayes after we made the land we had not one Cake of Bread nor any drinke but a little Vinegar left fâr these and other reasons we returned no otherwise laden then you haue heard And thus much I hope shall suffice till I can my selfe come to giue you further notice which though it be not so soone as I could haue wisht yet I hope it shall be in conuenient time In the meane time crauing your pardon for which the vrgent occasions of my stay will pleade I humbly take my leaue 7. Septemb. 1602. Your dutifull Sonne BARTH GOSNOLD CHAP. XI The Relation of Captaine GOSNOLS Voyage to the North part of Virginia begunne the sixe and twentieth of March Anno 42. ELIZABETHAE Reginae 1602. and deliuered by GABRIEL ARCHER a Gentleman in the said Voyage THe said Captaine did set sayle from Famouth the day and yeere aboue written accompanied with thirtie two persons whereof eight Mariners and Saylers twelue purposing vpon the Discouery to returne with the ship for England the rest remayne there for population The fourteenth of Aprill following wee had sight of Saint Maries an Iland of the Assoris The three and twentieth of the same beeing two hundred leagues Westwards from the said Iland in the latitude of 37. degrees The water in the mayne Ocean appeared yellow the space of two leagues North and South where sounding with thirtie fadome Line wee found no ground and taking vp some of the said water in a bucket it altered not either in colour or taste from the Sea Azure The seuenth of May following we first saw many Birds in bignesse of Cliffe Pidgeons and after diuers other as Pettrels Cootes Hagbuts Pengwins Murres Gannets Cormorants Guls with many else in our English Tongue of no name The eight of the same the water changed to a yellowish greene where at seuentie fadome we had ground The ninth wee had two and twentie fadome in faire sandie ground hauing vpon our Lead many glittering Stones somewhat heauie which might promise some Minerall matter in the bottome we held our selues by computation well neere the latitude of 43. degrees The tenth wee sonnded in 27. 30. 37. 43. fadome and then came to 108. some thought it to be the sounding of the Westermost end of Saint Iohns Iland vpon this banke we saw sculs of fish in great numbers The twelfth we hoysed out halfe of our shallop and sounding had then eightie fadome without any current perceiued by William Strete the Master one hundred leagues Westward from Saint Maries til we came to the foresaid soundings continually passed fleeting by vs Sea-oare which seemed to haue their moueable course towards the North-east a matter to set some subtle inuention on worke for comprehending the true cause thereof The thirteenth wee sounded in seuentie fadome and obserued great beds of weedes much woode and diuers things else floating by vs when as we had smelling of the shoare such as from the Southerne Cape and Andulazia in Spaine The fourteenth about six in the morning we descried Land that lay North c. the Northerly part we called the North Land which to another Rocke vpon the same lying twelue leagues West that wee called Sauage Rocke because the Sauages first shewed themselues there fiue leagues towards the said Rocke is an out Point of woodie ground the Trees thereof very high and straight from the Rocke East North-east From the said Rocke came towards vs a Biscay shallop with saile and Oares hauing eight persons in it whom we supposed at first to bee Christians distressed But approching vs neere wee perceiued them to bee Sauages These comming within call hayled vs and wee answered Then after signes of peace and a long speech by one of them made they came boldly aboord vs being all naked sauing about their shoulders certaine loose Deere-skinnes and neere their wastes Seale-skinnes tyed fast like to Irish Dimmie Trouses One that seeemed to be their Commander wore a Wastecoate of blacke worke a paire of Breeches cloth Stockings Shooes Hat and Band one or two more had also a few things made by some Christians these with a piece of Chalke described the Coast thereabouts and could name Placentia of the New-found-land they spake diuers Christian words and seemed to vnderstand much more then we for want of Language could comprehend These people are in colour swart their haire long vp tyed with a knot in the part of behind the head They paint their bodies which are strong and well proportioned These much desired our longer stay but finding our selues short of our purposed place we set saile Westwards leauing them and their Coast. About sixteene leagues South-west from thence wee perceiued in that course two small Ilands the one lying Eastward from Sauage Rock the other to the Southwards of it the Coast we left was full of goodly Woods faire Plaines with little greene round Hils aboue the Cliffes appearing vnto vs which are indifferently raised but all Rockie and of shining stones which might haue perswaded vs a longer stay there The fifteenth day we âad againe sight of the Land which made a head being as wee thought an Iland by reason of a large sound that appeared Westward betweene it and the Mayne for comming âo the Well end thereof we did perceiue a large opening we called it Shole-hope Neere this Cape we came to Anchor in fifteene fadome where wee tooke great store of Cod-fish for which we altâred the name and called it Cape Cod. Here wee saw sculs of Herrings Mackerels and other small ãâã in great abundance This is a low sandie shoare but without danger also wee came to Anchor againe in sixteene fadome faire by the Land in the latitude of 42. degrees This
in the Sea but because she got vnder the Fortresse which also began to shoot at the Englishmen they were forced to leaue her and to put further into the Sea hauing slaine fiue or sixe of the Spaniards The Englishmen that were taken in the small ship were put vnder hatches and coupled in bolts and after they had beene Prisoners three or foure dayes there was a Spanish Ensigne-bearer in the ship that had a brother âââine in the ââeet that came for England who as then minding to reuenge his death and withall to shew his man-hood to the English Captiues that were in the English shippe which they had taken as is aforesaid tooke a Ponyard in his hand and went downe vnder the Hatches where finding the poore Englishmen sitting in bolts with the same Ponyard he stabbed sixe of them to the heart which two others of them perceiuing clasped each other about the middle because they would not bee murthered by him threw themselues into the Sea and there were drowned This act was of all the Spaniards much disliked and very ill taken so that they carried the Spaniard prisoner vnto Lisbone where being arriued the King of Spaine willed he should be sent into England that the Queene of England might vse him as she thought good which sentence his friends by intreatie got to bee reuersed notwithstanding he commanded he should without all fauour bee beheaded but vpon a good Friday the Cardinall going to Masse all the Captaines and Commanders made so great intreatie for him that in the end they got his pardon This I thought good to note that men might vnderstand the bloudie and honest mindes of the Spaniards when they haue men vnder their subiection The same two English ships which followed the Spanish Admirall till hee had got vnder the Fort of Tercera as I said before put into the Sea where they met with an other Spanish ship being of the same fleete that had likewise beene scattered by the storme and was only missing for the rest lay in the Road this small ship the Englishmen tooke and sent all the men on shore not hurting any of them but if they had knowne what had beene done vnto the foresaid English Captiues I beleeue they would soone haue reuenged themselues as afterward many an innocent soule payed for it This ship thus taken by the Englishmen was the same that was kept and confiscated in the Iland of Tercera by the Englishmen that got out of the Iland in a fisher-boat as I said before and was sold vnto the Spaniards that as then came from the Indies wherewith they sailed to Saint Lucas where it was also arrested by the Duke and appoined to goe in company to fetch the siluer in Tercera because it was a shippe that sayled well but among the Spaniards fleete it was the meanest of the Company By this meanes it was taken from the Spaniards and carried into England and the Owners had it againe when they least thought of it The nineteenth of March the aforesaid ships being nineteene in number set saile hauing laden the Kings siluer and receiued in Aluaro Flores de Quiniones with his company and good prouision of necessaries Munition and Souldiers that were fully resolued as they made shew to fight valiantly to the last man before they would yeeld or lose their riches and although they set their course for Saint Lucas the wind draue them vnto Lisbone which as it seemed was willing by his force to helpe them and to bring them thither in safetie although Aluaro de Flores both against the wind and weather would perforce haue sailed to Saint Lucas but being constrained by the wind and importunitie of the Sailers that protested they would require their losses and damages of him he was content to saile to Lisbone from whence the siluer was by Land carried into Siuilia At Cape Saint Vincent there lay a Fleet of twentie English shippes to watch for the Armada so that if they had put into Saint Lucas they had fallen right into their hands which if the wind had serued they had done And therefore they may say that the wind had lent them a happie Voyage for if the Englishmen had met with them they had surely beene in great danger and possibly but few of them had escaped by reason of the feare wherewith they were possessed because Fortune or rather God was wholly against them Which is a sufficient cause to make the Spaniards out of heart to the contrarie to giue the Englishmen more courage and to make them bolder for that they are victorious stout and valiant and seeing all their enterprizes doe take so good effect that thereby they are become Lords and Masters of the Sea and need care for no man as it well appeareth by this briefe Discourse In the month of March 1590. There was a Blasing Starre with a taile seene in Tercera that continued foure nights together stretching the tayle towards the South In the moneth of May a Caruell of Fayael arriued at Tercera in the Hauen or Road of Angra laden with Oxen Sheepe Hennes and all other kinds of victuals and full of people which by a storme had broken her Ruther whereby the Sea cast her about and therewith she sunke and in her were drowned three children and a Frier Franciscan the rest of the men saued themselues by swimming and by helpe from the shore but all the Cattle and Hennes came drowned to land the Frier was buried with a great Procession and Solemnitie esteeming him for a Saint because he was taken vp dead with his Booke betweene his armes for the which cause euery man came to looke on him as a Miracle giuing great Offerings to say Masses for his soule The first of August the Gouernor of Tercera receiued aduise out of Portugall and Spaine that two yeeres before the date of his Letters there were sayled out of England twelue great shippes well appointed with full resolution to take their iournie seuen of them into the Portugall Indies and the other fiue to Malacca of the which fiue two were cast away in passing the Straits of Magellanes and three sayled to Malacca but what they had done there was as then not knowne The other seuen passed the Cape de bona Speranza and arriued in India where they put into the Coast of Malabares but let them goe againe and two Turkish Gallies that came out of the Straits of Mecca or the Red Sea to whom likewise they did no hurt And there they laded their ships wis Spices and returned backe againe on their way but where or in what place they had laden it was not certainely knowne sauing onely that thus much was written by the Gouernour of India and sent ouer Land to Uenice and from thence to Madrill The seuenth of August a Nauie of English ships was seene before Tercera beeing twentie in number and fiue of them the Queenes ships their Generall was one Martin Frobisher as wee after had
intelligence They came purposely to watch for the fleet of the Spanish Indies and for the Indian ships and the shippes of the Countries in the West which put the Ilanders in great feare specially those of Fayael for that the Englishmen sent a Trumpet to the Gouernour to aske certaine wine flesh and other victuals for their money and good friendship They of Fayael did not onely refuse to giue eare vnto them but with a shot killed their Messenger or Trumpetter which the Englishmen tooke in euill part sending them word that they were best to looke to themselues and stand vpon their guard for they meant to come and visit them whether they would or no. The Gouernour made them answere that he was there in the behalfe of his Maiestie of Spaine and that he would doe his best to keepe them out as he was bound but no thing was done although they of Fayael were in no little feare sending to Tercera for aide from whence they had certaine Barkes with Powder and Munition for warre with some Bisket and other necessary prouision The thirtieth of August we receiued very certaine newes out of Portugall that there were eightie ships put out of the Carunho laden with Victuals Munition Money and Souldiers to goe for Britaine to aide the Catholikes and Leaguers of France against the King of Nauarre At the same time two Netherland Hulkes comming out of Portugall to Tercera beeing halfe the Seas ouer met with foure of the Queenes shippes their Generall beeing Sir Iohn Hawkins that stayed them but let them goe againe without doing them any harme The Netherlanders reported that each of the Queenes ships had eightie Peeces of Ordnance and that Captaine Drake lay with fortie ships in the English Channell watching for the Armie of Carunho and likewise that there lay at the Cape Saint Vincent tenne other English ships that if any ships escaped from the Ilands they might take them Those tidings put the Ilanders in great feare lest if they failed of the Spanish fleete and got nothing by them that then they would fall vpon the Ilands because they would not returne emptie home whereupon they held straight watch sending aduise vnto the King what newes they heard The first of September there came to the Iland of Saint Michael a Portugall ship out of the Hauen of Pernanbuco in Brasilia which brought newes that the Admirall of the Portugall fleet that came from India hauing missed the Iland of Saint Helena was of necessitie constrained to put in at Pernanbuco although the King had expresly vnder a great penaltie forbidden him so to doe because of the Wormes that there doe spoile the ships The same ship wherein Bernaldine Rybero was Admirall the yeere before 1589. sayled out of Lisbone into the Indies with fiue ships in her company whereof but foure got into India the fift was neuer heard of so that it was thought to be cast away The other foure returned safe againe into Portugall though the Admirall was much spoiled because he met with two English ships that fought long with him and slue many of his men but yet he escaped from them The fift of the same moneth there arriued in Tercera a Caruell of the Iland of Coruo and brought with her fiftie men that had beene spoyled by the Englishmen who had set them on shore in the Iland of Coruo being taken out of a shippe that came from the Spanish Indies they brought tydings that the Englishmen had taken foure more of the Indian ships and a Caruell with the King of Spaines Letters of aduise for the ships comming out of the Portugall Indies and that with those which they had taken they were at the least forty English ships together so that not one Barke escaped them but fell into their hands and that therefore the Portugall ships comming out of India durst not put into the Ilands but tooke their course vnder fortie and fortie two degrees and from thence sailed to Lisbon shunning likewise the Cape Saint Vincent otherwise they could not haue had a prosperous iourney of it for that as then the Sea was full of English ships Wherupon the King aduised the fleet lying in Hauana in the Spanish Indies ready to come for Spaine that they should stay there all that yeere till the next yeere because of the great danger they might fall into by the Englishmen which was no small charge and hinderance to the fleet for that the ships that lie there doe consume themselues and in a manner eate vp one another by reason of the great number of people together with the scarcitie of all things so that many ships chose rather one by one to aduenture themselues alone to get home then to stay there all which fell into the Englishmens hands whereof diuers of the men were brought into Tercera for that a whole day we could see nothing else but spoyled men set on shore some out of one ship some out of another that pittie it was to see all of them cursing the Englishmen and their owne fortunes with those that had beene the causes to prouoke the Englishmen to fight and complayning of the small remedie and order taken therein by the King of Spaines Officers The nineteenth of the same moneth there came to Tercera a Caruel of Lisbon with one of the Kings Officers to cause the goods that were saued out of the ship which came from Malacca for the which we stayed there to be laden and sent to Lisbon And at the same time there put out of the Carunha one Don Alonso de Bassan with fortie great ships of warre to come vnto the Ilands there to watch for the fleet of the Spanish and Portugall Indies and the goods of the Malacca ship being laden they were to conuoy them all together into the Riuer of Lisbon but being certaine dayes at Sea alwayes hauing a contrary wind they could not get vnto the Ilands only two of them that were scattered from the fleet they presently returned backe to seeke them in the meane time the King changed his minde and caused the fleet to stay in India as I said before and therefore he sent word vnto Don Alonso de Bassan that hee should returne againe to the Carunha which he presently did without doing any thing nor once approching neere the Ilands sauing only the two foresaid ships for he well knew that the Englishmen lay by the Iland of Coruo but he would not visit them and so he returned to the Hauen of Carunha whereby our goods that came from Malacca were yet to ship and crussed vp againe forced to stay a more fortunate time with patience perforce The three and twentieth of October there arriued in Tercera a Caruell with aduise out of Portingall that of fiue ships which in the yeere 1590. were laden in Lisbon for the Indies foure of them were turned againe to Portingall after they had beene foure moneths abroad and that the Admirall wherein the Vice-roy
and fiftie leagues distant from the West Indies in crossing the Gulfe of Bahoma there hapned a most terrible and vehement storme which was a taile of the West Indian Horacano this tempest seperated all our Fleet one from another and it was so violent that men could scarce stand vpon the Deckes neither could any man heare another speake being thus diuided euery man steered his owne course and as it fell out about fiue or sixe dayes after the storme ceased which endure fortie foure houres in extremitie The Lion first and after the Falcon and the Vnitie got sight of our Shippe and so we lay a way directly for Virginia finding neither current nor winde opposite as some haue reported to the great charge of our Counsell and Aduenturers The Vnity was sore distressed when she came vp with vs for of seuenty land men she had not ten sound and all her Sea men were downe but onely the Master and his Boy with one poore sailer but we relieued them and we foure consorting fell into the Kings Riuer haply the eleuenth of August In the Vnity were borne two children at Sea but both died being both Boyes When wee came to Iames Towne we found a Ship which had bin there in the Riuer a moneth before we came this was sent out of England by our Counsels leaue and authority to fish for Sturgeon and to goe the ready way without tracing through the Torrid Zoan and shee performed it her Commander was Captaine Argoll a good Marriner and a very ciuill Gentleman and her Master one Robert Tindall The people of our Colonie were found all in health for the most part howbeit when Captaine Argoll came in they were in such distresse for many were dispersed in the Sauages townes liuing vpon their almes for an ounce of Copper a day and fourescore liued twenty miles from the Fort and fed vpon nothing but Oysters eight weekes space hauing no other allowance at all neither were the people of the Country able to relieue them if they would Whereupon Captaine Newport and others haue beene much to blame to informe the Counsell of such plenty of victuall in this Country by which meanes they haue beene slacke in this supply to giue conuenient content Vpon this you that be aduenturers must pardon vs if you finde not returne of Commodity so ample as you may expect because the law of nature bids vs seeke sustenance first and then to labour to content you afterwards But vpon this point I shall be more large in my next Letter After our foure Ships had bin in harbour a few dayes came in the Viceadmirall hauing cut her maine Most ouer boord and had many of her men very sicke and weake but she could tell no newes of our Gouernour and some three or foure dayes after her came in the Swallow with her maine Mast ouerboord also and had a shrewd leake neither did she see our Admirall Now did we all lament much the absence of our Gouernour for contentions began to grow and factions and partakings c. Insomuch as the President to strengthen his authority accorded with the Mariners and gaue not any due respect to many worthy Gentlemen that came in our Ships whereupon they generally hauing also my consent chose Master West my Lord de la Wars brother to be their Gouernour or president de bene esse in the absence of Sir Thomas Gates or if he miscarried by Sea then to continue till we heard newes from our Counsell in England This choice of him they made not to disturbe the old President during his time but as his authority expired then to take vpon him the sole gouenment with such assistants of the Captaines as discreetest persons as the Colonie afforded Perhaps you shall haue it blazoned a mutenie by such as retaine old malice but Master West Master Percie and all the respected Gentlemen of worth in Virginia can and will testifie otherwise vpon their oathes For the Kings Patent we ratified but refused to be gouerned by the President that now is after his time was expired and onely subiected our selues to Master West whom we labour to haue next President I cannot certifie you of much more as yet vntill we grow to some certaine stay in this our state but by the other Ships you shall know more So with my harty commendations I cease From Iames Towne this last of Angust 1609. CHAP. VI. A true reportory of the wracke and redemption of Sir THOMAS GATES Knight vpon and from the Ilands of the Bermudas his comming to Virginia and the estate of that Colonie then and after vnder the gouernment of the Lord LA WARRE Iuly 15. 1610. written by WILLIAM STRACHY Esquire §. I. A most dreadfull Tempest the manifold deaths whereof are here to the life described their wracke on Bermuda and the description of those Ilands EXcellent Lady know that vpon Friday late in the euening we brake ground out of the Sound of Plymouth our whole Fleete then consisting of seuen good Ships and two Pinnaces all which from the said second of Iune vnto the twenty three of Iuly kept in friendly consort together not a whole watch at any time loosing the sight each of other Our course when we came about the height of betweene 26. and 27. degrees we declined to the Northward and according to our Gouernours instructions altered the trade and ordinary way vsed heretofore by Dominico and Meuis in the West Indies and found the winde to this course indeede as friendly as in the iudgement of all Sea-men it is vpon a more direct line and by Sir George Summers our Admirall had bin likewise in former time sailed being a Gentleman of approued assurednesse and ready knowledge in Sea-faring actions hauing often carried command and chiefe charge in many Ships Royall of her Maiesties and in sundry Voyages made many defeats and attempts in the time of the Spaniards quarrelling with vs vpon the Ilands and Indies c. We had followed this course so long as now we were within seuen or eight dayes at the most by Cap Newports reckoning of making Cape Henry vpon the coast of Virginia When on S. Iames his day Iuly 24. being Monday preparing for no lesse all the blacke night before the cloudes gathering thicke vpon vs and the windes singing and whistling most vnusually which made vs to cast off our Pinnace towing the same vntill then asterne a dreadfull storme and hideous began to blow from out the North-east which swelling and roaring as it were by ââts some houres with more violence then others at length did beate all light from heauen which like an hell of darkenesse turned blacke vpon vs so much the more fuller of horror as in such cases horror and feare vse to ouerrunne the troubled and ouermastered sences of all which taken vp with amazement the eares lay so sensible to the terrible cries and murmurs of the
vngodly and inhumane also to deny the world to men or like Manger-dogges neither to eat hay themselues nor to suffer the hungry Oxe to prohibite that for others habitation whereof themselues can make no vse or for merchandise whereby much benefit accreweth to both parts They which doe this Tollunt è vita vitae societatem to vse Tullies phrase hominem ex homine tollunt to borrow Saint Ieroms in another matter The Barbarians themselues by light of nature saw this and gaue Ours kind entertainment in mutuall cohabitation and commerce and they hauing not the Law were a Law to themselues practically acknowledging this Law of Nature written by him which is Natura naturans in their hearts from which if they since haue declined they haue lost their owne Naturall and giuen vs another Nationall right their transgression of the Law of Nature which tieth Men to Men in the rights of Natures commons exposing them as a forfeited bond to the chastisement of that common Law of mankind and also on our parts to the seueritie of the Law of Nations which tyeth Nation to Nation And if they bee not worthy of the name of a Nation being wilde and Sauage yet as Slaues bordering rebells excommunicates and out-lawes are lyeble to the punishments of Law and not to the priuiledges So is it with these Barbarians Borderers and Outlawes of Humanity Armatenenti Omnia dat qui iusta negat If the Armes bee iust as in this case of vindicating vnnaturall inhumane wrongs to a louing and profitable Nation entertained voluntarily in time of greatest pretended amity On this quarrell Dauid conquered all the Kingdome of the Ammonites and leââ it to his ãâã in many generations notwithstanding Moses had otherwise left a speciall caution for their security testifying that God had giuen it the sonnes of Lot and prohibiting inuasion to Israel That natural right of cohabitation and commerce we had with others this of iust inuasion and conquest and many others praeuious to this we haue aboue others so that England may both by Law of Nature and Nations challenge Virginia for her owne peculiar propriety and that by all right and rites vsuall amongst men not those mentioned alone but by others also first discouery first actuall possession prescription gift cession and liuery of seisin sale for price that I mention not the naturall Inheritance of the English their naturally borne and the vnnaturall outcries of so many vnnaturally murthered for iust vengeance of rooting out the authors and actors of so prodigious iniustice And first for discouery the English Spaniard and Portugall seeme the Triumuiri of the Worlds first discoueries the Spaniard and Portugall first opening the Eastern Western and Southern parts the English the Northern America and all known parts thence to the North Northeast I could bring authority for King Arthurs conquests aboue 1000. yeers since in Island Gronland Estotiland but I feare this would seeme too weake a foundation and which lyers get by lying discredit our other authorities lesse suspicious howsoeuer Authors of best note in Geography alledge those which reuerence of the truth makes me let passe And so I doe King Malgo soone after him and Saint Brandon and the Friar of Oxford which A. 1360. is said to discouer to the Pole and Owen Gwined Prince of North Wales his sonne Madock A. 1170. which conueyed a Colony as learned men thinke into the West Indies In all Antiquities as Uarro obserued there are somethings fabulous so I deeme the former something vncertaine as this last and somethings Historicall as that which we shall deliuer Robert Thorne in a Booke to Doctor Leigh writeth that his father with another Merchant of Bristol Hugh Eliot were the first discouerers of the New-found-lands and if the Mariners would haue beene ruled by their Pilot the Lands of the West Indies from whence the Gold commeth had beene ours What yeere this happened he expresseth not but the words import that it was before Columbus his discouery And before Columbus his discouery of the continent Sir Sebastian Cabot at the charges of K. Henry the seuenth with two Caruels in the yeere 1496. so him selfe in Ramusio the Map with his picture in the Priuy Gallery hath 1497. sailed to the New-found land which he called Prima Vista and the Iland S. Iohns because it was discouered on the Feast of S. Iohn Baptist from whence he sailed Northerly to 67. deg and a halfe hoping by that way to passe to Cathay but his mutinous company terrified haply with Ice and cold forced his returne which hee made along the Coast toward the Equinoctiall to the part of the firme land now called Florida and then his victualls failing he returned into England where by occasion of warres with Scotland the imploiment was laid aside Afterwards the same Sir Sebastian Cabot was sent A. 1516. by King Henry the eight together with Sir Thomas Pert Viceadmirall of England which after coasting this Continent the second time as I haue read discouered the Coast of Brasil and returned from thence to S. Domingo and Puerto Rico. Now Columbus his first discouery of the Ilands was in 1492. of the Continent in his third voyage in August 1497. or as others 1498. so that counting most fauourably for Columbus Cabot had discouered the Continent in Iune next before by one reckoning aboue a yeere by another aboue two yeeres before And indeed that New World might more fitly haue borne his name then America of Americus vesputius or of Columbus Cabot hauing discouered farre more of that Continent then they both or any man else in those Seas to wit from 67. degrees and an halfe to the Line and from thence Southerly to the Riuer of Plate Hee also was the principall mouer in the setting forth of Sir Hugh Willoughby in King Edwards time vnder whom he was constituted Grand Pilot of England with the annuall stipend of one hundred sixtie sixe pound thirteene shillings foure pence in which voyage Greeneland was discouered neither is there any other Willoughbys Land to be found but in erroneous Maps and the Russian Empire by the North Cape and the Bay of Saint Nicolas But for Uirginia as it was then discouered by Sir Seb. Cabot so it receiued that name from our Virgin-Mother Great Elizabeth in whose time formal actual possession was taken for her Maiesty the thirteenth of Iuly 1584. by Captain Philip Amadas and Captain Barlow whom Sir Walter Raleigh had sent thither with two Barkes furnished who also the next yeere 1585. sent Sir Richard Greenevile with seuen sayle which there left an English Colony vnder the gouernment of M. Ralph Lane A. 1586. hee sent another Ship of one hundred Tuns thither for their reliefe but the Colony being returned in Sir Francis Drakes Fleet shee returned also Sir Richard Greenevile also about a fortnight after their departure arriued with three Ships and not finding the Colonie
take in the Iland of Terçea which I held an action of equall importance to the other With this confidence I went out and to these ends but none of these three being performed it may be doubted whether we haue not through weakenesse or negligence failed of successe For which we make answere that if our whole carriage be examined from the first houre to the last it shall appeare that we haue striuen to attaine to euery one of these with as much obstinate constancie as any men in the world could doe and that onely the powerfull hand of God did binde our hands and frustrate all our endeuours The first for the enterprise of Ferel we went out of Plimmouth the third of Iune and stiered directly for that port and when most extreame stormes and contrary windes met with vs we beate it vp till all our Fleete was scattered and many of our ships in desperate case And because I the Generall thought my too soone giuing ouer would not onely depriue the Fleete of our principall ship but absolutly defeate the iourney I forced my company first to abide the continuall increasing of a most dangerous leake which I made light of because I saw that with labour of men I could free the ship as fast as the leake did grow Secondly I made them endure the craking of both my maine and fore mast the one in two places the other in three so as we still looked when they should be carried by the boord which was not enough to make me beare vp because I knew whensoeuer I should loose them both I could with iurie masts by Gods fauour carry the ship home And I continued so long that my ships Okam came all out her seames opened her deckes and vpper workes gaue way her very timbers and maine beames with her labouring did teare like lathes so as we looked hourely when the Orlope would fall and the Ordnance sinke downe to the keele then did those few whom before I had wonne to stand with mee all protest against me that if I did not within a minute of an houre beare vp the helme I did wilfully cast away the ship and whole company Then onely I suffred my selfe to be ouercome and when I came to Plimmouth halfe her Maiesties ships and more then halfe the principall officers by sea and by land were put in before mee for the extremitie their ships were in And when we were all of vs gathered together againe at Plimmouth and had repaired all the ships but mine owne which was sent home to Chatham to be new builded then were we kept in by continuall storme and contrary windes till our victuals which were at first but for three moneths were in a manner all spent and the sicknesse in the Flie boates that carried the land armie growne so great that I had order from her Maiestie to discharge the land forces all but the thousand old Souldiers which were drawne out of the Low Countries By which meanes though we were disabled to land at Ferol to beate the land Armie there and take in the forces which was the certaiue way to command the Adelantados Fleete yet I the Generall offered her Maiestie to send in certaine ships of fire and to second them with the Saint Matthew and Saint Andrew and some great flye-boates and Merchants ships with which I would destroy the most of the enemies principall shipping and leaue all the Queens own English built ships at the mouth of the harbour to assure our retreate By this meanes I should hazard to loose but two great Cartes which before I had won and for the aduenturing of those defeate the enemies whole Nauie Which counsell being allowed though with restraint of mine owne going in with those two ships and an absolute barre to hazard any other we went out the second time to put this proiect in execution But againe ere we could recouer the Spanish coast the Saint Matthew by loosing her foremast was put backe into England and the Saint Andrew had lost company till at one instant within sight of the shoare of the Groine Sir Walter Raleigh the Vice-admirall brake his maine yard which forced him to beare along to the Westward before the winde and I in this second ship had such a desperate leake sprang as when we pumped and boled with buckets as much as we could for our owne liues it grew still vpon vs and when we sought by ramming downe peeces of Beefe and bolding linnen cloath wrong together to stop the comming in of the water it came in notwithstanding so strongly as it bare downe all and beate away euery man that stood to stop it Then was I faine to lye by the lee and make my company worke vpon it all night my master Carpenter the onely skilfull man I had dying at that very instant And when by the great mercy of God we had stopped it the winde being easterly the Fleete was so farre shot a head as I could not recouer the most of them till I came to the Cape Finisterre where holding a Counsell and missing Sir Walter Raleigh who being off at Sea had no plying sailes to get vp missing him I say with thirty sailes that in the night followed his light and hearing that the Saint Matthew which was our principall ship for the execution of our intended enterprise was returned and being barred to hazard any other in her place it was by the whole Counsell of warre concluded that the enterprise of Ferol was ouerthrowne both because though the winde had serued we wanted the ships appointed for that seruice and if wee had had the ships we wanted winde to get into the harbour of Ferol for the winde blew strongly at East which would haue bin fully in our teeth as we had plied in And now wee onely could thinke of the intercepting of the Indian Fleete and defeating of the Adelantado if he had put to Sea For to take in Terçera our land army being discharged we had no meanes whereupon wee bare for the height of the Rocke hoping there because it was our second Rende-uous after Ferel to meete with Sir Walter Raleigh Into which height when I came a message was deliuered mee from Sir Walter Raleigh by one Captaine Skobbels that the Adelantado was gone out of Ferol with his Fleete to Terçera to waft home the West Indian Fleete of treasure and that hee would attend mine answere off of the Burlingas which message of Sir Walters was grounded vpon the report of the Captaine of a ship of Hampton which did confidently deliuer it I the Generall there calling a Counsell tooke a resolution both because wee hoped to meete the Adelantado there and because all our best experimented Seamen did assure vs that it was the likeliest course to meete with the Indian Fleete to goe for the Ilands of the Azores And I sent out Pinnaces both to the Burlinges and toward the South
Cape which was our third Rende-uous by our first appointment to cause Sir Walter Raleigh and all others of our Fleete to follow And being with the Iland of Terçera I looked into the roade of Brasil and saw there was no Fleete whereupon we bare alongst betwixt Saint George and Graciosa for the Island of Flores at which we might both water and take in victuals which in Merchants ships her Maiestie had sent after vs and where if the Indian Fleete did come this yeere they were likest to fall But when we had spent at Flores some ten dayes in which time Sir Walter Raleigh and his company came vnto vs by a small Pinnace come from the Indies I the Generall was told that it was doubtfull whether the Indian Fleete came from thence or not and if they did they would change their vsuall course and come in some height more to the Southward till they were past these Ilands where vsually they are attended Which newes made vs resolue in Counsell to goe for Fayal and so for Saint Michael and to haue some nimble ships to lye off and on at Sea both to the Southward and to the Northward In our passage by saile Graçiosa and Pico we tooke such commodities and refreshings as those Ilands afforded and in passing from them toward Saint Michael wee were told that a great ship was discouered off of Graciosa whereupon I the Generall gaue order to diuide and to direct the Fleete into three places the one to stirre away East North-east and to goe along the Northside of Terçera the other East South-east and to goe by the Southside of the said Iland and both to meete in the roade of Brasil so as if the Carackes or West Indian Fleete should striue to recouer Terçera they should be cut off And the third part of the Fleete should ply to the Westward which way it was said that the great ship stood and so to cut it off if it sought for the roade of Fayal which if she were kept from Terçera was her onely place she could put into and one of these three wayes she must needes stand for the winde being at North North-west shee could not goe but one of these three courses Bvt as I had giuen this direction there came to me a small Barke of Lime whose Captaine did confidently assure me that he was the man that did follow the chase and fetched it vp finding it but a small ship of our owne Fleete which made vs resolue to continue our former intended course for Saint Michael But in this meane time I the Generall hailing the Captaine of a Pinnace and willing him to call to the ships of my squadron to follow my light and those of the Viceadmirals squadron to follow his light to the Westward which direction I did presently after counter-mand hee misheard and willed some ships that were next to stand about to the Westward which direction together with his not hearing of me that which was spoken to countermand it made foure of her Maiesties ships the Garland the Marie-rose the Dread-naught and the Rainebow to stand off to the West all that night of which Sir William Mounson in the Rainebowe fell in the night with the West Indian Fleete and it being calme went off in his Boate to make and haile them which hee did and made himselfe knowne vnto them and straight rowing to his ship hee shot off his Ordnance all night and carried a light in his maine top whereupon the other three of her Maiesties ships stood off with him but could not fetch vp the Spaniards till they were gotten into Tercera Road before which after they had striued in vaine to get into them they plied till my comming which was three dayes after for I was hard aboord the Westermost part of Saint Michaell before I heard these newes And then standing about I the Generall being on head of the Fleet met in my way with a great Ship of the Gouernour of Hanana and a Frigate of the Spanish King manned with the said Kings Souldiers and another Frigate of a particular man which three I fetched out tooke and manned for the safe bringing home of the Ship and goods and fell the next night being Saturday the of with Tercera where finding the wind strong at Northwest we plyed with as much saile as euer we could bear to get vp to the road of Brasil all that night Al Sunday and Sunday night and till Munday morning wee could not weather the point of Brasil which when wee had done while I the Generall gathered such of the Fleet as were neere I sent in a Pinnace of my Lord of Cumberland and foure or fiue of very sufficient Captaines and Masters to see whether it were possible for vs to get vp where the Ships rode and they brought me backe word it was impossible With which I being not satisfied plied in with mine owne Ship keeping aboord with mee two or three of the principall Officers that wee might iudge by the eye and dispute vpon the place and when wee were in wee saw the bottome of the Bay into which they were towed and warped lay right in the eye of the wind so as to lead it in with a sayle it was impossible and to turne it vp would aske an whole day if wee had scope but both wee must vpon either boord come within a quoytes cast off their Forts and yer our Ships would wend in so narrow a place wee should haue beene on shoare Which manifest discouerie and not the idle Shot of all the Forts and Ships though they were verie liberall made mee stand off againe And as it was impossible to doe any thing for the present so when I the Generall called all the Captaines of her Maiesties Ships together and enquired the estate of their charge I found that some by the naughtinesse of their Caske and leakage of Beere had not aboue two dayes and some not one dayes drinke aboord and that which most of vs all had did so stinke as our men dyed and fell sicke continually and all men-protested that if wee stayed to attend change of windes and did not instantly seeke a watering place both men and Ships were absolutely lost Besides we saw the Galions had beene vnladen by their shewing their white bellies so much aboue water and that the Merchants Ships lay all dry on shoare so as we had abidden the extreamest hazard of her Maiesties troupes and Ships for the burning of a few dry vnladen Vessells Thus were we driuen to beare the second time with Saint Michael our chiefe end being to water but withall to sacke the Iland if we could land neere the principall Towne where wee came to an anchor before Punta Delgada the chiefe Towne and forthwith went in a little nimble Boat to discouer the landing places which we found to be exceeding dangerous For as about all those Ilands of the Acores a
bulged And in this desperate extremitie they saw no other way left but how they might with Boates and Rafts saue the men and forsake the Shippe some being of one opinion and some of another as hope or despaire led them This Deriuall being then prisoner in the Bilbowes sent word to âhe Admirall that hee knew well the lying of that Land and would direct them a way how to saue the Ship and all the company if hee would promise him on his Faith and Honour to get his Pardon when hee came home in recompence thereof The Admirall willingly accepted the proffer and ingaged his Faith for the performance of his demand and taking him out of the Bilbowes bad him be stir himselfe Whereunto Deriuall answered In hope you will saue my life according to your Word and Faith giuen I will by Gods helpe saue all yours but if I thought otherwise I had rather here drowne with so good company then hee hanged at home alone The Admirall bidde him not doubt it but follow his businesse Whereupon Deriual presently commanded the Master and Mariners to hoyse vp all their Sayles they could make to the very Bats end which was cleane contrary to that they had done before for fearing the mighty winds they had strooke all their sayles and so lây thumping on the Sands but now the strong gale hauing filled all their sayles still as the billow rose it draue the Ship forwards and so in foure or fiâe shoues being driuen with the violence of the windes and the waues with his stârraâes he cut cleane through and athwart the Sand and floated into the Sea This was a dâsperate remede for adâsperate danger for if hee had not vsed the benefit of her sayles and carried her athwart the Ship being a strong built vessell shee would still haue layen tumbling on the Sand and at last broken her selfe Notwithstanding this good seruice done by Deriuall when hee came home his reward was an halter his offence being remembred and his desert forgotten and yet the Admirall did his best to saue him according to his promise But surely in my poore opinion in such cases a State should doe well for examples sake and for incouragement of others to take notice of such extraordinary seruices and to remember that vertue deserues no lesse to bee cherished then vice to be chastised and that to whom a State committeth the trust or confidence of a Generalls or Admiralls place it should also allow him the honor to make good his word for any thing that concernes the aduancement of the seruice wherewith hoe is put in trust But I will returne againe to Sir George Carew whom we left tottering in his wrackt Ship and in a great storme for I haue occasion here to stand somewhat vpon the Relation of his hard aduentures after his disaster because I haue heard it by many that were with him in the Ship often and at large discoursed of and himselfe being a princicall Officer in the Action shipt in a vessell of great charge it cannot bee reputed as a digression or impertinent from the matter for small is the reward of those that so resolutely engage and expose their liues for the seruice of their Prince and Countrey if they should not bee allowed the comfort of honourable memory After the departure of the Earle of Southampton from the S. Mathew as aforesaid many Counsells in this distressed Ship were held for the cutting of her Mayne Mast ouer-board which with rowling was growne at last to be so loose as that it was continually feared that it would breake in the Stop and when the Carpenters were ready to begin that worke the storme ceased and the Seas began to calme wherein finding comfort they made of a spare top Mast a Iury Fore-mast and the Pinnace sayle serued for a Fore-sayle In this pittifull estate the Ship still running before the winde which shee could not otherwise doe by reason of her small Fore-sayle within foure dayes after by the goodnesse of God came safely to an anchor at the I le of Saint Martreines in France where Sir George Carew made all the meanes hee might to get a new Mast whereby hee might follow the Fleet. But vpon all that Coast hee could not prouide himselfe of any to fit so great a Gallyon And therefore of necessitie hauing setled his Mayne-mast he returned for England and within few dayes arriued in the Hauen of Portsmouth Hee thus hauing brought the Saint Mathew beyond all hope safe within a good Harbour not any thing disamayd with past perills presently dispatched Captain Francis Slingsby in post to the Court to aduertise the Lords of her Maiesties Councell of the misfortunes which had befalne him and there withall humbly desired that he might be permitted to take her Maiesties ship called the Aduenture which was then in that Harbour and in her to follow the Fleet which being granted he shipped himselfe in her and according to the instructions which were deliuered to euery Captaine of the Fleet hee sought for the Admirall at the Groyne which was the first Randeuous set downe in the instructions aforesaid from thence hee made to the Rocke and not finding the Fleet at either of these places he sailed to the Cape Saint Vincent where it was resolued by the Lord Admirall and Councell of the Warre to stand off and on and to attend the comming home of the West Indies Fleet. There hee had intelligence by a small man of Warre of Plimouth that the Generall with the whole Fleet was at the Ilands of the Asores whereunto he directeth his course And when hee was as hee esteemed within one hundred leagues of the Tercera he had intelligence by another small man of Warre in the which a man of Sir William Brookes was Captaine that followed the Fleet for purchase that the Lord Generall in his opânion was at that time vpon the Coast of England for hee had left the Ilands fourteene daies before the Aduenture and he did meet vpon which intelligence he changed his course for England And not sarre from Vshent in the night hee fell into the middest of a great Spanish Fleet which had bin with the Adelantado vpon the Coast of England then homeward bound but the night being stormy he escaped that perill and yet not without great danger For one of the Spanish Gallions which was supposed to bee the Admirall for shee carried a mightie Lanthorne in her Poope passed so neere to the Aduenture that their Mayne-yards in the end were foule one of the other so as they hardly auoyded their stemming of their Ships which in all likelihood must haue sunke one or both With this storme the Aduenture was forced into Ireland into Corke Hauen in Munster where hee repaired his Ship of certaine leakes shee had and also mended her Mayne Mast which was strangely shiuered with a whirlewind And then putting to Sea againe for England a little
actions of seruice and in his times of chiefest recreations he would euer accept of his counsell and company before many others that thought themselues more in his fauour And as touching the Aduertisement that was sent into England from the Isles of Bayon by Master Robert Knolles in a Pinnace called the Guiana concerning vs that were forsaken and left alone vpon the breaking of our Maine yard whereupon was pretended that many great exploits should haue bin performed vpon the coast of Spaine if wee had not fallen from them as was vntruely suggested and reported his Lordship promised the reare Admirall then to send another aduertisement how we were all metagaine and had bin formerly seuered by misfortunes onely and not by any wilfull default in the reare Admirall as was doubted And that Aduertisement sent formerly by Master Knolles we well knew proceeded not out of any particular malice of the Generall to vs but onely to take that as a fit excuse to free himselfe from the enterprises of Ferall or the Groine which he had promised her Maiestie to vndertake but saw it impossible to performe by reason of the former crosses and our long stay in Plimmonth and therefore was glad to take the opportunity of any colour to satisfie her Maiestie and to discharge himselfe of that burthen which we did all perceiue and therefore did striue the lesse the publish our Apologies or to contest with a man of his place and credit which though in a right had bin but bootelesse and meere folly and therefore we left him to his best excuse and our apparant innocencie And for the more plaine manifesting of the Message I haue thought it not amisse here to insert the true copie of the Instructions verbatim that our Generall sent by Master Robert Knolles into England vpon these accidents before the Isles of Bayon That we weighing Ancor and setting saile from the sound of Plimmouth the seuenteenth of this moneth of August hauing sometimes calmes but for the most part Westerly and Northeasterly windes we fellon thursday the fiue and twenty of this moneth with the Land which is to the Eastward of the Cape Ortingall which land we made in the morning about ten of the clocke and stood in with the shoare till three in the afternoone Then finding the winde scant to ply to the Southward I stood all night into the Sea and the next morning in againe to the Land By which boords by reason of the head-sea and the bare winde we got nothing On Friday night I stood off againe to the Sea and about midnight the winde comming all Northerly we got a good slant to lye all along the coast on Saturday in the morning I discouered the Saint Andrew whom we had lost sight of two or three dayes before I bare with her and had no sooner got her vp but Sir Walter Rawleigh shot off a peece and gaue vs warning of his being in distresse I presently bare with him and found that he had broken his maine yard Whereupon I willed him to keepe along the coast that birth that he was till he got in the height of the North Cape and my selfe hauing a desperate leake broke out as euer ship swam withall which I was fame to lye by the lee and seele to stop it which how it held vs you can report and God be thanked that night we ouercame it and stopped it The next morning we all came to Cape Finister sauing the Saint Matthew who vpon breaking of her fore maste went home and the Wastspight with whom the Dreadnaught went without stop to the South Cape This is all that is hapned to me If her Maiestie aske you why there was no attempt vpon the Fleete at Teral you may say I neither had the Saint Matthew which was the principall ship for that execution nor the Saint Andrew till mine owne ship was almost sunke and I not able to make saile till Sir Walter Rawleigh with his owne ship the Dreadnaught and very neere twenty saile were gone Wee are now gone to lye for the Indian Fleete for by Spaniards wee haue taken wee finde the Adelantado is not put to Sea this yeere Of our successe her Maiestie shall from time to time be aduertised you shall acquaint Master Secretarie with this instruction and both to him and all our friends you must excuse our haste We being thus met all at Flores desired our Generall to giue vs and our consorts leaue to water there before we departed thence as his Lordship and the rest had done before which he yeelded vnto and very nobly lent vs his owne long Boate for our better speede willing vs there to water whilest he with the rest of the Fleete did ply vp and downe to looke out for the Adelantado or any Indian Fleete that being the very fit place and season for them Hereupon whilest our men and Mariners were prouiding to water our Reare-admirall with Sir William Brooke my selfe and diuers other Gentlemen went ashoare to stretch our legs in the Isle of Flores and to refresh our selues with such victuals as we could there get for our monie And at our first landing there we met with the Lord Gray Sir Gylly Merricke and other Gentlemen and wee altogether walked a mile or two into the Countrie and there dined in a little Village where the bare-legged Gouernour caused such things to be brought vnto vs for our monie as the Island afforded In other sort we tooke nothing which was very faire wars This Island seemes to be somewhat mountainous yet hauing very good store of Fruits Wheat and other Corne. Their Corne they doe all keepe in large hollow vaults within the earth hauing no other way nor entrance into them but by a round hole in the top of the vault onely so big as a man may creepe into it and when it is closed vp with a planke and ouerstrewed with earth is very hard to be found out by strangers for the which purpose they are so made and much like the Caues in Gascoyne and Languedocke and such as are mentioned by Caesar to be vsed in Affricke This Island lies more subiect to the inuasion of Sea-faring men then any of the rest for there all traders of the Indies doe vsually water and refresh themselues But here I must not forget to relate that before we had our leaue to water or were departed from the Generall a Counsell was called and holden for the taking in of some of the Islands and an orderly course set downe for the same which was in this sort concluded on The Admirall and Reare-admirall to vndertake Fayall the Lord Thomas Howard Vice-admirall and the Marshall Uere to vndertake Gratiosa The Lord Mountioye Lieutenant Generall and Sir Christopher Blunt Coronell Generall of the Foote to Saint Michaels and the Netherland Squadron was quartered to Pyke where the greatest store of Wines doe grow and therefore would not be taken in ill part of them as we presumed The
the entrance of the Channell wee began of all hands to fall a sounding for ground and the next day found it though indeed by that sounding I saw few the wiser or the more assured of the Coast. For it was the Banke of Sââeyâ but none could say so nor then so iudge it but onely the Master of our Ship whose name was Broadbaut a carefull man and a right good Marriner For in the Generals ship they were all of a contrary opinion and according to their Errour shaped their course with straight commandement giuen to vs and to the rest that were in his traine to follow his Light and course The which we did very diligently my selfe indeed being most in fault for it For the Master was Ioath so to doe but that I vrged our dutie to the Generals commandement and our danger in breaking it by former experience And therefore I watched and stood by the Helme and Bitackle most part of that night to see it performed though with much repining of the Master and his Mates against this dangerous Course as they tearme it This sounding of ours so much in practice and yet many times bringing no great certainty withall makes me now call to minde an odde conceit and speech of a Spanish Prisoner which the Generall gaue me in this Iourney but neuer yeelded me other Ransome then some faire promises and smooth discourses For hee after consened or bribed his keeper a Captaine of a Pinnace to whom I had committed him in charge and very cleanely conueyed himselfe away without euer bidding me farewell Howbeit âthers found better fruites of their Prisoners which the Generall gaue vnto them This Spaniard of mine was a Gentleman and a Souldier but had of late yeeres traded the West Indies by way of Merchandize With whom I one day talking and discoursing of their Voyages and Nauigations wherein hee was very well experienced amongst other things hee told me that in their Nauigation from the Indies they sought out Spaine in a more certaine and gallant manner then wee did England For said he wee seeke out our Coast aloft with our Eyes by the Heauens by the Sunne and Starres and with the vse of Art and Instruments which seldome or neuer fayles But you said he that seeke for England when you are to runne into narrow Seas are as I heare say inforced for your surest Directions like men blindfold to search vnder the water and to scrape with Lead and Tallow to the bottome for Bankes Sands and Shelues as if you would rake Hell for instructions to finde out the Channell which you call the Sleeue and yet for all your soundings are oftentimes mistaken I answered him againe indeed it was true that our Humilitie taught vs to goe by the ground Whereas their Pride led them to gaze aboue the Clouds and by that meanes so dazeled their Eyes as that they did often stumble vpon such men of Warre that now vsed as well to sound Spanish Pockets as the English Sleeue Whereat my Spaniard smiling and shaking his Head said hee could not well denie it hauing so lately made too true experience thereof For indeed hee was throughly rifled and ransackt of good short Wares before that euer hee came to my hands These words of his I remembred and found true vpon our soundings and the vncertaine coniectures thereof with varieties of opinions For after wee had all found ground all that Night wee held on so precisely in following our Generals light as that very earely in the Morning with the first peepe of day wee in the Wast-spight looking about found our selues on the North-side of Sylley Which when with cold comfort wee had perfectly made and perceiued with all our narrow escapes in that darke Night hard alongst the Rockes called the Bishop and his Clarkes wee began of all hands to looke out for our comforts And then wee discryed our Generall and diuers with him aduanced some three leagues before vs bearing in with all Sayles towards the Coast of Wales The morning was very close and foggie and the Generall steering North-east in stead of East and by North ranne right with the Sands of the Welch Coast on which in that darke weather hee had stricken and perished if hee had held on but a few houres longer But on the contrary although wee resclued not to lose the sight of his Lanthorne yet wee kept our selues as farre to the East as wee could and yet wee were scarce able to double Silley but fell close aboord it and a little to the North of it at the breake of day All which when I perceiued ãâã later Watch being mine and the Reare Admiral being gone to rest I did instantly com ãâ¦ã the Master Gunner to shoot off a great Piece to cause them to looke about but both our ãâã ãâã and the Master Gunner were so mad at me for forcing them to follow this course as that ãâã hardly haue suffered a warning Piece to bee shot but said they deserued to taste the ãâã their owne wilfulnesse hauing brought themselues and all the Fleet cleane out of the ãâ¦ã to this danger And out of very rage and discontent these men had quite forgotten all ãâã Charitie and would by no meanes haue bestowed a shot vpon them to alter them from that vnsafe course but that I vrged their Dutie and inforced them to shoot and shoot againe three or foure times one after another much against their wills Whereupon we might within a little time plainly perceiue our Admirall with all his Traine to tacke about finding their owne Errours as afterwards they confessed And therefore presently they beat it vp to double the Cape of Silley thereby to enter the Sleeue which with much adoe they performed But we in the Wast-spight being now by this time shot in alongst the North side of Cornewall almost as farre as Saint Iues our ship being extreame weake and leakie and our Drinke and Water come to the last cast at very bare allowance wee durst not againe put to the Seas in these wants and in a Vessell so ill able to beat it vp against the winde to double againe the Point of Silley whereby to recouer the Sleeue And therefore stood alongst the Coast and that night anchored before Saint Iues where wee found sundry Spanish Carauels and Flee-boates of the Spanish Fleet which was set out vnder the Adelantado to haue incountred vs at our returne from the Ilands but were all dispersed and tossed with the same Storme that before had scattered vs which fell out very happily For if wee had met wee must haue tryed the Battell chiefely by Boording or else trusted to our Sayles for that our best and greatest Ordnance for the ease of our Ships in these stormes were stricken downe vnder hold So that wee should haue found great disaduantage to haue incountred with a Nauie comming strong and fresh from the Maine and wee tired and scattered a sunder with a long and painfull
plants beasts and commodities from ours and their severall description 1325. seq Their astonishment at the hearing of God Their inconstancie naturall parts c. 1340. Their mariages and polygamie the manners of women with child c. 1341. The destruction of families and bounds of their possessions 1342. Their houshold stuffe 1343. Their entertainment 1344 1345. Their Physicke and demeanour towards the sicke their buriall attended with diuellish rites 1346. Brasils description and chiefe Havens 1382. A Brasile Ship taken by Sir Water Raleigh 1938. Brasile commodities sent for Spaine not onely gold but much other treasures as Ginger Sugar Hides Tobacco c. 1817 Brauadoes are sometimes the hinderers of successe in great proiects 194â Braverie of the English turneth to beggerie 1942 Bridegroomes thââ giue the fiâst hansâll of their spousââ to their hindred and friends 1481 Brigalian Iland the situation thereof 1240 Buena Ventura a River in the West Indies the description thereof 1413 1414 Buenoâ Aeres a tââne in the River of Plate 1â41 Buccaw ganecants a towne vnder the dominion of Bashabez Sagamo of Mawooshen 1873 Building without tooles or engines miraculous by the Indians of Peru 1477 1478 Burdones a place so called 126â Burkes rebellion in Ireland 1893 The Burlings an Iland so called ãâã soyle commodi ãâ¦ã and iââabitants described 1155 Butter how made by the Indians 1539 C. CAbot viz. Sir Sebastian Cabot his American travels 1177 1178 seq he discovered so much of the continent of the New World that it deserved to bee called Caboâiana rather then America 1177 1112 Cabusto a towne in Florida 1544 Caaâtâ certaine Brasilians so called 1298 Câera River 1248 Cadiz taken by the English the Castle surrendred c 1931. Cadiâ described 1932. It is set ââfirâ and rased to the ground 1933 Caiama Iland the description therof 1248 Caiocame a towne in Mawocshen 1874 Caioses Cannibals so called living in Brasile 1241 Caiuari certaine Savages of Brasile living in Caues 1â99 Cale a towne of Florida 1532 Caleformia a sea so called 1560 or an Iland or many Ilands as others say 1562 Calenture 1181 1182 Caliane a River in Guiana very aboundant with gold and silver ââ60 Caliquen towne 1533 Callipuny a mountaine in Guyana 1â71 Callis taken by the Spaniards 1927 Calmes the strange effects thereof in the Sea and in mens bodies 1373 Camalaha a Fayre in the Indies neere Orenoco where women are sold. 1248 Camaâuiars certaine Savages that haue paps reaching vnder their waste 1299 Camana a road in Brasile 1142 as also a towne in Peru 1446 Campseau a Port in New-France described 1639 Camarijiuua a River how situate 1223. It s danger or ease for Navigation and the commodities thereof 1238 Camo a Hill on the coasts of Brasile 1240 Camoni Indians 1514 Campeche the chiefe towne of Iacatan 1186 Canacum the Governour of Manomet his friendly entertainment to the English 1858 Canada River 1606. The adioyning Countrey the Inhabitants description feasts fights lodging houses Canons with other customes 1606 1607. They endure great famine lye and are false-hearted their beliefe and ridiculous relation of God ibid. 1609. vide Indians of Canada Canasagua a towne in Florida 1539 Canauerall where 1247 Canarie Ilands their number and description 1369 1370 Canariagranda 1185 1369 et seq Candish his Voyage 1971. seq he takes the towne Santos and Saint Vincent 1191. Loseth Captaine Dauies ibid. His ariuall at Port-desire and the Magellane Streights ibid. His mutinous company 1192. and distresse in the streights 1193. Returne for Brasil 1194. His company slaine 1195. His valour and proiects ibid. Losse of men by Indians and Portingals 1197. Losse of the Roe-bucke 1200. Seuerity ibid. His weaknesse and vnwillingnesse of his company for going to the Streights 1200. His voyage further discouered by Anthony âniuer 1201 1202. seq The supposed ouerthrow of his voyage 1203 Canduacu Brasilian beastâ that dart their bristles through a mans skin 1302 Canari a Province of Morequito 1248 Cannete iâ towne in Peru 1446 Canri a toune in the Riuer Marwin in America 1283 Canibals with faces like dogs at Ports-desire 1191. Other strange and valorous Caunibals 1208 Canibals profer fa ãâ¦ã to Candish in Santos 1203. Cannibals naked and fearfull 1204. cald Pories 1208. Their strange entertainment of strangers 1208. Canibals called Tamoyes 1228 1240. vid. Savages Cano a famous Nauigator 1191 Canoas or boats of threescore foot long with 80 men in them 1380 Cape Blanco 1379 Cape Saint Francisco 1400 Cape Saint Antonio 1147 Capawucke a place in the Indââs stored with gold 1841 Cape bona Esperânza the danger of the passage there 1151 1152 Cape Rico 1170 Cape Verdi 1181 Cape de la vela 118â 1244 Cape Frio or cold Cape its situation 1202. It s Navigation 1240 Cape Saint Augustine 1238 Cape Caldera 1â46 Cape de verde its vnhealthinesse 1370. Its Ilands 1371 Capignramirinij a place in Brasile 1238. Cape Agreda cape froward 1386 chiqui-towne 1535. Cape Francois 1603 Cape Saint Maries Cape de Rare Cape Saint Lawrence 1606 Caperrocca a Sauage towne 1285 Capitua a flat land in Brasile 1238 Cape-cod 1647. Cape Charls 1691. Cape Henry in Virginia 1687. Cape Laware in Virginia 1762. It s adioyning Shoales ibid. Captaines for narres how chosen among the Indians 1262 Captaines errours checked 1397. patience commendable in a Captaine 1153 Captaine Listers dingerous attempt in my Lord of Cumberlands voyage 1143. Hee is drowned and his Ship in his returne ibid. Captaine Bayly slaine 1144 Captaine Munson taken captiue 1144 Captaine Nortons Uoyage ibid. Captaine Caues surprizall of in Ar gosie of Lisbone ibid. Captaine Nortons assailing a Fortingall ibid. Capt. Caue Admirall in the eighth Uoyage of the Lord of Cumberland slaine 1147 Captaine Antonie killed ibid. Captaine Dounton wounded 1148 Capurisell a River 1250 Capucaras water-Serpents in the Indies 1211 Capari a River neere Orenoque 1247 Carrabouca a place in India 1249 Carcocies Indians so called 1365 Carder viz. Peter Carder a Cornish man his hard fortune and escapes 1187. The losse of his company 1188. His living two moneths vpon a fruit like Oranges and his drinking of his owne Urine ibid. His conversing with Indians âbid Teacheth them to marre 1189. His departure from them ibid. His imprisonment deliverance 1189 1190. His imployment 1190. His escape from the Portingals and ariuall to England after nine yeares voyage 1190 Carigue a Beast in Brasile that that carteth her yong ones in a bag about with her 1301 Cari-River 1248 A Carrak runneth a shore to avoid the English 1938 Caripo a towne in Guiana 1268 Caroli a pleasant River neere Orenoco 1248 Carraemba Sauages so called 1299 Carapana a place in the Province of Emeria 1247 Carraibas certain Ingglers in Brasile 1290 Carracus a place in the Indies 1242 1248 Caredenas a Province in America 1560 Carripapoory Ilands neere Guiana 1268 Carendies a fierce Nation of the Indies neere the River of Plateâ their nature warlikenesse and description 1348 A Carrack runneth
towne in Virginia 1687 1688 Rapahanock River 1694 Rashnesse in great enterprizes greatly blamed 1961 Ratliffe alias Sicklemore slaine by Powhatan 1732 Rats of twelue kinds 1303. Râts that sleepe all day and wake all night 1316. Danger by Rats and the preventing thereof in ships 1391. Rats innumerable in the Bermudas 1796 1797. A strange Rat-plague 1727 Henry Ravens his voyage from Bermuda to Virginia 1742 Ravens in Bermudas which seemed to portend a sequell of mortalitie 1797 Raleighs viz. Sir Walter Raleighs his acts and esteeme at Orenoco 1269. His furnishing Ships for the first Discoverie of Virginia 1645. For a second third fourth fift and sixt voyage 1645 1646. He is accused of breach of Articles in the voyage to the Iles of Azores he answereth for himselfe 1958. His men left in Virginia and what became of them 1728 Recibo a towne in Port-Ricco 1170 Red-Reed a plant in the Bermudas causing a forcible vomit and effectually purging the stomacke 1801 Registers observed by the Indians and their manner of registring 1870 Richard Duke of Yorke father to Plantagenet his wilfull casting away himselfe 1962 Richard Sanders and his companions their comming from the Bermudas to Ireland in a small boat without any instrument in a direct line 1803 Rinde of a tree which is more strong then any spice in Virginia 1653 Rio del Oro River the breadth and depth thereof 1141 Rio de la Hacha a place taken by the English 1183. The riches and strength thereof 1419 Rio grand an American River the situation description and commodities thereof 1224 1237 1552 Rivers of gold 1216. A Riuer running vnder-ground 1217. Names of Riuers in America 1282 1286. A medicinable Riuer 1400. Riuers that encrease very much and ouerflow the bankes in dry weather without the flowing of the Sea 1553. River of Toads 1223. 1240. River of Stones 1223 1238. River of Palmes 1505. River of Kine 1562. River of Saint Crosses 1562. River Saint Margaret in Canada 1617. River Canada 1631. River de Carinas from the end of which if there were a channell made of foure leagues in length there would bee a passage to the South Sea through it without passing the perilous straits of Magellane 1433 Lord of Robewall Lieutenant to the French King in the Countreys of Canada Saguenay and Hochelaga 1605 Rocke of Christall which if a man looke on in a Sunne-shine day will dazell his eyes 1285 Roecrafts Voyage to the New-found-land his surprizing of a French-Barke the conspiracie of his owne Mariners against him the discouerie of the conspiracie c. 1829. his voyage to Virginia kind vsage by Sir Samuel Argoll the distresse hee suffered in a tempest his death in a priuate quarrell 1830 Romanes custome in managing of Martiall affaires 1942 Rome a Citie of murtherers and haters of Kings 1894. New Rome much more drunken with the blood of Christians then heathenish Rome with the blood of Ethnicks 1894. Romane policie 1669 Rosier his relation of a voyage to Virginia 1651 seq Ruminnaui an Indian Captaine his cruell tyranny in Peru 1486 Russels Iles in Virginia 1712 Russia a little village in the Riuer Marwin 1283 S. SAbbath 1163 1657 Sabuco a Riuer and Towne in Port-Ricco 1170 Sacatekas the richest Mynes in the Indies 1177 Sachim of Mattachuest acknowledgeth the power of the English God 1866 Sacrifices and Sacrificers 1472 1531 1557 Sacrifices to the Deuill 1531 1868 Sacrifices to the water 1702 Sacriledge punished 1163 Sagenay-riuer and the adioyning Countries described 1606 1610 Sayles of cotton cloth 1394 Sagadohoc a riuer in Mawooshen 1874 Sagamos the name of a Captaine among the Northerne Americans 1633 Saint Lucia one of the Ant-Iles in the latitude of 14 degrees and 20 minutes 1833 Salma riuer 1248 Salomons Ilands their situation discouery and losse 1399 Salt how made and purified by the Indians 1550 Saltcountrie 1365. Salt made in New-found Land 1889 Salt-water dangerous to drinke 1143 Salt-water made drinkeable 1378 Samuel Champlain a Frenchman his taking vpon him the plantation of Kebec in New France 1642. a conspiracy against him ibid. his aduice for a further discouery 1642 1643. his fight with the Sauages and returne for France 1643. another voyage ibid. 1644 Samia-plains neere the riuer Orenoque 1248. Indians inhabiting those Plaines 1248 Samambaia a Tree in America 1213 Sambo Bay 1245 Sanctifying meat vsed by the Portingals in the Indies 1522 Sands rained downe in Peru 1476 Sands dangerous for nauigation in Brasil called by the Portingals Bayhas de Sant Antonio 1238 Sandy places trauelled by Compasse 1242 Sandy Cape 1620 Santa Port 1399 Santa Maria one of the Azores Ilands 1834 Santa Cruce a Carracke surprised by Captaine Norton and St. Iohn Burroughs 1144 1145. is burne by the Portingals ibid. Santa Fe del Nueuo regno di Granada the chiefe Citie in new Granada 1419 Santas a towne 1438 Sapparow the high countrie of Guiana 1280 Saquarema a nauigable riuer in Brasile its description and commodities 1240 Sassafrage 1649. its medicinable vertue 1655 Sasquesahunock certaine Indian Gyants their description 1693 Sauseges made of the heart and guts of Cods and Lord spiced 1628 Sauage-rocke 1647 Sauage and his crue plotted the death of Q. Elizabeth 1893 Sauages haue their goods interred with them and why 1605 Sauages fight with the English 1187. Sauages of Tuppan Bass 1188. Sauage towne described ibid. their manners warres and vsage of their captiues 1188 1218. drunkennesse 1189. their religion commodities they esteem not gold ibid. their hospitall fidelity to Anthony Kniuet Englishman 1209. their infidelity 1211. their ambition 1212. Sauages called Carijos and their battells 1218. Sauages called Petiuares 1225. Mariquites 1226. Topinambazes 1227. Tomominos Waytaquazes ibid. Waymores ibid. Abasanguaretam 1228. Wayanasses ibid. Topinaques ibid. called Pories Molopaques Motayas 1229 Lopos Wayanawazons 1230. Sauages their religious desires 1251. Sauages that make flat their childrens faces that liue in hollow trees quartering their faces into foure colours yellow azure particoloured and blacke 1481. Sauages very courteous and weeping at the distresse of Christians 1507. Sauages that kill their children left they should marrie with their aduersaries that eate any kind of Serpents that are great theeues lyars drunkards their tormenting Flies 1512 1513. their drinking onely raine-water 1514. Other Sauages strange customes fights feare of horses quicke-sensed 1518 1519 Sauage strange fashions in Florida 1520 1521. Forty English slaine by the Sauages of St. Lucia Anno 1605. 1833 Saugaleon Cape 1398 Saualet a Frenchman making two and forty voyages to New-found-Land 1605 Sauona Iland 1141 Sausa a Prouince in the Indies whose inhabitants worship the picture of Dog 1471 Scorpions not deadly 1304 Scourge of Malice a fortunate ship 1148 Schnirdels trauells to Peru and accidents there 1347 1362 Schenetveba a large towne in the Indies 1364 Scouring or flux how it may be prouoked or stayed 1265 Scooadodepon a towne of the Caribes in the Indies 1286 Scriueners voyage to Werawocamoco 1719. his death by drowning in the passage
returne from the Strait Grieuous storme Saint Vincent Captaine Barker and foure and twentie others slaine The Roe-bucke commeth in Brasilian Coast full of shoalds and barres Mastâr Candishes high spirit His intention His pretence Necessitie ãâã small sââps ãâã the BSpanâ câast Portugal Pilots vndertaking for Spirito Sancto His ignorance Three Ships His counsâll not followed Their vnseasonable eagernes His instructions to Captain Mââgan The place described Mad Mutiners They land Captaine Morgan slaine Many others slaine or hurts Ten braue men lost Cowardly basenesse 25. men slaine others wounded Purpose for S. Sebastian Da ãâ¦ã able designs The Roe bucke forsaketh him He commeth to S. Sebastians Their manifoâd wants Mutinous murmuring His perswasions Mutiner punished An Irish rascall and traiâor to his fellowes Cap. Candishes weakenesse His purpose for S. Helena Sailors disobedience Scarsity of victuall Desperate thoughts Master Lockeâ death Cap. Candisheâ Will. Mistris Annâ Candish Flemmish prize satisfied with English price Sâorbuto Iapandârs Portugall hanged Brasil Cape Frio Ilha Grande Poâtentuous prâsageâ of ill ând from so ill beginning Saint Sebastian Vnruly demeanour Santos takeâ Hoâ Anthonis Kniuet found a chist of siluer Iohn King English man Iesuites Colledge The Generall by two sauages first scarred and after instructed The Daintie would haue returned from Santos to England Mutinga mynes Iâpanders peâfidie S. Vincent At the riuer of Plate we had a great storme In this storme the Crow a smal Boat of 20. tun sunke before our eyes with twelue men a boy The Roe-bucke lost her boat with two men and wee lost ours with three men And at the Straits we took the Desires long Boat for the Admirall Murmuring Port Desire Magellan Straits Port Famine Current Barke like Sinamon Naked Sauages Miserable coâd Anthonie Kniuet lost his toes in the Straits Strait and deepe Riuer Muscles with Pearles Harris his hard hap How we returned from the straits of Magellan Generall Candish commeth againe to Port Famine where bee setteth eight men on shoare and would haue set mee on shoare with them had it not beene for Captain Cocke How I got feeling againe of my limmes after we came out of the straits How the Desire and the Blacke Pinnosse goeth away from vs. Of a great storme we had coÌming backe How the Generall stâooke mee dead against his will They come to Santos againe The Portugals kill our men See Cap. Candish before S. Sebastian The Roe-bucke come to vs at Santos Portugals aduice Spirito Santo Portugall hanged 80. men slaine 40. wounded Ro-bucke fleeth S. Sebastian Anthony Kniuet left for dead Venemous Pease Kniuetâerââââd âerââââd w ãâ¦ã ha ãâã ãâ¦ã st ãâ¦ã me âut ãâã the water Whale They are taken and slaine He escapeth Henrie Barway He is sent to a Sugar-mill He fleeth His new Master Wyanasses Iawarapipo Pories Strange entertainment of strangers His danger by a Sauage Hospitall fidelitie in Sauages Riuer Paraeyua He returneth to his oâd Master Endangered by a Sharke Master Hawkins at Cape Friâ Another douâ ble disâster of sense and lossâ His imprisonment Condemnation to be hanged Iesuites saue him Imprisoned againe Dissolute resolution He fleeth againe Danger oâ taking in a Carauala Solâmen miser iâ sociâs hâbâisse dolâriâ His wandrings I suppose by Leâpards he ââeanâth thât spââted bââst wââch othârs call a Tigre Pianita Hee commeth to his old host Senate of Sauages Iaquerequere Sauage faith Antonie Kniueâ is bound by the Canibals and brought to his Master Paraeyua Wereob His next aduenture thorow the desarts A faire Riuer Two Sauages Apparell strange Their strange habitâ Stranger âakâdâesse His entertainment His returne Ambiâious malice in sauages Expâdition agaââst the Taymayas Danger of drowning Ilha Grande Whale ouerturneth a Canoa A Caniball captaiâe with eightie followers Three dayes ascending a Mountaine Snakâs very venemous R. Paracuona how passed Mountayne of foure dayes iourney His danger of death R. Pââaââa He loseth hiâ way Tapnyas Waanawasons Poysonous fruit Fortie dayes iourney vp a Riuer Of Spirits that possessed the Indians and killed them Master Kniueâ told mee that he heard one Indian vpon occasion of such possession conferring with the Spirit and threatning if the Spirits vsed them so ill they would turne to the Christians and thereupon the Spiâiâ left the person so possessed Strange disease Hard seruiâude Mâserable famine 180. men lost Mountaine of blacke round stones Steep descent Ground Hony Ant beare M. of greene stones R. Iawaây which floweth from Potossâ Vomits and death The enemies town forsaken Snake which leapes at the fire The Snake killed Worse Snakes aliue He is set in the Stockes He is brought to execution Honest Portugals intercede A new aduenture Fishing with golden hooks Faire Ston 5. Golden Riuers Glistering Mountaine Tamandros are the Ant-beares Hideous aduenture Câarons Fârây The Indians kils the Portugals and after eate them Diuellish Butchers Hatred of the Tamoyes to the Portugals Tamominos He teacheth them to fight Topinaques Mountâine of Goâd His rich apparell He perswades them to seeke new habitations New discoueries of this wandering Nation Amazons not a on ãâ¦ã breasted Nation but warlike women Battell of Sauages Carijos They are assailed by the Portugals He returneth to his Mâster The Portugals kill 10000. and captiue 20000. Indians Vaytacasses Tale of Saint Thomas sauouring like Saint Francises Legend Old Captaines High spirit of a Sauage What became of the 13. men so many M. Iane reckoneth lost out of Cap. Dauis his Ship Andrew Towers deuise His mad aduenture Massangano a Portugall Fort in Africa âee And. Battell Hââ escape to Angola He is taken sent backe to Brasill Nil habet insoeliâ paupertas duâius ââse Qâám quòd ridicnlos hom ãâ¦ã es facit Captain Cocke Heixts perfidiousnesse to his Countrimen Heixts miserable deaâh Two Dutch ships He saueth his Master Foure Hollanâ ships Perfidiousnes of Portugals Flemming taken trecherously Mynes of gold Siluer Myne The Organs Mortalitie Diuers frayes dangers of the Author which here followed as in other places of the Historie for breuities sake are omitted Legge swolne with the aire Danger at Sea Mamaluke or Mestizos Riuer of toadâ Nine tuns of siluer Places on the Coast. A storme Army of Sauages Ambergreece This Thomas Turner I was acqu ãâ¦ã ed with and receiued of him some notes which follow after M. Knâuet A. Kniâet arriueth at Lisbonâ His sicknesse The Petiuâres described No set forme of Religion Warres Region Diet. Râtââ of childe birth Sharkes deâoured by Sharkes Crocodiles how and why taken Crab-lice Abausangaretam See the former §. The Wayanasses Painting Tabacco The Topinâques Canibals called Pories Small Cocos The Molopaques beaâdeâ Sauages and ciuiller then others Houses seuer ãâ¦ã Gold Riuer Parâ Mynes Faire wome ãâ¦ã Mââleââ The Motayââ Weeping w ãâ¦ã come W ãâ¦ã D ãâ¦ã The Lopos Gold in plentie The Wayanawasons simple sauages Venemous plum Mâny straits Tâme Estridges Riuer Iawary Menuaâe Gold Cristall and Iemmâs The Serpent Sorocueu described his stâange forme and qualities Two moneths trauell
in a golden Countrie Cristall mountaine Vault-straits Tamoyes proper men Store of gold His iourney with the Sages Tocoman Pigmeys dwelling in Caues Riuer running to Chile Mountaines of a ãâ¦ã Mettals The Caryiohs A youth 13. spans high Chile Giants habitlesse habit Port âamine in the Sârâits of Magelan Wide mouthed men Extreame cold and naked people Harris the Goldâmith H. Barrawell Beasts bigger then Horses at the Mâgellan stâaiâs called Tapeâywason in Ethiopia whether he meaneth Zebra or Dantecâ see Tom. 1. p. 1002. Of Angola to which he fled cut of Brasil as is before deliliuered The Kings pompe Rites of the people The Countrie Wezels sâiâ affected Branded beguiled slaues Taking of Elephants Circumcision Of Congo The King Masangana See Tom. 1. l. 7. c. 3. And. Battell liued here sixe yeeres Sickly disposition of the place Gold Paul Di ãâ¦ã Angica Anzicans valiant Of Mahometan Religion if the Author were not deceiued by occasion of their circumcision which in Africa is common to Christians and Ethnicks with Mahumetans Rio Grande Ambergreese Para ãâ¦ã ãâã Riuers A Riuer called ãâã ãâã ââan ãâ¦ã Sir ãâã ââwly The description of a place called by the ãâã ãâã ââânâmbuqâo and ãâã Citie oâ ãâã Cape of Saint Augustine Iâ of S. Aleyxo Porto Docaloâ Riuer of stones Camaryiâââ The Riuer of Saint Antoniâ Salt Fish Varâââ A place called the Harbour of Frenchmen Riuer called Iaquareasicke Alaqua Riuer of Saint Michael The Harbour called The Riuer of Toades R. Saquarâma Etiâca Pirâteninga M ãâ¦ã mayd âeen by the Author The Riuer of Ienero and Ci ãâ¦ã oâ Saint Sebastian Iland of Brigalion Iland of Saint Bent. The Riuer câlled Waratiââ Certaine Ilands called by tâe ãâã gr ãâ¦ã Greaâ Ilaââ The Iland of ãâã Sebastian The descripti ãâ¦ã oâ S. Vin ãâ¦ã s Saâtos The description of the third ãâã noâ called by the Pââtugals Oâ patoâ and by the Indianâ Vââson The description of the Riuer of Plate Note Beasts of Brasil Traueil by Compasse on sands Saint Michaels Brasill Iesuits Sauages friends Ciants Flat heads Strange Kine See before in Ouiedo Strange Serpent * âhis number may perhaps seeme incredible and iustlâ vethâe tels the report which in some one yeere after some great battle may also be probable but the general report is of diuers thousands shipped thence yeerly the Portugals making their gaine by the Negroes foolish and spightfull wars vpon each other Pinnaffes lost in a Ternado Iles of Cape Verde The I le and Towne of S. Vincent ãâã The Raâchera in Cubagua wââh diuers ãâ¦ã oners taken and ransomed A great ship with ãâã Negros taken Las Cabâzas They take sixe or seuen people of the Iles of Bastimentos R. of Puerto bello The great Castle of S. Philippe with 25. pieces of brasse and 50. Souldiers The Towne Triana Porto bello Pedro Melendes Melendes the Gouernour taken prisoner Braue spirit liberall minde of Captaine Parker Porto bello described He at ãâ¦ã ineth from ãâ¦ã tting the Towne of Porto bello on fire Two Frigats taken and brought away Their departure Sir Fr. ãâã buriall Sambo Virtuâ in ãâã laudanda Grand Canarie Punta delaraya S. Vincents âoinara Aruba Seuen men killed Puntal Bracheo Cape Caldera Morecapana M. S. Ann. Portete Cape S. Antony Organes Cuba Cobey Martyrs Cape of Florida Silley The Riuer of Capuri The Gulfe of Guanipa The Riuer Amana Orenoco Tiuitiuas The Riuer Macurio Toparimaca a Gouernour Arwacan Carapana lyeth in the Prouince of Emeria ãâã Iland Iwana Iland Arrarooâana Europa Riuer Ocawitâ Iland Morrequito Arromaia Putapaima Iland Oââââe The Playnes of Samia Cumana Aroami Iland Aio Iland Manoripano A omaio Th Riuer Caroli Cassipagotos Morâequito âaââma Iland Epuremi Great Fall Caâuri Store of gold among the Epuremians Casâipagotos Eâarââoâos Arawagotos Store of gold beyond the Mountaines of Curaa Store of gold Riuer Arui Riuer Cassipa Riuer Atoica Riuer Caora Riuer Casnero Amapaia The Riuârs Cari Limo Paoo Caturi Voari Capuri The Prouince of Amapaia Bad water Guicar Goauar Papemena The Iland of Amazones The Iland Athul Riuer Vbra Eregoodawe Oromona Tapiawary Riuer Salma Papemena a great Riuer Athul a most sweet pleasant Iland He returneth from Athul Papemena Limo Orenoco Cosnero Riuer Amapaia Paoo Riuer The rich countrie of Curaa six weekes trauell from Orenoco Manoa Gold in abundance Gold in grains found in Riuers Crocodiles in the Riuer and worse on land keepers of gold Tulahe Bad pearles Top asses Camalaha Women-Faire and yet no fair women Eight women for a halfe-peny knife Tar or Taroo an Iland Habuc a Riuer Habuc scarce eight dayes iourney from Orenoco Europa Riuer Oecopa Mountaine Santo Domingo Amapaia Riuer Amazones Iland Wiaumli Riuer Maccah Riuer Woripur Carrabouca Guiana or Manoa Drano Riuer Aââbas Moores Vnhealthfull dewes Emeria Capurisol Riuer Canoa of water Riuer of Amazones Riuer Wiapogo The Falls They desire to learne religion Caribes A Canowe taken R. Aracawa The Commodities of the Countrey Strange fishing Cassauiâ The iuice Sicknesse The cause The remedie Ni ãâ¦ã little ãâ¦ã mes great torture Terrible cure Trecherie of a S ãâ¦ã e. Captaine Leâ Saint Barbudos Sancta Lucia Captaine Nich Saint Iohn staieth at Saint Lucia with 67. men Tortoises Shew of Gold The Captaine and his men slaine Indian treacherie Faire gardens Great Trees of hard wood Hamaca beds Treacherous ambush Blind hungrie voyage A storme Thomas Morgan dyeth Land Boat split Three Spanâards Miserable famine Vse of Tabacco Fiue died in the Iland âood almost kils aswell as penurie Tocoya Coâo Kind Spaniards Good Flemming Spanish gentlenesse Two more dic Commodities of the Countrey Drinke made of Maiz. The treason of the Indians * The cause why Francisco Lopez did vse vs so kindly was because Sir Fr. Drake when he tooke Cartagena did saue all his fathers goods and his lâââ withall They ariue at Wiapâââ Causes of their mutinie Second voiage of the Phenix Captain Leighs weaknesse Deiected minds Mount Howard Possession Bay Gold siluer R. Caliane Expedition against the Caribes Mount Huntly Cou. R. Wia. English ship Vrake Arwakes Mortalitie The Captains sicknesse and death M. Tederington 35. persons lost 15. depart Kindnesse of a Dutchman French ship Ten more depart Two returne out of the Countrey to them They plant Flaxe c. Surgeâie Indian Armes Mad choice of a patient Captaine R. Caliane searched Three ships in R. of Amazons Peyar-diuining Riuer of Arâcow Fall Three Nations The Yayes The Arwakes Suppayes Nakednesse Men and women how they liue Their houses Faire earthen Pots Baskets Hamakes Painting Childebirtâ Funerals Beasts of those parts Fowles Fishes and fishing as before Fruites Dying woods other commodities of the Countrie Their returne Sir Walter Rawleigh Trinidado Fountaine of Pitch * The large iournall of their voiage to this place is for breuity omitted as also their course homewards * The vertue of the Guanos a thing worthy the noting for their nature is if one eat a ripe one it sets one a scouring and
eate a greene one it will stay a scouring Probagum En quo diseââdia Ciues Perduxit miseros Roagues Bay Cape Knaue Riuer of Rascals Saint Vincââts Testigos Granados Current Margarita Sword-fish Cap. Leighs death Comana Seuen saile of Hollanders 23. March 1608. The Rose The Patience The Lilly Land-men sixtie They set saile the 23. of March They arriue at Alegranza Tenerise An excellent watering place The Riuer of Amazones Fresh water in the Sea 30. leagues from land Ioseph Acosta Hicron Gâraua Tarraconensis The eleuenth of May they made land in Guiana The Patience in danger of wrack Ilands called Carripapoory The Bay of Wiapoco Indian boats A village called Caripo A messenger sent to the Indians The Indians came aboard The chief men of the Nation of the Yaios couer their priuities The women generally goe all naked Their conference with the Indians Sir W. Raleighâ acts in these parts See Hak. ãâã 3. The Orenoqueponi rendred themselues subiects to Queen Elizabeth Cap. Keymis his voyage to Guiana Possession of the Countrie taken at Wiapoco by Captaine Lee to his Maiesties vse The Indians go to counsell Their answere * By Sir Walter Raleigh and Captaine Lee. The Indian Martyn goeth ashoare The English take land The English feasted by the Indians The gratefull offer of Martyn The English setled at Caripo in Wiapoco The strength of the place continuall raines The bounds and limits of Guiana Arrapoco a branch of Amazones Arrawary Maicary Anaky-v-ry chiefe of the Yaios Morooga Conââini Cooshebery Leonard Rapago Lord of Coâshebery A Mountaine called Cowob Topases in Cooshebery The quality of the Prouince of Cooshebery Arracoory and Morrownia An exceeding high Hill called Callipuny Norrak Anaki-v-ry Riuers falling into the Sea betweene Amazones and Wiapoco Wianary a creek The Prouince of Wiapocoory ârasana Aâriquona Câsuriao Riuers faââing into the Sea tâ the North-west of Wiapoco Muccumbro an Iland Mattoory an Iland Arrawicary chiefe Captaine of the Caiane Foure or fiue men placed at Caiane The manner of their gouernment Murder and Adultery punished ây death The Indianâ by nature iealous ouer their wiues The Indians haue many wiues Diuers languages in Guiana The Charibes most ancient vpon the Sea coast The Indians make war for their women The Charibes warre vpon Leonard The vsual weapons of the Indians Leonard desireth aide of the English The manner of ordering then men in the warres The Charibes amazed at the sight of the English Leonard speaketh to the Charibes The Charibes agree to peace for feare of the English The season of the yeare in Guiana The Summer beginneth in August The winter beginneth in February Their account of times and numbers Religion They vse no sacrifice not religious worship to any thing The manner of their drinking feast at the death of their Captaines Their Peeaios or Priests haue conference with the diuel Their opinion of the dead At the death of a Cassique they kill an Indian to serue him in the other world The quality of the Land The prouisions for victuals The roote of Cassaui maketh their bread and drinke Maix or Guinea wheate Their diuers kinds of drinke An excellent drinke made of Cassaui Store of hony The soyle excellent for Vines Sundry kindes of Beasts in Guiana Swine which haue the Nauile in the back Great variety of Fowles Diuers kindeâ of fish Oysters hang vpon trees A fish hauing foure eyes and the âiâs and backe like a man The Sea cow like beefe Sundrie kinde a of fruits Pina Platana Potato Mâdler Plummes Nuts The varietie of commodities Sugar Canes Cotton wooll Naturall hemp or flaxe Diuers commodities for Dyers Annoto A gum which dyeth a yelloâ in graine Sweet gums The vertues of Colliman or Carriman The Colliman helpeth the gowt Barratta a rare Ballamum A perfume like sweet Margerum Drugges and simples for physicke An apple which prouoketh sleepe to death A berry curing the bloudie fluxe A leafe curing the wounds of the poysoned arrowes A leafe curing the head-ache A wood that maketh fish drunke Tobacco 60000. worth of Tabacco in a yeere The comodities most esteemed by the Indians Leaden minds minde nothing but golden Mynes Disorders by mutiny Good to bee doing somewhat to preuent the deuil The high Countroy of Guiana aboundeth with images of Gold The Rocks of the purest white Sparre are Mynes of gold or siluer Many ouer-falâ in Wiapoco People hauing great eares perhaps these eares are made large by art as diuers East Indians vse The proportion of their Idoll Possession taken for the King at Gomeribo The like possession taken at Arrawary Point Perilow A great argument of plentie in the Countrey A dangerous Boore at Carvipapoory Gomeribo deliuered to an Indian as the Kings tenant The only cause of losse by the voyage Cap. Michael Harecourt left Commander of the company Possession continued 3. yeeres Twentie men left with Captaine Harcourt at Wiapoco The Pinnasse receiued a leake at Caiane R. Meccooria R. Courwo Riuers to the West pf Courwo Ilands called Curowapory They proceed in discouery of Marrawini The Riuer full of ouerfals They went sixe daies iourney vp the Riuer Moyemon Trees which had the sense of feeling These grow both in the East Indies in Guinne See 10. Gomââ 1. l. 9. Scaliger Exercit. 181. sect 28. Bartas Eden 1. day 2. weeke Viawia a Towne of 20. houses M. Vnton Fisher and two others left at Wiawia M. Fisher trauelled eleuen daies iourney vp the Riuer of Morra viz. 100. leagues The Prouince of Moreshegoro Indians with rough skinnes like Buffe Diuers mighty Nations of Indians far vp in Marrawini towards the high Land Riuers falling into Marrawini Twentie daies iourney from Taupuramune to the head of Marraw The Countrie aboue the head of Mar. is plaine and Champian ground The tenth of September they left Guiana They were in danger to bee cast away They finde 3. English ships at Punta de Galea Pitch gotten in the earth which melteth not with the Sunne They arriue at Port de Hispania Don Sanches de Mendosa commeth aboord their ship The Spaniards much molested by the Charibes They depart from Triaidadâ They arriue at Meues An excellent hot Bath at Meues An extrâame cough cured by the Bath A mans hand burned with Gunpowder and by the Bath cured in 24. houres Swellings in the legges cured in a day They depart from Meues They fell with Fayal They are driuen bya storme into Ireland The number of those that died A beast and a fish like Beefe A beast like Mutton * I found this fairely written amongst M. Hak. papers but know not who was the Author Long eares perhaps made by art with hanging weights thereon as is vsed in the East Indies Waters ouerflowing Great Bats Darke and dangerous passage Stones transparant See A. Kniuet Spaniards killed Spanish deuises of torruâes Sir Fr Drakes at Guatulco on the South Sea found a Negro in iron chains 20. yards long senced to be whipped till al his flesh was
characters sort not to terrestriall fabrikes instanced in the Reuenge Thunderbâlt and this Resentance with the Iesus of Sir Io. Hawk Considerations for pretended Voyâges Prouisions bââter prouided at Plimoutâ then at London Note Danger of Porâs open Parts requisite in a good Mariner Abuses of some Sea faring men Master Thomas Candish Master George Reymond Note He addes another remedie in taking away imprâsts The consequence of Instructs at departure False calking For preuention thereof Example See Cap. ârings last Voyagâ in which the Great Iames was oft endangered thereby Aduice for shooting at Sea Two English shâps haue hââeby much wroâged each other by mistaking The Madera Ilands Canarie Ilands Gorgosho The descâiâtion of Tenerif and the Pike Of a Tree in Fierro One M. Lewis Iackson now dwelling in Holboââe told me that A. 1618. he had beene in this Iland and seene this Tree which he thus described It is as big as an Oake of middle size the barke white like Haâ dbeame sixe or seuen yards high with ragged boughs the leafe like that of the Bay white on the bottome and greene on the other side It beareth neither fruit nor flower It is scituate in the decliuitie of a Hill in the day it is withered dropping ân the night a cloude hanging thereon yeelding water sufficient for the whole Iland which containeth 8000. soules and aboue 100000. beasts Camels Mules Goats c. It falls into a Pond made of bricke floored with stones very thight by pipes of âead conueighed from the Tree to it and thence diuided into seuerall Ponds through all the Iland They which dwell vp-hill fetch ât in barrels They water therewith also their Corne-grounds The Pond holds 20000. tuns and is filled in a night He added a report perhaps deuised to keepe off busie fingers or with busie tongues to multiplie wonders that the Moores hauing taâen that Iland from the Christians went to fell that Tree but each blowe recoyled on the striker Hee affirmed also that hee had beene âp the Pike of Teneriff two miles He saith the South side is healthfull the North very Aguish and subiect to Calentures and the Inhabitants on one side looke lustie on the other withered The first discouerers of these Ilands Exercises vpon the Southwards of the Canaries ââpe de Verde The vnwholsomnesse thereof The heate The Breze Another cause of Feuers is the dâwes which fall euery night so that the exceeding moisture and vnsoundnesse thereof causeth men lying or watching in the open aire to fall sicke The remedie The influence of the Moone in hot Countries Saint Iago Sacked by Manuel Serades Sir Francis Drake and Sir Anthony Sherley Fuego Fiery hill Brano good watering The Palmito The Plantan great leaues Placentia The Cocos their kindes Coquillos A third kinde Cyuet-Cats Munkeyes Parrots * Tawt or taught a Sea-terme sig stiffe and fast Morning and euening praier Change of water Error in reckoning Note The lesse of Edward âotton Current-consideration New found-land Current Leuant Sea Brasil and South Sea Currents of smaller force neere the shore A discourse of the Scuruey or Scorââââ The signes Azores Strange effect of calmes The remedies By Diet. By shift By labour By early eating and drinking Ten thousand English dead of the Scuruie in 20. yeeres By sowre Oranges and Lemmons By Doctor Steuens water By Oyle of Vitry By the Aire of the Land The company sicke and dismayed Prouerbe Brasill Cape Saint Augustine Farnambuca Todos Santos De Vitoria Dangers of fire By heating of Pitch Vse of âugge Gownes Preuention Diuers ships as the Primrose Iesus of Lubeck Robuck Blacke Lion c. haue beene burned By hooping scuâling of Caske Note By natures of waters By swearing An excellent order for shipswearing Custome feedâ vice which seuerity starueth Pi hy discourse of diuers fishes and their description The Dolphin The Bonito The Sharke His mouth Superstition All-deuouring Three rowes of teeth Whelping Pilats ââshes Sea hawking and hunting Flying fishes Alcatrace The fight of the Whale with the Sword-fish and Thresher The strokes heard two leagues Of Whales see our Greeneland discourses li. 3. c. 2. ãâã Amber-greece Amber Corall Best times to passe the line froÌ the Northwards to the Southward Port of Santos For preuention of annoyances c. in Harbours S ãâ¦ã rds periury Their punishment Note for that harbour The vertue of Oranges Distilling of Salt water Vnskilfulnesse of the Masters Mâte Prouidence of God and the caââ of the Master Care of Steeridge Exquisit in the Spaniards and Portugals Cape Blanco Saint Ialmes Ilands alias Saint Annes Gannets Purslane Cherries Palmitos Purgatiues Artechoques or Prick-pears A good note to take or refuse vnknowâ fruits Contagious water Waste losse of mân Hawke burnt Sholes of Abrcoios Industry of the ãâ¦ã ans They surprise ãâã French G ãâ¦ã at Canoa San sebastian Wise stratagem The merry euents of a care full watch ãâã in the ãâã Palmito Iland The creatures Cape Frie. Ienero Little Iland Isla Grand Shels of mother of Pearle Price of Negroes Cassaui meale And for Beuerage The manner of planning Iuca With the labour of the women The description of Brasil Its Hauens Strang worme Variation of the Compasse The ouerthrow of the Voyage by a perfidious man The cunning of Runnawayes Birds like Swans Such the Hollanders found in the Straits which they called Mayres Caughâ with Line Hooke Proue good refreshment Care of the Patagones Land vnknowne A descriâtion of the same A caueat for comming suddenly to neâre an vnknowne Land Point Tremountaine Faire Iland Conduit-head Hawkins Maidenland Beds of Oreweed with white flowres Our comming to the Straits Description thereof Pedro Sarmiento buildeth San Philip. Hogs Ilands of Pengwins Note Since it hath bin plainly found that all the South part are Ilands Good prouision in the Straits The description of the Pengwin Hunting the Pengwin The keeping for store The Guls. Ducks Cunning Architecture Their neatnes Of Seales or Sea-woolues Description of the Seale Their Sentinel The second peopling of the Spaniards Elizabeths Bay The Riuer of Ieroniââ Another channell Blanches Bay Obiection of waste Answere Warning against wormes which eate througâsâaps Of sheathing ships In Spaine and Portugall with double plankes With Canuas With burnt plankes In china with Varnish in England Best manner of sheathing The Naturaâ Long Reach Mouth of the Straits Note Tempest English Bay The natiues houses Sloth cause of imagination Tobias Coue. Setting of the ship vpon a Rocke To the laborious God propitious Crabby Coue. Gods gracious deliuerance Voyage ouerthrowne by giuing way to murderers Edward Fenton and Master Thomas Candish Master William Hawkins The mending of an vnseruiceable Anchor Entertainment of time to auoid idlenesse A kind of hot Spice in the Straits In gathering of Wiâters Barke Of Pearles in the Straits Discourse of Pearles how they breed Preuention of Rats The calamities they bring to a ship Backwardnes in the company Cape Desire South part of the Straits Ilands
Estâtes discourse of that Voiage is at large in Ramuââ here omitted Herera saith that in their sharings the Spaniards valued gold of 14. carats at 7. and by the abundance thereof grew to great excesses in gaming pride other vices he saith that the three sent to Cusco were fooles âheir behauior causâd the Indians to vndeâ value the Spaniards * A Maâke is 8. ounces and a Castilian is a Pezâ which containeth in this Peru acconnt after Inca Uega 450. Marauediz euery 5. Peââs or Caste ãâ¦ã s being six Duckers about seuen shillings English Golden Age. Miserable comforters b Other Incas made one called Atabalipa to serue the Spaniards turn Without them as in the conclusion they confesse they could being so few neuer haue perfected their coÌquest But first they vsed the Cuscoans against those of Quito and lastly to pacifie all to the Spanish subiection After which they performe nothing but falshood and cruelty Piâarros purpose being alway by any way to erect the Spanish Empire Second sharing Garitico slaine for as the war had bin begun by Atabalipa the first against Cusco so after his death it was by his Captaines continued against the Iucas there seeking to aduance Quito aboue Cusco the seed of Atabalipa to the Souereigntie Chilichuchima burned Manco Inca made Lord. Third sharing of gold and siluer at Cusâo Images of beasts men in gold Cusco a Spanish Colonie Other Spaniards enter Peru. Countrey described c Immatonare d Scaloni Description of Cusco as it was when the Spaniards first came thither For after the Indians burnt the most part of it in Mancos wars with Piçarro The Fortresse e Gironi f See sup pag. 1056. Acosta saith he measured some aboue 38. foot long c. g Voltati h Sguincio de igironi Note this * See sup l. 7. c. ãâã Ramus vol 3. The Gouernor of the Fleete The officers ouer the Fleete The Iland of S. Dominico The hauen of S. Iames. The Trinitie An hauen called the Cape of Saint Cruz. An Huracano or tââpest notable both at Sea and Land Presages Boate placed vpon trees by the tempest Fifth of Nouember The hauen of Sagua or Xaqua Sands of Cunarreo Guaniguanico The Cape of S. Anthony The Hauana Martes Great houses without hous-keepers Golden Bell. The first towne taken in Florida in the Emperors name * Samples The Prouincâ Apalachn âaâiqueâgniâeth âgniâeth ãâã Lord among the Indians Strong stream Dulcancellin a King or Cazique among them Toublesome Countrey Trees cleft with thunderbolts Apâlâchen Caccoagoââo Great tempests in those parts Lakes Beasts Beast which carrieth her yong in a bag Fowles Indian fight Strong archers Men of tall ãâã ture good archers The Riuer Madalena Hard shift Ockam of Palmiti No stones Strong shot Crosse shoare Miserable successe of the Spaniards in this Voyage Spiaggia de Caualli The Strait of Saint Michael R. of Palmes Miserable thust Rich Furres sweete Mardole Zibelline Desription of thâse Indians Current Three drowned Humanitie of Sauages Panuco The Christians eate one another for hunger Indian sicknesse and mortalitie Iland Malhado Pierced paps with canes for gallantry The Indians poore life Mourning for children Age diâesteemed Physicians burned Filthie and foolish customes They are made Physicians Learned argument Manner of curing Lamentable salutations The Indians of Carruco Queuenes and Dragnanes Indians Tune fruits of India Marianes Iguâbes The Spaniards cate one another A cruell custome of the Indians who vse to kill their male children while they sleep and cast their female children as soone as they are borne to the dogges to eate them because they would not marrie them to their enemies nor to their kindred Penutious die The Indians in this Prouince eate Serpents Vipers and other beastly things by reason of the famine which continually is thâre Women Theeuâs Indians which runne a whole day to take a Deere and tiring him with running estsoones take him aliue in the chase Natures nurâlings Dogs life Tune-time Flies troublesome Noisome remedie Decre hauââ dry places to auoid Huntmen Oxen of that Countrie Caâagâdi Indians Pastures Camââi Indians What became of their fift Boat Aââuares In Cures very wonderfull yet true Benzo which trauelled fourteene yeeres in the Indies with the Spaniards from 1541. saith that of six hundred of Naruaez his company searsly tân returned which at Mexico reported that they had by breathing on them cured the sicke raised to life three dead men c. But saith hee Let their holines pardon me I will easier beleeue that they killed foure liuing men th en thât they raised halfe one deâd man to life Ben. l. 2. c. 13. I permit some of these relations more for knowledge of the Countrey then for credit of Spanish cures in the Indies which you shal find in Casâs of another nature These here challenge no Diuine end to conuert the people to God and therefore are not like to haue any diuine beginning but âre either falsly told or falsly done or falsly intended by the Father of falshood And why may they not be ascribed to the Deuill either as lies if neuer done or if done as deuillish Arts to maintaine rapine and superstition which are here mentioned the effâcts thereof Acosta tells of a great miracle-worker in the Indies a vicious man and hanged for knaueries This Cowes-Head the Author is also by Schmidel before recorded for a bad man in his acts at the Riuer of Plate I will conclude with S. Aug. de vnit Ecc. ãâã 16. Remoueantur ista vââ figmentâ mendac ãâ¦ã hominum vel porâenta fallacium spirituum c. Cacalcuches Maticones Coaios Susolas and Ataios Indians A dead man raised If Benzos opinion be not rather to be embâaced that they killed the liuing as this author also reports of his Country-men in the end of this booke Children of the Sunne All become Physitians An euill thing of spirit of the Indians Diabolicall appatition Their computation of times Maticones Arbadaââ Hungers perambulation Appareli Famines Discoueries Sine Cerere liberâ frâgât Venus The Indians let their children sucke ãâ¦ã ll the age of twâlue yeares No deadly fights Vse of Horses Quicke senses Names of the Nations of those parts Maâhada Cauoques Ca ãâ¦ã uco Deguenes Mândica Quâuenâs Marianâs Gâaiâones Iâguâzes Ataios and Acubadaâs Quiâoles Auauares and Matiaconâs Culia'culches Susolus Comos Camoles Fichâ Foolish drinkrites * A vessell containing diuârs gallons Sodomy Mesquiquez a fruite of India The Toupin Erasilians vse such Marakas or Raeles and haue like conceits thereof Blinde and âquint-eyed people Copper Bell ingrauen Plates of Plate South Sea Pleasant huâung Superstitious sanctifying their meat Desert Countrey A riuer Many garments Foolish liberalitie Womenâreaters No lamenting for the dead Houses artificially built Mays Other strange behauiour Goodly people Old fashion of boiling pulse They come to the South Sea Barren Countrey People which liue on the powder of straw A plentifull Countrey with houses and corne Corall and Turkesses Emeralds
daye âournie from Tulla Guahate Anoixi Catamaya Autiamque sixe dayes iournie from Quipana A Riuer Three months abode in Atiamque Frost and snoâ A moneth of snow Conies of two sorts March 6. 1542. The death of Iohn Ortiz and the great misse of him being their Interpreter Ayays A Riuer Great snow about the twentieth of March. Tutelpinco A great Lake Rafts wherewith they passed the Lake Tianto 3. or 4. great Townes March 29. Nilco Very great Townes The best Countrie of Florida Marterns skinnes A cordon of Pearles A Riuer falling into ãâã graâââ Guachoya Foure names of Rio grande The Gouernor falleth sicke of thought A most wittie and stout answer of the Cacique of Quigalta The death of Don Ferdinando de Soto the 21. of May 1542. at Gâacoya A wittie stratagem This is also the custome of the old Tartars Their generall resolution to trauell by land Westward Iune ãâã Catalte Chaguate Aguacay Knowledge of the South Sea Pato Amaye Iuly 20. Naguatex The Riuer growne vnpassable in August at Naguatex Coniectures of a Sea to the Northward Nissoone Lacana Nondacao Aays Soacatino Twenty daies trauell toward the South Guasco here they found some Turkie stones mantles of Cotten wooll The Riuer of Daycaâ which seemeth to be Rio del oro No trauelling by land without an Inter. preter Gold Siluer and precious stones in Florida Turkie stones and Mantles of Cotten wooll found in Guasco 150. leagues betweene the Riuer of Daycao and Rio grande The beginning of December Raine with Northren winde exceeding cold Enequen is an heârbe like Hempe Flaxe of the Countrie The mighty increasing of the Riuer for two moneths space to wit all March and Aprill The grand conspiracie of the Indians against the Christians Note well Thirty Indians of the Cacique of Guacboya haue their right hands cut off The Riuer increaseth but once a yeare wheÌ the snows doe melt in March April A miraculous accident They saile downe Rio Grande from Minoya 17. daies before they came to the mouth thereof This Author accounteth but 300. lost but Ynca l. 6. reckoneth 700. saying that he car ried with him from Cuba 1000 Hee addeth that Iuan Ponce de Leon the first discouerer of Florida lost himselfe and 80 men Lucas Uasques was also slaine there with aboue 220 Pamphila de Naruacz went with 400 Spaniards of which not aboue foure escaped c. Donna Isabella Sotos wife died also with griefe So fatall hath Florida beene to Spaine that I hope Uirginia may haue the greater dowry for her English husband They sailed 17. daies down the Riuer which is about 252. leagues Fresh water almost two daies sailing in the Sea A swarme of grieuous Moskitoes Ascum of the Sea like Pitch called Copee Another deep Bay They arriued in the Riuer of Paânucâ 1543. Septemb. 10. 311 Christians arriued at Paâ nuco Port de Spiritu Santo is in 29. degrees and a hâââe on the West side of Florida Ocute Cuâifachiqui Xuala Chiaha Cozo and Talise Tascaluka Rio Grande Aquixo Coligââ Aâtiaâque Aguacay * Ant de Mendoza writeth to the Emperour that hee had 14000. Indians and 400. horsemen Mechuacan Croiles erected * Alle quari to or at the which Caconci Lord of Mechuacan burned Cuinao Cuinquiro Wretched hospitality Couragious Indian Spanish preaching to conuers Infidels Indian simplicitie Cuiseo Sodomite professed Note well this Diuinitie Preaching by the Sword a worthie holy meritorious satisfactory worke Guanzebi Tonola a free State Cuinaccaro Coiula and Coiutla Valiant Indians Zapatula Aximocuntla Indian Christianitie but in name and names Christians for feare Xalpa Bâoudy Idoll Bloudy Procession Teulinchan Xaltenango Mechuacan on the South Sea Xalisco Tepique a new Prouince Amazo ãâ¦ã Dreames Pet. Aluaradoâ Letters to Coââ tesâ which had sent him on this Discouery and Conquest Two most terrible Vulcans Lâp Gâmâra bist gen c. 212. Topira Impious pieties F. Marco de Niâas Voyage to Cebola An vnknowne kinde of Vnicorne Expedition of Don Francisco Vasquez Ill wayes Cibâla Sheepe as big âs Horses with huge hornes Indian embroiderie * I haue a Map made in Mexico 1585. which placeth Ciâola in 30. and an halfe and describeââ in New Mexico on Rio del Norte about 50. Townes with Spanish names standing neere each other from 32. to 33. and a little more But the Prouince of ãâã he maketh to be another Strange Kine * Melangole Great baile Quiuira described out of Gomara Ships seene The bunch-backed Oxen described Sheepe with hornes of fiftie pounds Great Dogs Such the Sauages had in Frâbushers voyage Ruiz his Voyage to Tiguaâ Ant. de Espâio his New Mexico Neats leather Shooes Friers slaine Henues many Quires Painted Vâbrelas Note the neetnesse of Virginia Acoâa Mohotze Pretie policy Caâos Letter is in Mast. Hakl Francis de Ullâas Voyage in the South Sea California F. Alarchons Voyage Letter in Master Hâkl Tautecâ Iuly ãâã 1590. Tepesâan a mightie high Mountaine Cuimechi warlike Indians The towne of Saint Philip and Iacob on the second Riuer of Ginolâa It is but 190. leagues indeed from Mexico Often writing of new Mexico Cotten wooll Their apparel Their heire Their great Stature Their yalour Their weapoÌâ Eight Spaniard liuing in Ciââloa Readinesse to heare the Gospell Foure hundred baptized by Franciscans slaine there twelue yeares before Difference of language Instruction in the Catechism And why doe you teach Babylon or to babble in a strange tongue here instead of praying Sixteene hundred newly Christened Concubines Familiarity with the Diuel 240. children Christened Thirteene Churches in three Riuers Culhuacan Petatlan in 25. degrees and a halfe The Christianity there taught Their houses Their plurality and incests in marriages The bad education of their children Forme of Marriages Their forme of making Knights Adoption Their quietnesse and kind play Their burials Their burials Don Iuan de Onate his first relation 5000. âent 1599 500. leagues trauell Treacherous peopâe Their Towne taken Acoma is in 32. degrees and two third parts A mighty city Another greater Citie Cibola is in 33. degrees The Towne of Saint Iohn Sundry Mynes of gold and siluer newly found A second Discouerie 1602. The most famous Riuer of the North discouered Antonie de Espio vno Rio mas que ocho leguas de ancho The Lake of Conibas Auia vnalagnuao lago nuy guade Anten de Espeio A faire and goodly Citie Westerne coast of America discouered neere Cape California which it seemes at this time was more perfectly discouered to be an Iland as you see in M. ârigs his Map Three Millions perished in Hispaniola Ouiedo hath but 1600000. 500000 lost in the Lucayos 12. or 15. miles See the end of this discourse Ambition Cruelty Tortures Dogges The Realmes which were in this I le of Hispaniola Great Riuers in Spaine 25000. Riuers rich in Gold Cibao The greatest peece of Gold which euer was found naturall lost Marien Maguana Xaragua Higney Gens sine generatione perit 600000. or a Million in S. Iohn and Iamaica Dances
made to Gold Hathuey burned His choise to goe to hell and why 3000. slaine Out of the frying-pan into the fire 6000. Infants lost God and King abused 800000. Indians slaine Cause and extremitie of famine Tribute slaues 500000. Indians transported 50000. slaine In the former discourse of Herera you may find the names of all these first planters or as this Author reckoneth supplanters which did rather depopulate then people whole Prouinces I could haue added their names but was loth to doe more then the Author had donethen whiles mâny of them liued yea his most passiânate and bitter inuectiues I haue taken out only minding the Storie therein also mollifying many things Foure Millions slaine Of New Spainâ in particul ãâ¦ã The Mexican cruelties are before related and therefore here omitted Two millions slaine Pretence of rebellion against that Prince to which âhey neuer had beene subiect Guatimala destroyed wiâh Earth-quakes Foure or fiue millions slaine Shambles of mans flesh 800. Indians giuen for a Mare Xalisco 800. Townes destroyed Bishop of S. Marthas Letter to Charles the fiâth Spanish Frierâ killed for others faults Two Millions of stolne Indians Manner of vsage at Sea Manner of landing and sharing Manner of Pearle-fishing * Sharkes Foure or fiue millions slaine in Venesuela A million of slaues Iuan Ponâe de Leon with 80. men were all lost there After him Lucas Vasquez de Ayllon with 220. Pamphilo de Noruaez with 400. And ââurthly Ferdinando de Soto with 1000. as some say and they which say least 600. entâed Florida whose stories you haue before Of Soto was no newes An. 1542. when this was written See before in Schmidel Fifteene Millions paid for Atabalipas ransome Testimony of Frier Marke touching Pizarro and the Spaniards which first entred Peru * A people of those parts good warriors not of the Caââây Ilands Bishop of Mexicos testimony Foure Millions slaine in Peru c. King Bugata tentenced executed What conuersions knowledge of God are in the Indies Ciuill warres in Peru betwixt the Spaniards Tââ thousand perish Cruell famine Extract out of the second reason Out of the third reason Out of the fourth reason Out of the fifth reason Out of the sixth reason Out of the seauenth reason Out of the eight reason Out of the tenth reason Note Out of the eleuenth reason Out of the 13. reason Note the Popes Bull is pretended which and our answere to it see To. 1. l2 c. 1. Twenty Millions destroied before he saith 12. or 15. Millions which is to be vnderstood of some greater part not of all the Indies Yea only in New Spaine Honduras Guatimala Venesuela Peru and the Coast of Paria he reckoneth aboue 20. Milions besides three Millions in Hispaniola halfe a Million in the Lucayos 600000 or rather a Million in Iamaica and Saint Iohns Ilands 800000 in Terra Firma in Nicaragua 550000. that I mention not the innumerable multitudes in Cuba Panuco Florida Xalâsco Yucatan Saint Martha Carthagena New Granado Riuer of Plata c. As out of Ouiedo Benzo c. is before obserued Sir Seb Cabot Cap. Ribalt Silke-wormes store in Florida Port Royall in 32. degrees Mutinie Cap. Albert slaine The second Golonie Stone Pillar worshipped Men nigh 300. yeeres old The Vassals are petty Werâânces or Lords of Villages Mutinies The Virginians a ãâ¦ã such a custome Cruell famine Sir Iohn Hawkâns his great kindnesse Thârd Floridan Voyage by C. Ribalt Gold Mynes of Apalatci Spaniards kill the French and plant in Florida Massacre Reuenge by Cap. Dom ãâ¦ã Gaurgues Three Forts Spanish Why the Sauages haue their goods interred with them Iust requit all Iaques Cartier his three Voyages Iland of Birds in 49. deg ãâ¦ã s 40. minutes Margaulx seeme to be Pengwins L. of Robewall Saualets 42. Voyages to Newfoundland Their Voyage to Tadousac Chap. 1. A banke of Ice aboue 8. leagus long in 45. degrees and two third parts The Banke in 44. degr one third part These coasts subiect to fogs The Cape of S. Marie The Isles of S. Peter A banke of Ice 6. leagues long Cape de Raie Cape de S. Laurence An Iland of Ice aboue eight leagues long The I le of Assumption Gachepe The Riuer Mantanne The Pike Tadousac from Gachepe 100. leg The description of the hauen of Tadousac The Riuer of Sagenay falleâh into Camada That of Sagenay is in Lescarbots Map expressed to enter on the North side of Canada about 51. or 40. from thence to the Sea shoare of Canada is aboue sixtie miles which entring into the Sea hath 100. miles and vp to the fals which Voyage followeth continueth a maruellous breadth so that it may be for greatnesse reputed greater then any other Riuer in our world or in the Northerne parts of the New full also of Lakes and Ilands for greater magnificence The great Sagamo their feasts wars The Irocois Cap. 2. Two Sauages brought out of France Anadabijon The Oration of one of the sauages which we brought with vs. The Irocois enemies to Anadabijon The Oration of Anadabijon A feast of this Sauages Orignac a Beast like an Oxe A victorie gotten of the Irocois Estechemins Algoumequins and Mountainers The Riuer of the Irocois The Irocois are in great number Two hundred Canowes The fashion of their Canowes Their Cabins made like tents and couered with the barke of trees Cypresse trees The ââtriumphs humors famin superstitions rites Chap. 3. Matachia or cord ãâ¦ã s of the haire of the Porke-pike Their manner of dancing Besouat the Sagamo of the Algoumequins These Sauages endure great famine Their had qualities The beliefe of the Sauages They beleeue one God one Son one Mother and the Sunne Great famine sometimes among the Sauages Sauages which speake with the Diuell They paint themselues with an Oliue colour Their apparell of skins A deuice to go on the snow with a Racket The marriage of the Sauages Their burials after the Tartars manner They beleeue the immortality of the soule The Riuer of Saguenay his originall Chap 4. A violent fall of water A Mountainous Country The report of the beginning of the Riuer of Saguenay A Lake two daies iournie long Three other Riuers Two or three Lakes where ân the head of Saguenay beginneth * That is 120. leagues People of the North. A salt sea Iourney to the fall and to certaine Ilands arriual at Quebec Chap. 5. The Isle of the Hare The Isle of Filberds 12. leagues The I le of Orleance Quebec Diamants 29. leagues Of the point of S. Croix of the Riuer of Batiscon of the Riuers Rocks Iles Lands Trees Fruits Vines faire Countries which are from Quebec vnto The 3. Riuers Chap. 6. Saint Croix 15. leagues Ground Nuts The Riuer Batiscan Another Riuer A goodly Countrie An I le full of Vines Sixe small Riuers The Ile S. Eloy Another small Riuer A better temperaâute 15. leagues ân Iland ãâã to be planted A great Lake The head of Saguenay 106. leagues off A great
course of water Great Lake described and Riuer of the Irocois Chap. 7. The Lake of Argolesme 15. leagues A great Riuer Another small Riuer Two leagues 30. maâ Ilands Wal nuts of two sorts Store of Vines Good Countries The Riuer of the Irocois Their manner of fortification with stakes Fiue Ilands This Riuer runneth almost South-west A Lake some fortie or fiftie leagues long in the Countrey of the Irocois The goodnesse and short winter of the Countrey of the Irocois Their arriual at the Sault or Fall of the Riuer of Canada the description thereof Cha. 8. Fruitfull Trees of many sorts Orignas are before said to bee like oxen perhaps Buffes Lâsâarbot that Orignacs are Ellans Wild beasts A pleasant I le Many Ilands Iuly 3. Many more Ilands The entrance of the Sault or Fall Anlle A greatt current of water Monââeur du Pont ând Monsicur du Champlaine search the Sanââ Two great Ilands A kind of Lake some 5. leagues long 3. or 4. Mountaines on the South side Two Riuers The surie of the fall of water The Sault a league broad The swift current of the water aboue the Fall Ten Saults mârâ Temperate aire and good soyle The Sault is in 45. degrees and certaine minutes A draught of the Sauages The first report of the Sauages touching the Head of the Riuer A Riuer running 60. leags into the Countrie of the Algeumequins A Lake of 15. leagues Another Lake of 4. leagues Fiue other Saults A Lake of 80. leagues long Brackish water * It seemeth hereby to trend soâthward The last Sault Another Lake 60. leagues long very brackish A Strait of 2. leagues broad Another mightie Lake The southerne situation of a great Lake The water as salt as sea water Many Riuers running south and north Hudsons Riuer may be one of these An exceediug great Riuer The south Sea Of Canada and of the number of the Fals and Lakes which it passeth by Chap. 9. Iuly 4. The Riuer of the Irocois Another report of the Algoumequin Sauages A Riuer or Lake 6. or 7. leagues long A Lake 150. leagues long A Riuer on the North side going toward the Algoumequins A Riuer on the south side Another exceeding great Lake A Sea the end whereof the Sauages neuer saw It seemeth to lie southward The I le Coudres The Ile Du Lieure or Of the Hare The third report made by a great Traueller A Lake 15. leagues long An exceeding great Lake 300 luagues long A very great Iland Brâckish water More brackish water Whole salt water A great and maine Sea A Riuer which goeth to the Algoumequins A Mine of fine Copper Some 400. leagues from the first Sault to the South-sea Their Voyage from Tadousac to the I le percee of many Riuers Lakes and Câuââries wherein are found sundry sorts of Mines Chap. 10. 100. leagues from Gachepay to âadousac Armouchides Sagaâo The description of the Port of Cachepay The Bay of Cods The I le Percee The I le de Bonaduenture The Bay of Heate The Riuer of Mautanne Trâgate and Misamichy The Riuer Sourâua A Mine of Copper An Iland A Strait betweene the Iles of Cape Breâoâ and the maine Land Souricois A great Riuer on the South-west coast whereby th ãâ¦ã e sauages inuade the ãâã Great Riuers and goo ãâ¦ã ãâ¦ã ns on the cââstâ ãâã âââridâ or Virginiâ A Riuer A Lake twenty leagues in compasse A metall like Siluer A Mine of Copper Our returne from the I le Percee to Tadousac with the description of the I le Grecks Ports Riuers ãâã R ãâ¦ã Bayes ãâã Shoalds which are aâong the North coast Chap 11. The North shoare The Riuer of Saâââ âââgâret A sandy coast Very b ãâ¦ã Countries A point that sunneth into the sea A good Creek where many ships may ride A Bay A Creeke Two little low Ilands Lesqueuim a very bad Port The Riuer where the Basks kill the whales Our arriuall at Tadousac the 3. of August Of the Aâmouchâcois Sauages and of their monstrous shape The discourse of Monsteur de Preââre of Saint Malo touching the discoucrie of the South-west Coast. Câ 12. The Ceremonies which they vse before they go to the warres Their departure from Tadousac Armoââhicâiâ deformed Sauages The Souricois The Relation of the Copper Myne on the South Coast. Another Mine Blacke painting An I le wherein another kind of Metall is found which is white being cut Other Mynes The description of the place where the said Myne is A good Hauen at the Copper Mynes Their returne Chap. 13. Câpe Rase The Banke The sounding Vshant The rest of thi Pârentis here for breuitie omitted with the Prouisoes c. And let not Englishmen feare want of roome for French Plantations or Sauage habitations these being very thin the other scarse worrhy the name of being or plantation hauing so many interruptions and more frequented by the French in way of Trade with Sauages then otherwise I haue omitted many digressions and discourses of the Authour only for knowledge of those parts presenting the briefe summe of his most ample Worke. His Map but for cost I would haue here added I haue diuers by me which I take more exact I am sure with many many particulers wanting in his And both his Mappe and Discourse shew that the French discouered not so neere Virginia as Hudsons Riuer and that the French Plantations haue beene more Noreherly farte then our Northerne Virginia and to the Southerne not a shadow in compa ãâ¦ã of ãâã and numbers Lay Baye Francoise The Riuer of L' Equille Port Royall A Copper Myne In the 28. and 29. Chap. of the second Booke of the whole Volume vntranslated Things first to be prouided in new plantation Note This French Author was a Romish Catholike which yet speakes thus freely of the Spaniards Esay 52. vers ãâã Hatââây see sup Casâs Diamonds Turkie stones S. Iohns Riuer 1608. Vines Great Crapes among the Armouchiquois Abundance of fishes The commoditie of Voyaging by the Riuer The I le of S. Croix twântie leagues from S. Iohns Riuer Returne to the Bay of S. Mary where the lost man was fouÌd againe The Long I le Cheries The description of the I le of Saint Croix The fruitfulnesse of the soyle The Iland halfe a league in compasse Store of Muscles The returne of Monsieur du Poutrincourt into France The building at the I le of S. Croix Three discommodities in wintering at S. Croix Wickednesse of many Christians The Riuer of Roan Vnknown sicknesses viz. the Scorbute or Scuruie the greatest plague of Nauigations and new Plantations Fortifications and Garrisons besieged where want of fresh diet and of bodily labour or too much labour and watching with grosse aires in the Countries ouergrowne with wood or with marishes bogs and vnwholâome waters are chiefe breedersthereof The Author hath made a long discourse of this disease the chiefe points whereof are here expressed for the benefit of our English Colonies in America in which I doubt not many
and twentieth in the height of Farnambuca but some fourescore leagues from the Coast the twentie foure in the height of Bayea de Todos Santos neere the end of October betwixt seuenteene and eighteene degrees wee were in sixteene fathomes sounding of the great Scoles which lye alongst the Coast betwixt the Bay of Todos Santos and the Port of Santos alias nuestra sânora de Vitoria which are very perillous But the diuine Prouidence hath ordained great flockes of small Birds like Snites to liue vpon the Rockes and broken lands of these Sholes which are met with ordinarily twentie leagues before a man come in danger of them It shall not be amisse here to recount the Accidents which befell vs during this contrary wind and the curiosities to be obserued in all this time Day and night we had continually a faire gale of wind and a smooth Sea without any alteration one day the Carpenters hauing Calked the Decke of our ship which the Sunne with his extreame heate had opened craued license to heate a little Pitch in the Cooke roome which I would not consent vnto by any meanes for that my Cooke roomes were vnder the Decke knowing the danger vntill the Master vndertooke that no danger should come thereof But hee recommended the charge to another who had a better name then experience He suffered the Pitch to rise and to runne into the fire which caused so furious a flame as amazed him and forced all to flee his heate one of my company with a double paire of Gloues tooke off the Pitch-pot but the fire forced him to let flip his hold-fast before he could set it on the Hearth and so ouerturned it and as the Pitch began to runne so the fire to enlarge it selfe that in a moment a great part of the ship was on a light fire I being in my Cabbin presently imagined what the matter was and for all the haste I could make before I came the fire was aboue the Decke for remedie whereof I commanded all my company to cast their Rugge Gownes into the Sea with Ropes fastened vnto them These I had prouided for my people to watch in for in many hot Countreyes the nights are fresh and cold and deuided one Gowne to two men a Starboord and a Larboord man so that hee which watched had euer the Gowne for they which watched not were either in their Cabbins or vnder the Decke and so needed them not The Gownes being well soaked euery man that could took one and assaulted the fire and although some were sindged others scalded and many burned God was pleased that the fire was quenched which I thought impossible and doubtlesse I neuer saw my selfe in greater perill in all the dayes of my life Let all men take example by vs not to suffer in any case Pitch to be heate in the ship except it be with a shot heate in the fire which cannot breed danger nor to permit fire to be kindled but vpon meere necessitie for the inconuenience thereof is for the most part remedilesse Great care is to be had also in cleaning of Wood in Hooping or Scutling of Caske and in any businesse where violence is to be vsed with Instruments of Iron Steele or Stone and especially in opening of Powder these are not to be vsed but Mallets of Wood for many mischances happen beyond all expectation I haue beene credibly enformed by diuers persons that comming out of the Indies with Scutling a But of water the water hath taken fire and flamed vp and put all in hazard And a Seruant of mine Thomas Gray told me that in the ship wherein he came out of the Indies Anno 1600. there happened the like and that if with Mantles they had not smoothered the fire they had beene all burned with a Pipe of Water which in Scutling tooke fire Master Iohn Hazlelocke reported that in the Arsenall of Venice happened the like he being present For mine owne part I am of opinion that some waters haue this propertie and especially such as haue their passage by Mines of Brimstone or other Minerals which as all men know giue extraordinary properties vnto the waters which runne by them Or it may be that the water being in Wine Caske and kept close may retaine an extraordinary propertie of the Wine Yea I haue drunke Fountaine and Riuer waters many times which haue had a fauour as that of B ãâ¦ã stone Three leagues from Bayon in France I haue prooued of a Fountaine that hath this sauour and ãâã medicinable for many Diseases In the South Sea in a Riuer some fiue leagues from Cape ãâã Francisco in one degree and an halfe to the Northwards of the Line in the Bay of Atacames is a Riuer of fresh water which hath the like sauour We had no small cause to giue God thankes and tooke an occasion hereby to banish swearing out of our ships which amongst the common sort of Mariners and Sea-faring men is too ordinarily abused So with a generall consent of all our company it was ordained that in euery shippe there should be a Palmer or Ferula which should be in the keeping of him who was taken with an Oath and that hee who had the Palmer should giue to euery other that hee tooke swearing in the Palme of the hand a Palmada with it and the Ferula And whosoeuer at the time of Euening or Morning Prayer was found to haue the Palmer should haue three blowes giuen him by the Captaine or Master and that he should be still bound to free himselfe by taking another or else to runne in danger of continuing the penaltie which executed few dayes reformed the Vice so that in three dayes together was not one Oath heard to be sworne This brought both Ferulaes and swearing out of vse Ordinarily such ships as Nauigate betweene the Tropickes are accompanied with three sorts of fish The Dolphin which the Spaniards call Dozado the Bonito or Spanish Makeâill and the Sharke alias Tiberune The Dolphin I hold to be one of the swiftest fishes in the Sea He is like vnto a Breame but that he is longer and thinner and his scales very small Hee is of the colour of the Rain-bow and his head different to other fishes for from his mouth halfe a span it goeth straite vpright as the head of a Wherry or the Cut-water of a ship He is very good meate if he be in season but the best part of him is his head which is great They are some bigger some lesser the greatest that I haue seene might be some foure foot long I hold it not without some ground that the ancient Philosophers write that they bee enamoured of a man for in meeting with shipping they accompany them till they approach to cold Climates this I haue noted diners times For disembarking out of the West Indies Anno 1583. within three or foure dayes after we met a Scole of them which
the Spaniards arriued began the great slaughters and spoyles of people the Spaniards haâing begun to take their wiues and children of the Indies for to serue their turne and to vse them ill and hauing begun to eate their victuals gotten by their sweate and trauell not contenting themselues with that which the Indians gaue them of their owne good will euery one after their abilitie the which is algates very small forasmuch as they are accustomed to haue no more store then they haue ordinarily neede of and that such as they get with little trauell And that which might suffice for three housholds reckoning ten persons for each houshold for a moneths space one Spaniard would eate and destroy in a day Now after sundry other forces violences and torments which they wrought against them the Indians began to perceiue that those were not men discended from heauen Some of them therefore hid their victuals others hid their wiues and children some others fled into the Mountaines to separate themselues a farre off from a Nation of so hard natured and ghastly conuersation The Spaniards buffeted them with their fists and bastonades pressing also to lay hands vpon the Lords of the Townes And these cases ended in so great an hazard and desperatenesse that a Spanish Captaine durst aduenture to rauish forcibly the wife of the greatest King and Lord of this I le Since which time the Indians began to search meanes to cast the Spaniards out of their lands and set themselues in armes but what kinde of armes very feeble and weake to withstand or resist and of lesse defence The Spaniards with their Horses their Speares and Lances began to commit murders and strange cruelties they entred into Townes Borowes and Villages sparing neither children nor old men neither women with childe neither them that lay In but that they ripped their bellies and cut them in peeces as if they had beene opening of Lambes shut vp in their fold They laid wagers with such as with one thrust of a sword would paunch or bowell a man in the middest or with one blow of a sword would most readily and most deliuerly cut off his head or that would best pierce his entrals at one stroake They tooke the little soules by the heeles ramping them from the mothers dugges and crushed their heads against the clifts Others they cast into the Riuers laughing and mocking and when they tumbled into the water they said now shift for thy selfe such a ones corpes They put others together with their mothers and all that they met to the edge of the sword They made certaine Gibbets long and low in such sort that the feete of the hanged on touched in a manner the ground euery one enough for thirteene in honour and worship of our Sauiour and his twelue Apostles as they vsed to speake and setting to fire burned them all quicke that were fastened Vnto all others whom they vsed to take and reserue aliue cutting off their two hands as neere as might be and so letting them hang they said Get you with these Letters to carry tydings to those which are fled by the Mountaines They murdered commonly the Lords and Nobility on this fashion They made certaine grates of pearches laid on pickforkes and made a little fire vnderneath to the intent that by little and little yelling and despairing in these torments they might giue vp the Ghost One time I saw foure or fiue of the principall Lords roasted and broyled vpon these gredirons Also I thinke that there were two or three of these gredirons garnished with the like furniture and for that they cryed out pittiously which thing troubled the Captaine that he could not then sleepe he commanded to strangle them The Sergeant which was worse then the Hang man that burned them I know his name and friends in Siuil would not haue them strangled but himselfe putting Bullets in their mouthes to the end that they should not cry put to the fire vntill they were softly roasted after his desire I haue seene all the aforesaid things and others infinite And forasmuch as all the people which could flee hid themselues in the Mountaines and mounted on the tops of them fled from the men so without all manhood emptie of all pitie behauing them as sauage beasts the slaughterers and deadly enemies of mankinde they taught their Hounds fierce Dogs to teare them in peeces at the first view and in the space that one may say a Credo assailed and deuoured an Indian as if it had beene a Swine These Dogges wrought great destructions and slaughters And forasmuch as sometimes although seldome when the Indians put to death some Spaniards vpon good right and Law of due Iustice they made a Lawe betweene them that for one Spaniard they had to slay an hundred Indians There were in this Ile Hispaniola fiue great principall Realmes and fiue very mighty Kings vnto whom almost all other Lords obayed which were without number There were also certaine Lords of other seuerall Prouinces which did not acknowledge for soueraigne any of these Kings One Realme was named Magua which is as much to say as the Kingdome of the plaine This Plaine is one of the most famous and most admirable things of all that is in the world For it containeth fourescore leagues of ground from the South Sea vnto the North sea hauing in breadth fiue leagues and eight vnto ten It hath on one side and other exceeding high Mountaines There entreth into it aboue thirty thousand Riuers and Lakes of the which twelue are as great as Ebro and Duero and Guadalqueuir And all the Riuers which issue out of a Mountaine which is towards the West in number about fiue and twenty thousand are very rich of Gold In the which Mountaine or Mountaines is contained the Prouince of Cibao from whence the Mines of Cibao take their names and from whence commeth the same exquisite Gold and fine of foure and twenty Karrets which is so renowned in these parts The King Lord of this Realme was called Guarionex which had vnder him his Vassals Lieges so great and mighty that euery one of them was able to set forth threescore thousand men of armes for the seruice of the King Guarionex Of the which Lords I haue known some certain This Guarionex was very obedient and vertuous naturally desirous of peace and well affectioned to the deuotion of the Kings of Castile and his people gaue by his commandement euery housekeeper a certaine kinde of Drumfull of Gold but afterwards being not able to fill the Dâum cut it off by the middest and gaue the halfe thereof full For the Indians of that I le had little or none industrie or practise to gather or draw Gold out of the Mines The Cacique presented vnto the King of Castile his seruice in causing to be manured all the lands from the Isabella where the Spanish first sited vnto the Towne of Saint
Domingo which are fiftie leagues large on condition that he should exact of them no Gold for hee said and hee said the truth that his Subiects had not the skill to draw it out As for the manuring which he said he would procure to be done I know that he could haue done it very easily and with great readiness and that it would haue beene worth vnto the King euery yeere more then three Millions of Castillans besides that it would haue caused that at this houre there had bin aboue fiftie Cities greater then Siuill The paiment that they made to this good King and Lord so gracious and so redoubted was to dishonour him in the person of his wife an euill Christian a Captaine rauishing her This King could haue attended the time and opportunitie to auenge himselfe in leuying some armie but the aduised to withdraw himselfe rather and onely to hide him out of the way thus being banished from his Realme and state into a Prouince of the Cignaios where there was a great Lord his vassall After that the Spaniards were ware of his absence and he could no longer hide himselfe they make warre against the Lord which had giuen him entertainment and make great slaughters through the Countrey as they goe till in the end they found and tooke him thrusting him loden with chaines and irons into a Ship to carry him to Castile which Ship was lost vpon the Sea and there were with him drowned many Spaniards and a great quantity of Gold amongst the which also was the great wedge of Gold like vnto a great loafe weying three thousand six hundreth Castillans Thus it pleased God to wreake vengeance of matters so lewd and so enormous The other Realme was called of Marien where is at this day the Port at one of the bounds of the plaine towards the North and it is farre greater then the Realme of Portugall and much fertiler worthy to be inhabited hauing great Mountaines and Mines of Gold and Copper very rich The King was called Guacanagari which had vnder him many great Lords of the which I haue knowne and seene sundry In this Kings Countrey arriued first the old Admirall when he discouered the Indies whom at that time that he discouered the Ile the said Guacanagari receiued so graciously bountifully and curteously with all the Spaniards who were with him in giuing him all entertainement and succour for at the very instant was the Ship lost which the Admirall was carried in that hee could not haue bin better made off in his owne Countrie of his owne Father This did I vnderstand of the Admirals owne mouth This King dyed in flying the slaughters and cruelties of the Spaniards through the Mountaines being destroyed and depriued of his estate And all the other Lords his subiects dyed in the tyrannie and seruitude that shall be declared hereafter The third Realme and dominion was Maguana a Countrie also admirable very healthfull and very fertile where the best Sugar of the I le at this day is made The King of this Countrie was named Caenabo who surpassed all the others in strength and state in grauitie and in the ceremonies of his seruice The Spaniards tooke this King with great subtiltie and malice euen as he was in his owne house doubting of nothing They conueied him afterwards into a Ship to carry him to Castile but as there attended them six other Ships in the port all ready to hoise vp saile behold how God by his iust iudgement would declare that it with other things was an exceeding great iniquitie and vniust by sending the same night a tempest which sunke and drenched that Nauie with the Spaniards that were within There died also with them the said Caonabo charged with bolts and irons The Prince had three or foure brothers valiant men and couragious like himselfe who considering the imprisonment of their Lord brother so against all equitie together with the wasts and slaughters which the Spaniards made in other Realmes and specially after that they had heard that the King their brother was dead they put themselues in armes to encounter the Spaniards and to auenge the wrong who on the otherside meeting with them on horsebacke so they rage in discomfitures and massacres that the one moytie of this Realme hath beene thereby desolate and displâpled The fourth Realme is the same which is named of Xaragua This Realme was as it were the centre or middle point or to speake of as the Court of this Isle the diamond ouer all the other Realmes in language and polished speech in policie and good manners the best composed and ordered For as much as there were many noble Lords and Gentlemen the people also being the best made and most beautifull The King had to name Behechio which had a sister called Anacaona These two the brother and sister had done great seruices to the Kings of Castile and great good turnes to the Spaniards deliuering them from sundry dangers of death After the decease of Behechio Anacaona remained sole Soueraigne of the Realme At a time came into this Realme the Gouernour of this I le with threefcore Horses and more then three hundreth footemen the horsemen alone had beene enough to spoyle and ouerrunne not this I le alone but all the firme land withall And to him came being called more then three hundred Lords vnder assurance of whom the chiefest he fraudulently caused to be conueyed into a house of thatch and commanded to set to fire Now on this wise were these Lords burned all aliue all the rest of the Lords with other folke infinite were smitten to death with their Speares and Swords But the Soueraigne Lady Anacaona to doe her honour they hanged It happened that certaine Spaniards either of pittie or of couetousnesse hauing taken and detained certaine yong striplings to make them their Pages because they would not haue them slaine and setting them behinde them on their horse backes another Spaniard came behinde which stabbed them through with a speare If so be any childe or boy tombled downe to the ground another Spaniard came and cut off his legges Some certaine of these Indians which could escape this crueltie so vnnaturall passed ouer vnto a little I le neere vnto the other within an eight leagues The Gouernour condemned all those which had passed the water to become slaues because they had fled from their butcherie The fifth Realme was called Higney ouer the which raigned an ancient Queene named Hignanama whom the Spaniards hanged vp The people were infinite whom I saw burnt aliue and rent in peeces and tormented diuersly and strangely and whom I saw made slaues euen so many as they tooke aliue And now for as much as there are so many particularities in these Massacres and destruction of those peoples that they cannot conueniently be comprised in writing yea I doe verily beleeue that of a number of things to be spoken of there cannot be
little tasted of those great proportions for their prouisions as they of our miseries that notwithstanding euer swayd and ouerruled the businesse though wee did liue as is said three yeeres chiefly of what this good Countrey naturally affordeth yet now had wee beene in Paradice it selfe with those Gouernours it would not haue beene much better with vs yet were there some amongst vs who had they had the gouernment would surely haue kept vs from those extreamities of miseries that in ten dayes more would haue supplanted vs all by death Thus you see the miserable ends of those vsurping Commanders for all their greatnesse Oratory and long being there and what is the want of owne man in Authoritie that is honest and valiant discreet and industrious and how easily that may also be blemished by ambitious indiscretion or what did binder them now in his absence they had not done much better then hee hauing all these aduantages But God that would not it should bee vnplanted sent Sir Thomas Gates and Sir George Summers with one hundred and fiftie men most happily preserued by the Bermudas to preserue vs. But when those noble Knights did see our miseries being strangers in the Countrey and could vnderstand no more of the cause but by their coniecture of our clamours and complaints of accusing or excusing one another they imbarked vs with themselues with the best meanes they could and abandoning Iames Towne set saile for England But yet God would not so haue it for ere wee left the Riuer wee met the Lord de-la-ware then gouernour of the Countrey with three Ships exceeding well furnished with all necessaries fitting who againe returned them to the abandoned Iames Towne the ninth of Iune 1610. accompanied with Sir Ferdinando Waiââan and diuers other Gentlemen of sort Sir George Sommers and Captaine Argall he presently dispatcheth to repaire to the Bermudas to furnish them with prouision Sir Thomas Gates for England to helpe forward their supplies himselfe neglected not the best was in his power for the furtherance of the businesse and regaining what was lost But euen in the beginning of his proceedings his Lordship had such an incounter that after eight months sicknesse he was forced to saue his life by his returne for England In this time Argall not finding the Bermudas hauing lost Sir George Sâmers at sea fell on the coast of Sagadahock where refreshing himselfe he found a conuenient fishing for Cod. With a taste whereof he returned to Iames Towne from whence the Lord De-la-ware sent him to trade in the Riuer of Patawomeck where finding an English boy those people had preserued from the fury of Powhatan by his acquaintance had such good vsage of those kind Sauages that they fraughted his Ship with Corne wherewith he returned to Iames Towne and so for England with the Lord Gouernour yet before his returne the aduenturers had sent Sir Thomas Dale with three Ships men and cattell and all other prouisions necessarie for a yeere all which arriued the tenth of May 1611. Againe to second him with all possible expedition there was prepared for Sir Thomas Gates sixe tall Ships with three hundred men and one hundred Kine with other cattell with munition and all manner of prouision could be thought needfull and they arriued about the first of August next after safely at Iames Towne Sir George Somers all this time was supposed lost but thus it hapned missing the Barmudas hee fell also as did Argall with Sagadahock where being refreshed would not content himselfe with that repulse but returned againe in the search and there safely arriued But ouertoyling himselfe on a surfet died And in this Cedar Ship built by his owne directions and partly with his owne hands that had not in her any Iron but onely one bolt in her Keele yet well endured thus tossed to and againe in this mightie Ocean till with his dead bodie she arriued in England and at Whitchurch in Dorsetshire his body by his friends was honourably buried with mane volies of shot and the rites of a Souldier c. But thus much may serue as the argument of the discourses following and as the Prologue to the Virginian Scene where we will first produce M. Archer after whose succinct narration M. Strachies copious discourse shall feast you with the liuely expression of others miseries and Barmudas happy discouery in Rhetorickes Full sea and spring tide CHAP. V. A Letter of M. GABRIEL ARCHAR touching the Voyage of the Fleet of Ships which arriued at Virginia without Sir THO. GATES and Sir GEORGE SVMMERS 1609. FRom Woolwich the fifteenth of May 1609 seuenth saile weyed anchor and came to Plimmouth the twentieth day where Sir George Somers with two small Vessels consorted with vs. Here we tooke into the Blessing being the ship wherein I went fixe Mares and two Horses and the Fleet layed in some necessaries belonging to the action In which businesse we spent time till the second of lune And then wee set sayle to Sea but crost by South-west windes we put in to Faulemouth and there staying till the eight of Iune we then gate out Our Course was commanded to leaue the Canaries one hundred leagues to the Eastward at least and to steere away directly for Virginia without touching at the West Indies except the Fleet should chance to be separated then they were to repaire to the Bermuda there to stay seuen dayes in expectation of the Admirall and if they found him not then to take their course to Virginia Now thus it happened about sixe dayes after we lost the sight of England one of Sir George Somers Pinnasses left our company and as I take it bare vp for England the rest of the ships viz. The Sea Aduenture Admirall wherein was Sir Thomas Gates Sir George Somer and Captaine Newport The Diamond Vice-admirall wherein was Captaine Ratcliffe and Captaine King The Falcon Reare-admirall in which was Captaine Martin and Master Nellson The Blessing wherein I and Captaine Adams went The Vnitie wherein Captaine Wood and Master Pett were The Lion wherein Captaine Webb remained And the Swallow of Sir George Somers in which Captaine Moone and Master Somer went In the Catch went one Matthew Fitch Master and in the Boat of Sir George Somers called the Virginia which was built in the North Colony went one Captaine Davies and one Master Davies These were the Captatines and Masters of our Fleet. We ran a Southerly course froâ the Tropicke of Cancer where hauing the Sun within sixe or seuen degrees right ouer our head in Iuly we bore away West so that by the feruent heat and loomes breezes many of our men fell sicke of the Calenture and out of two ships was throwne ouer-boord thirtie two persons The Viceadmirall was said to haue the plague in her but in the Blessing we had not any sicke albeit we had twenty women and children Vpon Saint Iames day being about one hundred